PROJECT MANUAL BROADCAST CENTER RENOVATION for … · A 5.1 Interior Elevations 04/27/18 A 6.1...

PROJECT MANUAL

BROADCAST CENTER

RENOVATION

for

University of

Rhode Island

Chafee Hall

Kingston, Rhode Island 02881

Project Architect: TLB Architecture, LLC

92 West Main Street Chester, Connecticut 06412

E/P Engineer: Architectural Engineers, Inc.

63 Franklin Street

Boston, MA 02110

A/V Consultant: Acentech, Inc.

33 Moulton Street

Cambridge, MA 02138

URI PROJECT NUMBER: KC.G.CHAF.2017.001

TLBA Project No. 17-041

Issued for 100% Review - Construction Documents Submission

April 27, 2018

TLB Architecture, LLC University of Rhode Island

Harrington School of Communication and Media

Broadcast Center Renovations

URI Project Number: KC.G.CHAF.2017.001

Owner: University of Rhode Island

In care of: Office of Capital Projects

University of Rhode Island

210 Flagg Road, Suite 207

Kingston, RI

Attn: Schane Tallardy; 401-874-2151

Design Agent: TLB Architecture, LLC

92 West Main Street

Chester, CT 06412

MEP Consultant: Architectural Engineers, Inc.

65 Franklin Street

Boston, MA 02110

A/V Consultant: Acentech

33 Moulton Street

Cambridge, MA 02138

PROJECT MANUAL



University of Rhode Island

Kingston Campus

April 27, 2018

DA 2017.041

URI Job Number KC.G.CHAF.2017.001





TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 0110-1

DOCUMENT 00 0110 - TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

00 0010 Cover

00 0050 Title Page

00 0110 Table of Contents

00 0115 List of Drawings

Bid Form

00 3126 Existing Hazardous Materials Information

00 5200 Agreement Form

00 6140 Waiver of Lien Form

00 7000 General Conditions

00 7200 URI Standard Documents

SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 1000 Summary

01 1010 Attachment A – Site Utilization

01 1020 Attachment B – Fire Protection Impairment Form

01 1030 Attachment C – Abatement Plan

01 2000 Price and Payment Procedures

01 2010 Attachment A - Price and Payment Procedures

01 2020 Attachment B - MBE Utilization Form

01 2030 Attachment C – Small Project Changes

01 3000 Administrative Requirements

01 3010 Attachment A – Administrative Requirements

01 3020 Attachment B – Small Project Changes

01 3300 Submittal Procedures

01 3310 Attachment A – Submittal Procedures


01 4000 Quality Requirements

01 4010 Attachment A – Quality Requirements


01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls

01 5010 Attachment A – Temporary Facilities and Controls


01 6000 Product Requirements

01 6010 Attachment A – Product Requirements


01 7000 Execution Requirements

01 7010 Attachment A – Execution Requirements


01 7320 Waste Management






01 7330 Attachment A – Waste Management


01 7800 Closeout Requirements

01 7810 Attachment A – Closeout Requirements


DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 4119 Selective Demolition

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE - Not Used

DIVISION 04 – MASONRY - Not Used

DIVISION 05 – METALS

05 4000 Cold-Formed Metal Framing

05 5000 Metal Fabrications

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry

06 2023 Interior Finish Carpentry

06 4116 Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 2200 Acoustical Insulation

07 9200 Joint Sealants

07 2200 Acoustical Joint Treatments

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS

08 1213 Hollow Metal Frames

08 1416 Flush Wood Doors

087100 Door Hardware

08 8000 Glazing

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

09 2216 Non-structural Metal Framing

09 2900 Gypsum Board

09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings

09 5123 Acoustical Tile Ceilings






09 6513 Resilient Base and Accessories

09 6519 Resilient Tile Flooring

09 6813 Tile Carpeting

09 8433 Sound-Absorbing Wall Units

09 9123 Interior Painting

09 9300 Staining and Transparent Finishing

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

10 1100 Visual Display Units

10 1419 Dimensional Letter Signage

10 1423 Room Identification Signage

10 8316 Banners

DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT – Not Used

DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS

12 2200 Curtains and Drapes

12 6100 Fixed Audience Seating

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - Not Used

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT – Not Used

DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION

21 0000 Fire Protection

DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING – Not Used

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR-CONDITIONING

23 0000 Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning

DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION – Not Used

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL

26 0000 Electrical Work

DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS






27 4100 Audiovisual Systems

DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY – Not Used

DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK – Not Used

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS– Not Used

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES – Not Used

DIVISION 34 – TRANSPORTATION – Not Used

DIVISION 35 – WATERWAY AND MARINE CONSTRUCTION – Not Used

DIVISION 40 – PROCESS INTEGRATION – Not Used

DIVISION 41 – MATERIAL PROCESSING AND HADLING EQUIPMENT – Not Used

DIVISION 42 – PROCESS HEATING, COOLING, AND DRYING EQUIPMENT – Not Used

DIVISION 43 – PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION AND STORAGE

EQUIPMENT – Not Used

DIVISION 44 – POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT – Not Used

DIVISION 45 – INDUSTRY-SPECIFIC MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT – Not Used

DIVISION 46 – WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT – Not Used

DIVISION 48 – ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION – Not Used

END OF DOCUMENT





LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 0115-1

DOCUMENT 00 0115 - LIST OF DRAWINGS

Dwg. No. Drawing Title Date

Cover/Title Sheet 04/27/18

G 1.1 Code Data and Egress Plans 04/27/18

G 1.2 General Information and Wall Types 04/27/18

AD 1.1 Demolition Plan 04/27/18

AD 3.1 Demolition Section 04/27/18

AD 6.1 Demolition Reflected Ceiling Plan 04/27/18

A 2.1 Floor Plan 04/27/18

A 2.2 Roof Plan and Detail 04/27/18

A 5.1 Interior Elevations 04/27/18

A 6.1 Reflected Ceiling Plan 04/27/18

A 6.2 Ceiling Detail 04/27/18

A 7.1 Section 04/27/18

A 7.2 Section 04/27/18

A 7.3 Section Details 04/27/18

A 8.1 Door and Finish Schedules 04/27/18

F 0.0 Fire Protection Legend 04/27/18

F 2.0 Fire Protection Plan 04/27/18

M 0.0 Mechanical Legends and Schedules 04/27/18

M 1.1 Mechanical Demolition Plan 04/27/18

M 2.0 Mechanical Plan 04/27/18

E 0.0 Electrical Legend 04/27/18

E 1.1 Electrical Demolition Plan 04/27/18

E 2.0 Electrical Lighting Plan 04/27/18

E 3.0 Electrical Power Plan 04/27/18

E 6.0 Electrical Riser Diagrams 04/27/18

E 7.0 Electrical Detail 04/27/18





LIST OF DRAWINGS 00 0115-2

Dwg. No. Drawing Title Date

AV 000 Audiovisual Symbols and Legends 04/27/18

AV 001 Audiovisual Details 04/27/18

AV 100 Audiovisual Systems Floor Plan 04/27/18

AV 200 Audiovisual Systems Reflected Ceiling Plan 04/27/18

AV 300 Audiovisual Systems Elevations 04/27/18

AV 400 Audiovisual Systems Line Diagrams 04/27/18



AV 501 Audiovisual Systems Rack Elevation 04/27/18

AV 502 Audiovisual System Plate Detail 04/27/18

END OF DOCUMENT




URI Project Number KC.G.CHAF.2017.001

BID FORM Page 1 of 4

BID FORM To: University of Rhode Island, Purchasing 10 Tootell Road, Kingston, RI 02881 Project: University of Rhode Island, Kingston Campus Harrington School of Communication and Media Broadcast Center at Chafee Hall Bidder:

Legal name of entity

Address

Contact name Contact email

Contact telephone Contact fax

1. BASE BID PRICE

The Bidder submits this bid proposal to perform all of the work (including labor and materials) as described in the solicitation for this Base Bid Price, (including the costs for all Allowances, Bonds, and Addenda):

(Base Bid Price in figures printed electronically, typed, or handwritten legibly in ink)

__________________________________________________________________________ (Base Bid Price in words electronically, typed, or handwritten legibly in ink)

$






• ALLOWANCES 1. Unforeseen Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Coordination: $10,000 to cover

labor and materials costs for correcting or adjusting any MEP conflicts and/or conditions not readily observable at the time of the bid. This includes buried materials and concealed conditions.

2. Unforeseen Architectural Coordination: $10,000 to cover labor and materials costs for correcting or adjusting any architectural conflicts and/or conditions not readily observable at the time of the bid.

3. Unforeseen Hazardous Materials: $10,000 to cover labor and materials costs for removal of hazardous materials concealed within construction assemblies and not included in Hazardous Materials Report.

• BONDS

The Base Bid Price includes the costs for all Bid and Payment and Performance Bonds required by the solicitation.

• ADDENDA

The Bidder has examined the entire solicitation (including the following Addenda), and the Base Bid Price includes the costs of any modifications required by the Addenda. All Addenda must be acknowledged.

Addendum No. 1, dated ______________



2. ALTERNATES (Additions to Base Bide Price)

The Bidder offers to: (i) perform the work described in these Alternates as selected by the State in the order of priority specified below, based on the availability of funds and the best interest of the State; and (ii) increase the Base Bid Price by the amount set forth below for each Alternate (further defined in Specification Section 01 23 00) selected.

ADD ALTERNATE #1 – Fixed Audience Seating Provide Twelve (12) fixed Fold-Down seats in Control Room as described in Section 12 61 00 “Fixed Audience Seating”.

(Amount in figures printed electronically, typed, or handwritten legibly in ink)

__________________________________________________________________________ (Amount in words electronically, typed, or handwritten legibly in ink)

$






3. UNIT PRICES No Unit Prices

4. CONTRACT TIME The Bidder offers to perform the work in accordance with the timeline specified below:

• Start of Construction ............................................... August 1, 2018 or within 7 days of PO

• Substantial Completion, Public Areas and Rooms 206 & 208 ………..September 7, 2018

• Substantial Completion, All Contract Work ……………………………...November 6, 2018

• Final Completion .................................................................................. November 21, 2018

5. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The successful bidder awarded a contract pursuant to this solicitation shall be liable for and pay the State, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, the following amount for each calendar day of delay beyond the date for substantial completion, as determined in the sole discretion of the State: One-thousand Dollars ($1,00.00) per day.

BID FORM SIGNATURE(S)






This bid proposal is irrevocable for 60 days from the bid proposal submission deadline. If the Bidder is determined to be the successful bidder pursuant to this solicitation, the bidder will promptly: (i) comply with each of the requirements of the Tentative Letter of Award; and (ii) commence and diligently pursue the work upon issuance and receipt of the purchase order from the State and authorization from the user agency. The person signing below certifies that he or she has been duly authorized to execute and submit this bid proposal on behalf of the Bidder. BIDDER

Date: ______________________

Name of Bidder

Signature in ink

Printed name and title of person signing on behalf of Bidder

# Bidder’s Contractor Registration Number




PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 002600 - 1

DOCUMENT 002600 - PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

1.1 DEFINITIONS

A. Procurement Substitution Requests: Requests for changes in products, materials and equipment,

from those indicated in the Procurement and Contracting Documents, submitted prior to receipt

of bids.

B. Substitution Requests: Requests for changes in products, materials and equipment from those

indicated in the Contract Documents, submitted following Contract award.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution

with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility

tests recommended by manufacturers.

1.3 PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Procurement Substitutions, General: By submitting a bid, the Bidder represents that its bid is

based on materials and equipment described in the Procurement and Contracting Documents,

including Addenda. Bidders are required to request approval of qualifying substitute materials

and equipment when the Specifications Sections list materials and equipment by product or

manufacturer name.

B. Procurement Substitution Requests will be received and considered by Owner when the

following conditions are satisfied, as determined by Architect; otherwise requests will be

returned without action:

1. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents,

including the level of quality of the Equipment represented by the requirements therein.

2. The request is fully documented and properly submitted.

3. The request indicates equivalent scope of maintenance.

4. The request indicates equivalent warranties.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Procurement Substitution Request: Submit to Architect. Procurement Substitution Request must

be made in writing in compliance with the following requirements:

1. Requests for substitution of materials and equipment will be considered if received no

later than fifteen (15) days prior to date of bid opening.

2. Submittal Format: Submit electronic copies of each written Procurement Substitution

Request, using CSI Substitution Request Form 1.5C or similar form.




PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 002600 - 2

a. Identify the product to be replaced in each request. Include related Specifications

Sections and drawing numbers.

b. Provide complete documentation on both the product specified and the proposed

substitute, including the following information as appropriate:

1) Point-by-point comparison of specified and proposed substitute product

data, fabrication drawings, and installation procedures.

2) Copies of current, independent third-party test data of salient product or

system characteristics.

3) Samples where applicable or when requested by Architect.

4) Detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitute with

those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes

such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable

design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements

indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.

5) Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and

interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.

6) Research reports, where applicable, evidencing compliance with applicable

codes and standards in effect for Project.

7) Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications

needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner

and separate contractors, which will become necessary to accommodate the

proposed substitute.

c. Provide certification by manufacturer that the substitute proposed is equal to or

superior to that required by the Procurement and Contracting Documents, and that

its in-place performance will be equal to or superior to the product or equipment

specified in the application indicated.

d. Bidder, in submitting the Procurement Substitution Request, waives the right to

additional payment or an extension of Contract Time because of the failure of the

substitute to perform as represented in the Procurement Substitution Request.

B. Substitution Request: Proposed substitutions will not be accepted following receipt of Bids.

C. Architect's Action:

1. Architect may request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation

of the Procurement Substitution Request. Architect will notify all bidders of acceptance

of the proposed substitute by means of an Addendum to the Procurement and Contracting

Documents.

D. Architect's approval of a substitute during bidding does not relieve Contractor of the

responsibility to submit required shop drawings and submittals and to comply with all other

requirements of the Contract Documents.

END OF DOCUMENT 002600




EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION 003126 - 1

DOCUMENT 003126 - EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION

1.1 EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION

A. This Document with its referenced attachments is part of the Procurement and Contracting

Requirements for Project. They provide Owner's information for Bidders' convenience and are

intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of Bidders' own investigations. They are made

available for Bidders' convenience and information, but are not a warranty of existing

conditions. This Document and its attachments are not part of the Contract Documents, as the

report referenced is for space adjacent to the area of Work, but does not include areas of

demolition necessary in the Contract. For purposes of bidding, it shall be assumed that all

selective demolition materials are considered hazardous. Vinyl Composition Tile within Studio

204 and Corridor 252 are similar with regard to asbestos containing material and requirements

for abatement as included in the report, as is spray-applied fireproofing.

B. An existing asbestos report for the Project will be issued via Addendum.

C. Related Requirements:

1. Section 024119 "Selective Structure Demolition" for notification requirements if

materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered.

END OF DOCUMENT 003126

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ! �

" # $ % & ' ( ) * * + , * * - . / 0 ' ' & ' ( ) 1 # 0 &2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : 9 4 3 ;6 < 6 5 = > 3 ? @ > > A > B C D E @ A C E F > G C H I H J > K E B C = H L M @ E N > O C H L 3 P 3 Q E O G A > B C 3 6 R 6 S T R R U V LV A > B K > K W V O E M X E Y Z = H O = Y E I I E Z L C = H L M V ? > <' ( " # 1 " # $ % & ' ( )

[ \ ] ^ _ ` a b c d ` c e _ d f \ \ g h i j k l m _ _ b n o c p n q ` a p p r p s g p t t e n b ` m c b p n m n uv d u b m k ] _ p m u ` m w c g d n c d _ i d n p x m c b p nh i j y _ p z d ` c { e t | d _ } ~ g � � � g l ^ � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � �

Document A101TM – 2007Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum

Init.

/

AIA Document A101™ – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:17:08 on 04/23/2018 under Order No. 2337588573 which expires on 07/26/2018, and is not for resale.User Notes: (3B9ADA28)

1

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text.

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

AIA Document A201™–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is adopted in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified.

AGREEMENT made as of _____________________. (Date of issuance of (Paragraph Deleted)

Owner’s Purchase Order)

BETWEEN the Owner:State of Rhode IslandOne Capital Hill, Second FloorProvidence, Rhode Island 02908-5855(401) 574-8100 (telephone)(401) 574-8387 (facsimile)http://web.uri.edu/purchasing/10 Tootell RoadKingston, Rhode Island 02881(401) 874-2171 (telephone)(401) 874-2306 (facsimile)http://web.uri.edu/purchasing/ andRhode Island Council on Postecondary Education560 Jefferson Boulevard, Suite 100Warwick, Rhode Island 02886(401) 456-6000 (telephone)(401) 732-3541 (facsimile)

on behalf of the User Agency

and the Contractor:(Name, legal status, address, telephone and facsimile numbers, and web address)

for the following Project:(Name, location and detailed description)

URI Standard Documents - Spec Versions

The User Agency: The University of Rhode IslandKingston, Rhode Island 02881

mfortuna

Harrington School of Communication and Media Broadcast Center Renovations at Chafee Hall

Init.

/


2

(401) 874-1000 The Design Agent:(Name, legal status, address, telephone and facsimile numbers, and web address)

The Owner and Contractor agree as follows.

mfortuna

TLB Architecture, LLC 92 West Main Street Chester, CT 06441

Init.

/


3

TABLE OF ARTICLES

1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT

3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

4 CONTRACT SUM

5 PAYMENTS

6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION

8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

10 INSURANCE AND BONDS

11 BENEFITS OF AGREEMENT ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTSThe Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General Conditions, Supplementary, if any, and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, all of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than a Modification, appears in Article 9.

ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACTThe Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. No part of the Work shall be performed by Subcontractors without the Owner’s prior written consent.

ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION§ 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work will be stipulated by the User Agency. The Contractor shall be authorized to commence theWork only upon the issuance of thePurchase Order by the Owner and an authorization from the User Agency.

§ 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement.

§ 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than ( ) days from the date of commencement, or as follows:(Insert number of calendar days. Alternatively, a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of commencement. If appropriate, insert requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.)

Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date

Init.

/


4

, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents.§ 3.4 The Contractor and the Contractor’s surety shall be liable for and shall pay the Owner the sums stipulated herein as liquidated damages, and not as penalty, for each calendar day of delay until the Work is substantially complete: ____________________________ Dollars ($_____________). § 3.4 The Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor or any Subcontractor for claims or damages of any nature caused by or arising out of any delays. The sole remedy against the Owner for delays shall be the allowance of additional time for completion of the Work.

ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM§ 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be Zero Dollars and Zero Cents Dollars ($ 0.00 ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner:(State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates.)

§ 4.3 Unit prices are specified in the Bid Form.

(Table Deleted)

§ 4.4 Allowances are specified in the Bid Form.

(Paragraph Deleted)

(Table Deleted)

ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS§ 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS§ 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Design Agent by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Design Agent and approved by the Owner in writing, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents, and in accordance with the provisions of “Prompt Payment by Department of Administration,” R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 42-11.1-1 et seq.

§ 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month.

§ 5.1.3 The Owner shall make payment of the certified amount to the Contractor not later than the 30th working day following written approval by the Owner.

(Paragraph Deleted)

§ 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Design Agent and Owner may require.

Init.

/


5

§ 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.

§ 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows:

.1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of five percent (5%). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.9 of AIA Document A201™–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction;

.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of five percent (5%);

.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and

.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Design Agent has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201–2007.

§ 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances:

.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Design Agent shall determine for incomplete Work, retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims; and

(Paragraph Deleted)

.2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201–2007.

§ 5.1.8 Intentionally Omitted

(Paragraph Deleted)

§ 5.1.9 Except with the Owner’s prior written approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site.

§ 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT§ 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when

.1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor’s responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201–2007, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment;

.2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Design Agent and approved in writing by the Owner; and

.3 the Contractor has submitted its final waiver of lien and final waivers of lien from all its Subcontractors and suppliers in a form acceptable to the Owner; and

.4 the Contractor has submitted to the Owner all close-out documents, including without limitation, all as-built plans, warranties, manuals, and other materials set forth in the Contract Documents.

§ 5.2.2 The Owner’s final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 working days after the issuance of the Design Agent’s final Certificate of Payment and written approval by the Owner, and in accordance with the provisions of “Prompt Payment by Department of Administration,” R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 42-11.1-1 et seq.

Init.

/


6

§ 5.3 OWNER’S RIGHTS§ 5.3.1 The Owner shall have the right to deduct from any payments due the Contractor the amount of any unpaid obligations owed the State of Rhode Island by the Contractor, including without limitation, any and all unpaid taxes, and to pay the amount of such deductions to the Controller of the State of Rhode Island.

§ 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to deduct from any payments due to the Contractor the amount of any claim against the Contractor arising out of this Agreement or on account of any other reason.

ARTICLE 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION§ 6.1 INITIAL DECISION MAKER§ 6.1.1 The Univeristy of Rhode Island Vice President for Administration and Finance pursuant to the provisions of the "Delegation of Limited Procurement Authority," dated January 19, 2018 and the provisions of the “State Purchases Act,” R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 37-2-1 et seq., will serve as Initial Decision Maker in accordance with the provisions of the State Purchases Act, State of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations, and Section 15.2 of AIA Document A201-2007. § 6.1.2 For any Claim (as defined in Section 15.1.1 of AIA Document A201-2007) not resolved by the procedures set forth in § 6.1.1, the parties shall use their best efforts to resolve such Claim by mediation in Providence, Rhode Island. Any party may apply in writing to the Presiding Justice of the Providence County Superior Court, with a copy tothe other parties, with a request for the court to appoint a mediator, and the costs of the mediator shall be borne equally by all of the parties. In the event that the parties are unable to resolve any and all Claims through mediation, then any party may pursue the legal remedies provided in § 6.2.

§ 6.2 BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTIONFor any Claim not resolved by the Initial Decision Maker procedures set forth in § 6.1.1 or the mediation procedures pursuant to § 6.1.2, the method of binding dispute resolution shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the State Purchases Act, R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 37-2-1 et seq., the “Public Works Arbitration Act,” R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 37-16-1 et seq., the “Administrative Procedures Act,” R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 45-35-1 et seq., and the State of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations.

(Paragraphs Deleted)

ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION§ 7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2007. The Contract may also be terminated by the Owner; (i) in the event of the unavailability of appropriated funds; (ii) in the absence of a determination of continued need; or (iii) as otherwise provided in the State of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations General Conditions of Purchase or other applicable law.

§ 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in the State of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations General Conditions of Purchase and/or Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2007.

ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS§ 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201–2007 or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

§ 8.2 No interest shall be due or payable on account of any payment due or unpaid except in accordance with theprovisions of “Prompt Payment Act,” R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 42-11.1-1 et seq.

§ 8.3 State of Rhode Island Representatives

§ 8.3.1 The Owner’s representative:(Name, title, address and other information for the preferred methods of contact)

Init.

/


7

§ 8.3.2 The User Agency’s representative:(Name, title, address and other information for the preferred methods of contact) § 8.4 The Contractor’s representative:(Name, address and other information)

§ 8.5 The Design Agent’s representative:(Name, title, address and other information for the preferred methods of contact) § 8.6 Neither the Owner’s, nor the Contractor’s, nor the Design Agent’s representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party.

§ 8.7 Other provisions:§ 8.7.1 The Contractor represents and warrants to the Owner, in addition to any other representations and warranties of the Contractor elsewhere in the Contract Documents:

.1 The Contractor and its Subcontractors are each financially solvent, able to pay their debts as they mature, and possessed of sufficient working capital to perform their obligations under the Contract Documents.

.2 The Contractor and its Subcontractors are each able to furnish the materials, equipment, and labor required to complete the Project as required under the Contract Documents.

.3 The Contractor has visited the site of the Project, familiarized itself with the local and special conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated its observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

.4 The Contractor possesses the requisite level of experience and expertise in the business administration, and superintendence of projects of the size, complexity, and nature of the Project, and it will perform the Work with the care, skill, and diligence of such a contractor.

§ 8.7.2 The representations and warranties of the Contractor in the Contract Documents will survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any termination of the Agreement, and the final completion of the Work. § 8.7.3 Any Change Orders or other Modifications must be approved in writing by the Owner.

Init.

/


8

§ 8.7.4 The Owner is the State of Rhode Island, acting by and through the University of Rhode Island Purchasing Department, and therefore, pursuant to the provisions of R.I. Gen. Laws § 34-28-31, mechanics liens may not be placed against the Project.

ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS§ 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated in the sections below.

§ 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed AIA Document A101–2007, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor.

§ 9.1.2 The General Conditions are AIA Document A201–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction.

§ 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract:

(Table Deleted)

DocumentState of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations

§ 9.1.4 The Specifications:The Specifications are included in the Solicitation and are available on the State of Rhode Island Division of Purchases website at www.purchasing.ri.gov.(Table Deleted)

§ 9.1.5 The Drawings:The Drawings are included in the Solicitation and are available on the State of Rhode Island Division of Purchases website at www.purchasing.ri.gov.

(Table Deleted)

§ 9.1.6 The Addenda:

(Table Deleted)

Addenda issued pursuant to the Solicitation and are available on the State of Rhode Island Division of Purchases website at www.purchasing.ri.gov.

§ 9.1.7 Additional documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents:

.1 The Solicitation issued by the Owner, including without limitations, the Invitation to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, the Specifications and Drawings, any Addenda, and the Bid Checklist (with applicable forms).

.2 The Bid Proposal, including without limitation, the Bid Form and the Bidder Certification Cover Form.

.3 The Purchase Order issued by the Owner.

§ 9.1.8 This Agreement and the Contract Documents are subject to, and governed by, the laws of the State of Rhode Island, including all procurement statutes and regulations (available at www.purchasing.ri.gov), and applicable federal and local law, all of which are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.

(Paragraph Deleted)

http://www.purchasing.ri.gov/




Init.

/


9

§ 9.1.9 In the event of any conflict between the State of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations or any provision of the Rhode Island General Laws and the Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract or other Contract Documents, the State of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations and theRhode Island General Laws will control.

ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE AND BONDSThe Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance and provide bonds as set forth in the Solicitation and Article 11 of AIA Document A201–2007.ARTICLE 11 BENEFITS OF AGREEMENT§ 11.1 Third Party Beneficiary. The User Agency is a disclosed third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and shall have all of the rights and benefits to which such a party is entitled hereunder.

(Table Deleted)

§ 11.2 Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding on the Contractor and its successors and assigns; provided, however, that the Contractor may not assign its rights nor delegate its responsibilities under this Agreement without the Owner’s prior written consent.

This Agreement is dated as of the day and year first written above; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not become a binding contract until the Owner has issued a Purchase Order pursuant to § 3.1. The person signing for the Contractor below represents that he or she has been duly authorized to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Contractor.

THE STATE OF RHODE ISLAND, acting by and through,UNIVERSITY OF RHODE ISLAND PURCHASING DEPARTMENT andRHODE ISLAND COUNCIL ON POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION,

OWNER(Signature) CONTRACTOR(Signature)

(Printed name and title) (Printed name and title)

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & ' ( # % ) ' & � *+ + , � + - �

. / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 6 : ; < = > 3 ? / @ A = 3 4 @ / ? 2B C D C E C F G H I J K L M N O P Q K R G S T P K L U G R J P V P L H W I X K X Y S G W W G Z P L [ M \ P V ] O [ K Y O V O L P L M K [ R O W ] O R M G S M \ K^ G L M R O H M X G H I J K L M V C _ H G ] ` Z P M \ H G J ] W K M K X P L S G R J O M P G L J I V M a K V I a J P M M K X Z P M \ M \ K V K H G L X O L X K O H \V I H H K K X P L [ _ ] ] W P H O M P G L S G R b O ` J K L M C

; < = > 3 ? / @ A = 3 4 @ / ? 2 : 2 c d e f g c h i f A c j i f

k l m n o p q r s t p s u o t v l l w x y z { | } o o r ~ � s � ~ � p q � � � � � w � � � u ~ r p } s r � ~ � � t � r }m o � } � p } � s w t ~ s t o y t ~ � � } s r � ~x y z � o � � t p s � u � � t o � w � � � w | n � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & ' ( # % ) ' & � *+ + , � + - �

B � E � � D � E � � � U D � F � E � T _ � F¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡^ G L V M R I H M P G L b R G ¢ K H M � P M W K £ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡¤ K L K R O W ^ G L M R O H M G R £ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥� I a H G L M R O H M G R ¦ � I ] ] W P K R £ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥F B � � � G C £ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥_ ] ] W P H O M P G L O L X ^ K R M P S P H O M K S G R b O ` J K L M � G £ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥§ ] R P G R M G _ ] ] W P H O M P G L O H H G J ] O L ` P L [ M \ P V S G R J ¨� H \ K X I W K G S � O W I K V T P L K E M K J � G C £ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥F � � ^ D E b � E � � � U N � D © K O X P L [ £ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥� G M O W ] O ` J K L M D K H K P Q K X Y E L H W I X P L [ ^ I R R K L M b O ` J K L M £ ª ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥� \ K I L X K R V P [ L K X D K ] R K V K L M O M P Q K G S M \ K O a G Q K � I a H G L M R O H M G R ¦ � I ] ] W P K R \ O V a K K L H G L M R O H M K X a ` M \ K O a G Q K¤ K L K R O W ^ G L M R O H M G R M G S I R L P V \ J O M K R P O W V Y G R W O a G R Y G R a G M \ Y O V P L H W I X K X P L M \ K O ] ] R G Q K X � H \ K X I W K G S� O W I K V I L X K R M \ K T P L K E M K J � G C ¥ ¥ ¥ Y O L X F � � ^ D E b � E � � � U N � D © \ K O X P L [ P L X P H O M K X O a G Q K Y S G R M \ K^ G L V M R I H M P G L b R G ¢ K H M W P V M K X O a G Q K C� \ K I L X K R V P [ L K X O H « L G Z W K X [ K V R K H K P ] M G S ] O ` J K L M Y I L X K R M \ P V T P L K E M K J � G C Y O L X F � � ^ D E b � E � � � UN � D © \ K O X P L [ Y O L X \ K R K a ` Z O P Q K V O L X R K W K O V K V O L ` O L X O W W W P K L Y G R H W O P J G R R P [ \ M M G W P K L Y G L M \ K^ G L V M R I H M P G L b R G ¢ K H M W P V M K X O a G Q K Y O L X ] R K J P V K V Y I L X K R M \ K V M O M I M K V G S M \ K � M O M K G S D \ G X K E V W O L X Y R K W O M P L [M G ¬ K H \ O L P H V T P K L V Y G L O H H G I L M G S J O M K R P O W V Y G R W O a G R Y G R a G M \ Y S I R L P V \ K X Y G R Z \ P H \ J O ` a K S I R L P V \ K X Y a `M \ K I L X K R V P [ L K X M G Y G R G L O H H G I L M G S Y M \ K O a G Q K L I J a K R K X _ ] ] W P H O M P G L O L X ^ K R M P S P H O M K S G R b O ` J K L M C� P [ L K X G L M \ P V ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ X O ` G S ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ Y ® ¥ ¥ C¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥§ V P [ L O M I R K ¨ § S P R J L O J K ¨3 4 . / @ . / 0 1 2 3 4 5

k l m n o p q r s t p s u o t v l l w x y z { | } o o r ~ � s � ~ � p q � � � � � w � � � u ~ r p } s r � ~ � � t � r }m o � } � p } � s w t ~ s t o y t ~ � � } s r � ~x y z � o � � t p s � u � � t o � w � � � w | n � � � � � � � � � �¯ ° ± ² ³ ´ µ µ ¶ · ¸ ¹ º · » ¼ ½ º º ¾ ¿ µ º ´ À ¼ ´ Á ¹ Â Ã · ¹ Ã µ ° Ã · º Ä ´ ¹ ¶ º ·

� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! � � "� � # � � � $ �

% & ' ( ) * + , - - . - - - / 0 * + * 1 2 3 ' & + % 4 , 4 & + 56 7 8 9 : ; < = > = 8 7 ?: @ : 9 A B < B C B D E F G H C I J K J H C L K H M B N K J F J O B I H C K A J L P D H Q B R K J L 7 S 7 T H R N U B C K 7 V W : X V W W Y E LE U B C I B I Z E R H P [ H \ ] A J R A \ H F F H ] L K A J L P E ^ B @* + % & _ % & ' ( ) * + ,

` a b c d e f g h i e h j d i k a a l m n o p q r d d g s t h u s v e f u u w u x l u y y j s g e r h g u s z { i | g rb d u r | e r } h l i s h i d n i s u ~ r h g u sm n o � d u � i e h � j y � i d � l � � � l q c � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � �

Document A201TM – 2007General Conditions of the Contract for Construction

Init.

/

AIA Document A201™ – 2007. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:28:27 on 04/23/2018 under Order No. 2337588573 which expires on 07/26/2018, and is not for resale.User Notes: (3B9ADA2C)

1

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text.

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

for the following PROJECT:(Name, location, and detailed information)URI Standard Documents - Spec Versions

THE OWNER:(Paragraph Deleted)

State of Rhode IslandOne Capital Hill, Second FloorProvidence, Rhode Island 02908-5855(401) 574-8100 (telephone)(401) 574-8387 (facsimile)http://web.uri.edu/purchasing/ acting by and throughUniversity of Rhode Island Purchasing Department 10 Tootell RoadKingston, Rhode Island 02881(401) 874-2171 (telephone)(401) 874-2306 (facsimile)http://web.uri.edu/purchasing/ andRhode Island Council on Postecondary Education560 Jefferson Boulevard, Suite 100Warwick, Rhode Island 02886(401) 456-6000 (telephone)(401) 732-3541 (facsimile) on behalf of the User Agency THE USER AGENCY: The University of Rhode IslandKingston, Rhode Island 02881(401) 874-1000

THE DESIGN AGENT:(Name, legal status, address, telephone and facsimile numbers, and web address)

TABLE OF ARTICLES

1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

mfortuna

TLB Architecture, LLC 92 West Main Street Chester, CT 06441

mfortuna

860-526-9448 (telephone) 860-526-9020 (facsimile) www.tlbarchitecture.com

mfortuna

Harrington School of Communication and Media Broadcast Center Renovations at Chafee Hall

Init.

/


2

2 OWNER

3 CONTRACTOR

4 ARCHITECT

5 SUBCONTRACTORS

6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS

7 CHANGES IN THE WORK

8 TIME

9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

11 INSURANCE AND BONDS

12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK

13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT

15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES


16 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS

Init.

/


3


Init.

/


4


ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS§ 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS§ 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTSThe Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor (the Agreement) and consist of the Agreement (and the documents enumerated therein), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary, if any, and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Design Agent.

§ 1.1.2 THE CONTRACTThe Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Contractor and the Design Agent or the Design Agent’s consultants, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Design Agent or the Design Agent’s consultants or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Design Agent shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Design Agent’s duties.

§ 1.1.3 THE WORKThe term “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill all of the Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.

§ 1.1.4 THE PROJECTThe Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by separate contractors.

§ 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGSThe Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams.

§ 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONSThe Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services.

§ 1.1.7 INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICEInstruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Design Agent and the Design Agent’s consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar materials.

§ 1.1.8 INITIAL DECISION MAKERThe Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2 and certify termination of the Agreement under Section 14.2.2.

§ 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS§ 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; the Contractor shall perform all Work reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the indicated results.

Init.

/


5

§ 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections, and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade.

§ 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.

§ 1.2.4 In the event of any conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents will be interpreted in the following order of priority:

1. Modification (if any).2. The Purchase Order.3. The Agreement.4. The Solicitation, including any Addenda, and the Specifications and Drawings.5. The Supplementary Conditions (if any).6. The General Conditions.7. The Bid Proposal.

§ 1.2.5 In the event of any conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents and the State of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations or any provision of the Rhode Island General Laws, the State of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations and the Rhode Island General Laws will control. § 1.2.6 In the event of any inconsistency between the Drawings and Specifications, the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided. § 1.2.7 The Owner will be the final decision maker for any and all interpretations. § 1.3 CAPITALIZATIONTerms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects.

§ 1.4 INTERPRETATIONIn the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as “all” and “any” and articles such as “the” and “an,” but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement.

§ 1.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE§ 1.5.1 The Owner and the User Agency shall have a perpetual license to utilize the Drawings, Specifications, and other documents, including electronic or digital documents, prepared by the Design Agent and the Design Agent’s consultants, for the execution of the Project and shall have and retain all rights to use them and reproduce them for the production and maintenance of the Work described therein. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Design Agent’s or Design Agent’s consultants’ reserved rights.

§ 1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Design Agent and the Design Agent’s consultants.

§ 1.6 TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN DIGITAL FORMIf the parties intend to transmit Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form, they shall endeavor to establish necessary protocols governing such transmissions, unless otherwise already provided in the Agreement or the Contract Documents.

Init.

/


6

ARTICLE 2 OWNER§ 2.1 GENERAL§ 2.1.1 The Owner is the entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner’s approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Design Agent does not have such authority. The term “Owner” means the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representative.

§ 2.1.2 Intentionally Omitted.

§ 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER§ 2.2.1 Intentionally Omitted.

§ 2.2.2 The Contractor shall secure and pay for permits and fees, necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities.

§ 2.2.3 If required for the Work in the discretion of the Owner, the Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of any information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work.

§ 2.2.4 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner’s control and relevant to the Contractor’s performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor’s written request for such information or services.


§ 2.3 OWNER’S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORKIf the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3.

§ 2.4 OWNER’S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORKIf the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and compensation for the Design Agent’s additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Design Agent. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.

ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR§ 3.1 GENERAL§ 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term “Contractor” means the Contractor or the Contractor’s authorized representative.

§ 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

Init.

/


7

§ 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Design Agent in the Design Agent’s administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor.

§ 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR§ 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Design Agent any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor or additional Drawings, Specifications, or instructions required to define the Work in greater detail to permit the proper progress of the Work as a request for information in such form as the Design Agent may require. It is recognized that the Contractor’s review is made in the Contractor’s capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Design Agent and the Owner any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Design Agent or Owner may require.

§ 3.2.3.1 Omissions from the Drawings and Specifications of items obviously needed to perform the Work properly, such as attachments, bolts, hangers, and other fastening devices, shall not relieve the Contractor from the obligation to furnish and install such items. § 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Design Agent issues in response to the Contractor’s notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall make Claims as provided in Article 15. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3 or 3.2.3.1, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. If the Contractor performs those obligations, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Design Agent for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities.

§ 3.2.4.1 The Contractor shall not make any changes without prior written authorization from the Design Agent and the Owner. § 3.2.5 The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Design Agent for evaluating and responding to the Contractor’s requests for information that are not prepared in accordance with the Contract Documents or where the requested information is available to the Contractor from a careful study and comparison of the Contract Documents, field conditions, other Owner-provided information, Contractor-prepared coordination drawings, or prior Project correspondence or documentation. § 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES§ 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite

Init.

/


8

safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Design Agent and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Design Agent. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage arising solely from those Owner-required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures.

§ 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors.

§ 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.

§ 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS§ 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Whenever the Contractor has an obligation to provide labor and materials under this Agreement, the Contractor, at a minimum, shall provide the labor for, and furnish and install and place in operation all items, including without limitation, all proper connections.

§ 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work authorized by the Design Agent in accordance with Sections 3.12.8 or 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Design Agent and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive.

§ 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them.

§ 3.5 WARRANTYThe Contractor warrants to the Owner and Design Agent that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of first quality, prime manufacture, and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly authorized, may be considered defective and, unless a longer period is required elsewhere in the Contract Documents, will be repaired and/or replaced, at the option of the Owner, for a period of one year following Final Completion of the Work. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Design Agent, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment.

§ 3.6 TAXES § 3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect.

§ 3.6.2 The State of Rhode Island is exempt from payment of any federal or state excise, transportation, or sales tax. The University of Rhode Island Purchasing Department will furnish Exemption Certificates upon request. § 3.6.3 Pursuant to R.I. Gen. Laws § 44-1-6, the Owner shall withhold payment from the Contractor if the Contractor does not maintain a regular place of business in Rhode Island in the amount of three (3%) percent of the Contract Sum until thirty (30) days after Final Completion and compliance by the Contractor with the requirements of such section.

Init.

/


9

§ 3.7 PERMITS, FEES, NOTICES AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS§ 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by required by the Rhode Island State Building Code necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the Certificate of Occupancy from the appropriate governmental authorities.

§ 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.

§ 3.7.3 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Design Agent and the Owner if the Contractor becomes aware that the Contract Documents are not in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities. If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction.

§ 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Design Agent before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Design Agent will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Design Agent determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Design Agent determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Design Agent shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Design Agent’s determination or recommendation, that party may proceed as provided in Article 15.

§ 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Design Agent. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15.

§ 3.8 ALLOWANCES§ 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection.

§ 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,.1 Allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and

all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts;.2 Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and

other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and

.3 Whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor’s costs under Section 3.8.2.2.

Init.

/


10

§ 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness.

§ 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT§ 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.

§ 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Design Agent the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. The Design Agent may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Design Agent has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or (2) that the Design Agent requires additional time to review. Failure of the Design Agent to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.

§ 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Design Agent has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner’s consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed.

§ 3.10 CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES§ 3.10.1 The Contractor, within 20 days after the issuance of the Purchase Order, shall prepare and submit for the Owner’s and Design Agent’s information a Contractor’s construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals, not less frequently than monthly, as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. The Contractor shall certify on the initial schedule and all revised schedules that they comply with the Contract Documents.

§ 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule, within 20 days after the issuance of the Purchase Order, and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the schedule(s) for the Design Agent’s approval. The Design Agent’s approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor’s construction schedule, and (2) allow the Design Agent reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals.

§ 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Design Agent.

§ 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITEThe Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and one copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Design Agent and shall be delivered to the Design Agent for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed.

§ 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES§ 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work.

§ 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work.

§ 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged.

§ 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose is to demonstrate the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design

Init.

/


11

concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Design Agent is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Design Agent is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Design Agent without action.

§ 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Design Agent Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Design Agent or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors.

§ 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Design Agent that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.

§ 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been approved by the Design Agent.

§ 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Design Agent’s approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Design Agent in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Design Agent has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Design Agent’s approval thereof.

§ 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Design Agent on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice, the Design Agent’s approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions.

§ 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Design Agent will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to the Design Agent. The Owner and the Design Agent shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Design Agent have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Design Agent will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents.

§ 3.12.11 The Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Design Agent for evaluation of resubmittals.

Init.

/


12

§ 3.13 USE OF SITEThe Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, lawful orders of public authorities, and any restrictions imposed by the User Agency or the owner, and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment.

§ 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING§ 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting and patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting and patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents.

§ 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor’s consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work.

§ 3.15 CLEANING UP§ 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials from and about the Project.

§ 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor.

§ 3.16 ACCESS TO WORKThe Contractor shall provide the Owner and Design Agent access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located.

§ 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTSThe Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Design Agent harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Design Agent. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Design Agent and the Owner.

§ 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION§ 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the State of Rhode Island, and each executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative body of the state, or any political subdivision thereof, including without limitation, any department, division, agency, commission, board, office, bureau, committee, authority, educational institution, school, water, or fire district, or other agency of Rhode Island state or local government that exercises governmental functions, any other governmental authority, and any quasi-public corporation and/or body corporate and public, their elected or appointed officials, members, employees, and agents, Design Agent, Design Agent’s consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees and costs of arbitration and/or litigation, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, and/or the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, but only to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18.

Init.

/


13

§ 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.

ARTICLE 4 DESIGN AGENT§ 4.1 GENERAL§ 4.1.1 The Design Agent is the person lawfully licensed to practice his or her profession in the State of Rhode Island or an entity lawfully practicing its profession in the State of Rhode Island and identified in the Contract Documents as the Design Agent. The term "Design Agent" means the Design Agent or the Design Agent’s authorized representative.

§ 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Design Agent as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Design Agent. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

§ 4.1.3 If the employment of the Design Agent is terminated, the Owner shall employ a successor design agent as to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Design Agent.

§ 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT§ 4.2.1 The Design Agent will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner’s representative during construction through the date the Design Agent issues the final Certificate for Payment and continuing until the expiration of the warranty period § 3.5. The Design Agent will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2.2 The Design Agent will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Design Agent will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Design Agent will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Section 3.3.1.

§ 4.2.2.1 The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Design Agent for site visits made necessary by the fault of the Contractor or by defects and deficiencies in the Work. § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Design Agent will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (2) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Design Agent will not be responsible for the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Design Agent will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.

§ 4.2.4 COMMUNICATIONS FACILITATING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATIONExcept as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Design Agent about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Design Agent’s consultants shall be through the Design Agent. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner.

§ 4.2.5 Based on the Design Agent’s evaluations of the Contractor’s Applications for Payment, the Design Agent will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts.

Init.

/


14

§ 4.2.6 The Design Agent has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Design Agent considers it necessary or advisable, the Design Agent will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Design Agent nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Design Agent to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.

§ 4.2.7 The Design Agent will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Design Agent’s action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Design Agent or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Design Agent’s professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Design Agent’s review of the Contractor’s submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Design Agent’s review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Design Agent, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Design Agent’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.

§ 4.2.8 The Design Agent will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Design Agent will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4.

§ 4.2.9 The Design Agent will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner’s review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10.

§ 4.2.10 If the Owner and Design Agent agree, the Design Agent will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Design Agent’s responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2.11 The Design Agent will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Design Agent’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.

§ 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Design Agent will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Design Agent will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith.

§ 4.2.13 The Design Agent’s decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2.14 The Design Agent will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Design Agent’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate, the Design Agent will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information.

Init.

/


15

ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS§ 5.1 DEFINITIONS§ 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term “Subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term “Subcontractor” does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor.

§ 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term “Sub-subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor.

§ 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK§ 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Design Agent the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Design Agent may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Design Agent has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) that the Design Agent requires additional time for review

§ 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Design Agent has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection.

§ 5.2.3 If the Owner or Design Agent has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Design Agent has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor’s Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required.

§ 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Design Agent makes reasonable objection to such substitution. § 5.2.5 MANUFACTURERS AND FABRICATORS§ 5.2.5.1 Not later than 10 days after the date of commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Design Agent the names of the manufacturers or fabricators for certain products, equipment, and systems identified in the Specifications and, where applicable, the name of the installing Subcontractor. The Design Agent may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing, stating: (i) whether the Owner or Design Agent has reasonable objection to any such proposed person manufacturer or fabricator; or (ii) whether the Design Agent requires additional time to review. § 5.2.5.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed manufacturer, fabricator, or Subcontractor to whom the Owner or Design Agent has made a reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 5.2.5.3 If the Owner or Design Agent has an objection to a manufacturer, fabricator, or Subcontractor proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Design Agent has no objection. § 5.2.5.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a manufacturer, fabricator, or Subcontractor previously selected if the Owner or Design Agent makes reasonable objection to such substitution.

§ 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONSBy appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the

Init.

/


16

Subcontractor’s Work, which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Design Agent. Upon request of the User Agency and/or the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the User Agency and/or the Owner with copies of each subcontract agreement. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Design Agent under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors.

§ 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS§ 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that

.1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and

.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract.

(Paragraph Deleted)

§ 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor’s compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension.

§ 5.4.3 Upon such assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity.ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS§ 6.1 OWNER’S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS§ 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation.

§ 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term “Contractor” in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement.

§ 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner’s own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised.

§ 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights that apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12.

Init.

/


17

§ 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY§ 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents.

§ 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor’s Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Design Agent apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner’s or separate contractor’s completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor’s Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable.

§ 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a separate contractor because of the Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a separate contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction.

§ 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5.

§ 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14.

§ 6.3 OWNER’S RIGHT TO CLEAN UPIf a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Design Agent will allocate the cost among those responsible.

ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK§ 7.1 GENERAL§ 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

§ 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Design Agent; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Design Agent and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Design Agent alone.

§ 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work.

§ 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS§ 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Design Agent and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Design Agent stating their agreement upon all of the following:

.1 The change in the Work;

.2 The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and

.3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time.

§ 7.2.2 Subsequent to the approval of a Change Order as provided in § 7.1.2, whether such Change Order changes the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both, no additional claim related to such Change Order will be considered by the Owner. Any change, once incorporated into a Change Order, is all inclusive, and includes all factors that could have been considered at the time of the Change Order such as Project impact or schedule "ripple" effect. § 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES§ 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Design Agent and signed by the Owner and Design Agent, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or

Init.

/


18

Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.

§ 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order.

§ 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods:

.1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation;

.2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;

.3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or

.4 As provided in Section 7.3.7.


§ 7.3.5 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Design Agent of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.

§ 7.3.6 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor’s agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order.

§ 7.3.7 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Design Agent shall determine the method and the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement, or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable amount. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Design Agent may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.7 shall be limited to the following:

.1 Costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers’ compensation insurance;

.2 Costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of delivery;

.3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment;

.4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees related to the Work.

(Paragraph Deleted)

§ 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Design Agent. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change.

§ 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Design Agent will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Design Agent determines, in the Design Agent’s professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Design Agent’s interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15.

Init.

/


19

§ 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Design Agent concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Design Agent will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive.

§ 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORKThe Design Agent has authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes will be effected by written order signed by the Design Agent and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor.

ARTICLE 8 TIME§ 8.1 DEFINITIONS§ 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.

§ 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established pursuant to § 3.1 of the Agreement.

§ 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Design Agent in accordance with Section 9.8.

§ 8.1.4 The term “day” as used in the Contract Documents shall mean working day, excluding weekends and legal holidays.

§ 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION§ 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.

§ 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance.

§ 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time.

§ 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME§ 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Design Agent, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner; or by changes ordered in the Work; or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor’s control, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Design Agent may determine.

§ 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15.

§ 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents.

ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION§ 9.1 CONTRACT SUMThe Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents.

§ 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUESWithin 20 days of the issuance of the Purchase Order, and promptly if revision is necessary from time to time as a result of a Change Order, the Contractor shall submit to the Design Agent and the Owner, before the first Application for Payment, a schedule of values allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work and prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Design Agent and Owner

Init.

/


20

may require. This schedule, if and when approved by the Design Agent and the Owner in writing, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment.

§ 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT§ 9.3.1 At least 10 days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Design Agent and the Owner for approval an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, for completed portions of the Work. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor’s right to payment as the Owner or Design Agent may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents.

§ 9.3.1.1 All Applications for Payment for Change Orders must be accompanied by a Notice of Change in Purchase Order issued by the owner, and if directed by the Owner, by the User Agency.

§ 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay.

§ 9.3.1.3 The form of Application for Payment shall be AIA Document G702, Application and Certification for Payment, supported by AIA Document G703, Continuation Sheet. § 9.3.1.4 Until final payment, the Owner shall pay ninety-five (95%) percent of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner’s title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner’s interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site.

§ 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. The Contractor shall immediately satisfy any lien, claim, or encumbrance against the site where the Project is located and indemnify the Owner from and against all resulting costs and expenses, including without limitation, attorneys’ fees.

§ 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT§ 9.4.1 The Design Agent will, within 7 days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Design Agent determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Design Agent’s reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5.1.

§ 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Design Agent to the Owner, based on the Design Agent’s evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Design Agent’s knowledge, information and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Design Agent. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Design Agent has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means,

Init.

/


21

methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor’s right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum.

§ 9.4.2 The Contractor must submit all product literature, and material and color samples with each Application for Payment, or as otherwise required by the Owner. § 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION§ 9.5.1 The Design Agent may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Design Agent’s opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Design Agent is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Design Agent will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Design Agent cannot agree on a revised amount, the Design Agent will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Design Agent is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Design Agent may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Design Agent’s opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of:

.1 defective Work not remedied;

.2 third-party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor;

.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials, or equipment;

.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;

.5 damage to the Owner or a separate contractor;

.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay;

.7 failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or

.8 any other failure to comply with the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract Documents.

§ 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld.

§ 9.5.3 If the Design Agent withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3, the Owner may, at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or material or equipment suppliers to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check, the Owner shall notify the Design Agent and the Design Agent will reflect such payment on the next Certificate for Payment.

§ 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS§ 9.6.1 After the Design Agent has issued a Certificate for Payment and the Owner has approved the Certificate for Payment in writing, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Design Agent.

§ 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor no later than 7 days after receipt of payment from the Owner the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor’s portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner.

§ 9.6.3 The Design Agent will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Design Agent and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor.

§ 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact

Init.

/


22

Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. The Owner shall have the right to withhold payment(s) to the Contractor in the event that any Subcontractors or material and equipment suppliers have not been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Design Agent shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by law.

§ 9.6.5 Contractor payments to material and equipment suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4.

§ 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision.

§ 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENTIf the Design Agent does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within 7 days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within 7 days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Design Agent or awarded by binding dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon 7 additional days’ written notice to the Owner and Design Agent, make claim for payment as provided under the provisions of "Prompt Payment by Department of Administration," R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 42-11.1-1 et seq.

§ 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION§ 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use.

§ 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Design Agent a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

§ 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s list, the Design Agent will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Design Agent’s inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor’s list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Design Agent. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Design Agent to determine Substantial Completion. The Design Agent will perform no more than two (2) inspections to determine whether the Work or a designated portion thereof has attained Substantial Completion in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Design Agent for any additional inspections.

§ 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Design Agent will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

§ 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if

Init.

/


23

any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE§ 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.3.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Design Agent as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Design Agent.

§ 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Design Agent shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work.

§ 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT§ 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Design Agent will promptly make such inspection and, when the Design Agent finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Design Agent will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Design Agent’s knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Design Agent’s on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Design Agent’s final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor’s being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. The Design Agent will perform no more than two (2) inspections to determine whether the Work or a designated portion thereof has attained Substantial Completion in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner is entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor for amounts paid to the Design Agent for any additional inspections.

§ 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Design Agent (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner’s property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been given to the Owner, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

§ 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Design Agent so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Design Agent, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract

Init.

/


24

Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Design Agent prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims.

§ 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from.1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled;.2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or.3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents; or.4 claims permitted under the State of Rhode Island Department of Administration Division of Purchases

General Conditions of Purchase.

§ 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment.

§ 9.11 The Contractor and the Contractor’s surety shall be liable for and shall pay the Owner as liquidated damages the sums specified in the Solicitation and Bid Form. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY§ 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMSThe Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract.

§ 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY§ 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to

.1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;

.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor’s Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and

.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.

§ 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss.

§ 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities.

§ 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel and in consultation with the appropriate governmental authorities. § 10.2.4.1 When use or storage of explosives, or other hazardous materials, substances or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall give the User Agency and the Owner reasonable advanced notice. § 10.2.4.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor to handle materials or substances that under certain circumstances may be designated as hazardous, the Contractor shall handle such materials in an appropriate manner.

§ 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed

Init.

/


25

by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Design Agent or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18.

§ 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor’s organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor’s superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Design Agent.

§ 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition.

§ 10.2.8 INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTYIf either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter.

§ 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS§ 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Design Agent in writing.

§ 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Design Agent the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Design Agent will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Design Agent has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Design Agent have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up.

§ 10.3.3 To the extent permitted by the provisions of R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 9-31-1 et seq., the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Design Agent, Design Agent’s consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage, loss or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity.

§ 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for materials or substances required by the Contract Documents, except to the extent of the Contractor’s fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances.

§ 10.3.5 The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for remediation of a material or substance the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the Contractor fails to

Init.

/


26

perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner’s fault or negligence.


§ 10.4 EMERGENCIESIn an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor’s discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7.

ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS§ 11.1 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE§ 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as is specified in the Solicitation and as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor’s operations and completed operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:

.1 Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts that are applicable to the Work to be performed;

.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor’s employees;

.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor’s employees;

.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage;

.5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom;

.6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;

.7 Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and

.8 Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18.

§ 11.1.1.1 The Contractor’s liability insurance shall include all major coverages and be on a comprehensive general liability basis. § 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, and, with respect to the Contractor’s completed operations coverage, until the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents.

§ 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance as specified in the Solicitation and as otherwise acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner and the User Agency prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been given to the Owner and the User Agency. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed operations, shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness.

§ 11.1.4 The Contractor shall cause the commercial liability coverage required by the Contract Documents to include (1) the Owner, the User Agency, and their elected and appointed officials, members, employees, and agents, the

Init.

/


27

Design Agent and the Design Agent’s consultants as additional insureds for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor’s acts or omissions during the Contractor’s operations; and (2) the Owner, the User Agency, and their elected and appointed officials, members, employees, and agents, as additional insureds for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor’s acts or omissions during the Contractor’s completed operations.

§ 11.1.5 The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt payments to the Owner of any deductible amounts under any insurance policies required under the Contract Documents for claims made pursuant to such policies. § 11.2 OWNER’S LIABILITY INSURANCEThe Contractor shall furnish the Owner and the User Agency, through the Design Agent, an insurance certificate providing Owner’s Protective Liability extended to include the interests of the Design Agent, and to protect the Owner, User Agency, and Design Agent from any liability which might be incurred against any of them as a result of any operation of the Contractor or Subcontractors or their employees or anyone for whom either the Contractor or Subcontractors are responsible. Such insurance shall be written for the same limits as the Contractor’s comprehensive general liability insurance and shall include the same coverage.

§ 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE§ 11.3.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder’s risk “all-risk” or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract Modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.3 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the User Agency, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. If the Owner and/or the User Agency incur any damages by failure of the Contractor to maintain such insurance, then the Contractor shall bear all reasonable cost resulting from such failure.

§ 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an “all-risk” or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Design Agent’s and Contractor’s services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss.

§ 11.3.1.2 Intentionally Omitted.

§ 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles.

§ 11.3.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work in transit.

§ 11.3.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance.


(Paragraph Deleted)


Init.

/


28

(Paragraph Deleted)


§ 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.

§ 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Contractor shall file with the Owner a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been given to the Owner and the User Agency.

§ 11.3.7 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATIONThe Contractor waives all rights against the Owner and the User Agency and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, and (2) the Architect, Architect’s consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect’s consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged.

§ 11.3.8 A loss insured under this property insurance shall be adjusted by the Contractor as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner.

§ 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Contractor’s duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Contractor shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Contractor shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as determined in accordance with the method of binding dispute resolution selected in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7.

§ 11.3.10 The Contractor as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Contractor’s exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved in the manner selected by the Owner and Contractor as the method of binding dispute resolution in the Agreement. If the Owner and Contractor have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Contractor as fiduciary shall make settlement with insurers or, in the case of a dispute over distribution of insurance proceeds, in accordance with the directions of the arbitrators.

Init.

/


29

§ 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND§ 11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in the Solicitation.

§ 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished.

ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK§ 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK§ 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Design Agent’s request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Design Agent, be uncovered for the Design Agent’s examination and be replaced at the Contractor’s expense without change in the Contract Time.

§ 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Design Agent has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Design Agent may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner’s expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, such costs and the cost of correction shall be at the Contractor’s expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs.

§ 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK§ 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETIONThe Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Design Agent or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for the Design Agent’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

§ 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION§ 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Design Agent, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4.

§ 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work.

§ 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2.

§ 12.2.2.4 Upon request by the Owner and prior to the expiration of one year from the date of Substantial Completion, the Design Agent will conduct and the Contractor shall attend a meeting with the Owner to review the facility operations and performance. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner.

Init.

/


30

§ 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor’s correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor’s liability with respect to the Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.

§ 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORKIf the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made.

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS§ 13.1 GOVERNING LAWThe Contract shall be governed by the law of the State of Rhode Island.

§ 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS§ 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their successors, assigns and legal representatives to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.

§ 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to any executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, or administrative body of the state, or any political subdivision thereof, including without limitation, any department, division, agency, commission, board, office, bureau, authority, school, water, or fire district, or other agency of Rhode Island state or local government that exercises governmental functions, any other governmental authority, and any quasi-public corporation and/or body corporate and politic. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment.

§ 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICEWritten notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or entity, or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended; or if delivered at, or sent by registered or certified mail or by courier service providing proof of delivery to, the last business address known to the party giving notice, or when received, if manually delivered or transmitted by electronic mail or facsimile to the last such address known to the party giving notice.

§ 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES§ 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law.

§ 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Design Agent or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach there under, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.

§ 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS§ 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Design Agent timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Design Agent may be

Init.

/


31

present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of (1) tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded, and (2) tests, inspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating their cost to the Contractor.

§ 13.5.2 If the Design Agent, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1, the Design Agent will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Design Agent of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Design Agent may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner’s expense.

§ 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Design Agent’s services and expenses shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

§ 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Design Agent.

§ 13.5.5 If the Design Agent is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Design Agent will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing.

§ 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work.

§ 13.6 INTEREST§ 13.6.1No interest shall be due or payable on account of any payment due or unpaid under the Contract Documents except in accordance with the provisions of "Prompt Payment by Act," R.I. Gen. Laws §§ 42-11.1-1 et seq.

§ 13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMSThe Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement within the time period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The Owner and Contractor waive all claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 13.7.

ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT§ 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR§ 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons:

.1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped;

.2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency that requires all Work to be stopped; or

.3 Because the Design Agent has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1.

(Paragraph Deleted)


§ 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days’ written notice to the Owner and Design Agent, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed.

Init.

/


32

§ 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ written notice to the Owner and the Design Agent, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3.

§ 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE§ 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor

.1 refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials;

.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors;

.3 disregards or fails to comply with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or

.4 otherwise is guilty of a breach of or fails to comply with of a provision of the Contract Documents.

§ 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Initial Decision Maker that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor’s surety, if any, seven days’ written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety:

.1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor;

.2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and

.3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work.

§ 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished.

§ 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Design Agent’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract.

§ 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE§ 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.

§ 14.3.2 Intentionally Omitted. The Owner shall not be liable to the Contractor or any Subcontractor for claims or damages of any nature caused by or arising out of any delays. The sole remedy against the Owner for delays shall be the

allowance of additional time forcompletion of the Work.

§ 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE§ 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner’s convenience and without cause.

§ 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall

.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;

.2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and

Init.

/


33

.3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders.

§ 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment for Work executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination.

ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES§ 15.1 CLAIMS§ 15.1.1 DEFINITIONA Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.

§ 15.1.2 NOTICE OF CLAIMSClaims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Design Agent Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later.

§ 15.1.3 CONTINUING CONTRACT PERFORMANCEPending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Design Agent will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker.

§ 15.1.4 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTIf the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4.

§ 15.1.5 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME§ 15.1.5.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor’s Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary.

§ 15.1.5.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction.

§ 15.1.5.3 Claims for increase in the Contract Time shall set forth in detail the circumstances that form the basis for the Claim, the date upon which each cause of delay began to affect the progress of the Work, the date upon which each cause of delay ceased to affect the progress of the Work and the number of days’ increase in the Contract Time claimed as a consequence of each such cause of delay. The Contractor shall provide such supporting documentation as the Owner may require including, where appropriate, a revised construction schedule indicating all the activities affected by the circumstances forming the basis of the Claim. § 15.1.5.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to a separate increase in the Contract Time for each one of the number of causes of delay which may have concurrent or interrelated effects on the progress of the Work, or for concurrent delays due to the fault of the Contractor. § 15.1.6 CLAIMS FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGESThe Contractor waives Claims against the Owner for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This waiver includes(Paragraph Deleted)

Init.

/


34

damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work.

This waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to the Owner’s termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.6 shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

§ 15.2 INITIAL DECISION§ 15.2.1Claims shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The URI Vice President for Administration and Finance appointed pursuant to the provisions of the "Delegation of Limited Procurement Authority," dated January 19, 2018, will serve as the Initial Decision Maker in accordance with the provisions of the "Delegation of Limited Procurement Authority," "State Purchases Act," State of Rhode Island Procurement Regulations, and this Section 15.2. An initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation and binding dispute resolution of any Claim arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker with no decision having been rendered.

§ 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that, in the Initial Decision Maker’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim.

§ 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the Initial Decision Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner’s expense.

§ 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either (1) provide a response on the requested supporting data, (2) advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished or (3) advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part.

§ 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state the reasons therefor; and (3) notify the parties and the Design Agent of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and, if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding dispute resolution.

§ 15.2.6 Either party may apply for mediation of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1.

§ 15.2.6.1 Either party may, within 30 days from the date of an initial decision, apply in writing to the Presiding Justice of the Providence County Superior Court, with a copy to the other parties, with a request for the court to appoint a mediator, and the costs of the mediator shall be borne equally by all of the parties. § 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor’s default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety’s assistance in resolving the controversy.


Init.

/


35

§ 15.3 MEDIATION§ 15.3.1 Claims, disputes, or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4, 9.10.5, and 15.1.6 shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution.

§ 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which shall be administered by the Presiding Justice of the Providence County Superior Court. A request for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the court. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2, the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s) and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings.

§ 15.3.3 The parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

§ 15.4 Intentionally Omitted.§ 15.4.1 Intentionally Omitted.

§ 15.4.1.1 Intentionally Omitted.



§ 15.4.4 CONSOLIDATION OR JOINDER§ 15.4.4.1 Either party, at its sole discretion, may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that (1) the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation, (2) the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact, and (3) the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s).

§ 15.4.4.2 Either party, at its sole discretion, may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration, provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent.

§ 15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4, whether by joinder or consolidation, the same rights of joinder and consolidation as the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 16 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWThe Contractor and its Subcontractors shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws.

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " # ! � # # $ % � & ' " �( ( ) * ( ( + �

, - . / 0 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 4 4 7 / 8 9 : 3 ; 2 , ; 8 , , - . / 0 1 2 3 :< = > ? @ A B C D C > = E@ F @ ? G H I J K H L K M H N L O P Q P R K G H R P I I P S O Q T U P V W X H Q K L Y J M J O I J Z I H P Q K G H [ > \ ] J ^ O K J I < N P _ H V K L S H Z L O K H YG K K ^ ` a a S H Z F W N O F H U W a V J ^ O K J I ^ N P _ H V K L a X J Q W J I b R P N b V P Q L K N W V K O P Q b ^ N P _ H V K b L J R H K c b ^ N P V H U W N H L a Y S O I IJ ^ ^ I c K P J I I P R K G H S P N d P R K G O L ^ N P _ H V K J Q U J N H G H N H Z c O Q V P N ^ P N J K H U Z c N H R H N H Q V H `[ > \ e H f W J I g J N J L L X H Q K < P I O V ch J Q W J I R P N ] P Q L K N W V K O P Q < N P _ H V K e J R H K c < N P V H U W N H Lg P K i P N d < N P V H U W N Hh J Q J T O Q T j O N H < N P K H V K O P Q e c L K H X \ X ^ J O N X H Q K[ > \ i J K H N e c L K H X > H T W I J K O P Q L a < P I O V O H L1 2 , - k , - . / 0 1 2 3

l m n o p q r s t u q t v p u w m m x y z { | } ~ p p s � � t � � � q r � � � � � x � � � v � s q ~ t s � � � � u � s ~n p � ~ � q ~ � t x u � t u p z u � � � ~ t s � �y z { � p � � u q t � v � � u p � x � � � x } o � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � �





SUMMARY 011000 - 1

SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 PROJECT

A. See Bid Form for official Project Information.

B. The Project consists of the construction of the following types of work:

1. Full renovation of an existing Broadcast Studio and Control Room for educational

and production needs of the Harrington School of Communication and Media.

Work includes general construction trades for interior renovations, as well as

studio equipment, broadcast set and green screen capabilities.

2. Abatement of asbestos as described in the abatement plan, Attachment C, at the

end of this section.

1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION

A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in

Document 00 5200 - Agreement.

1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. Scope of demolition and removal work is shown on drawings plus as specified in

Section 02 4119 “Selective Demolition”.

B. Scope of alterations work is shown on drawings and/or as specified herein.

C. Site modifications: Temporary Facilities and Controls

D. Architectural modifications: General Trades Renovations including partitions, doors,

frames and hardware, ceilings, acoustical treatments and finishes.

E. Fire Protection modifications: Modifications of existing systems to accommodate new

layout.

F. Mechanical modifications: Modifications of existing ductwork and diffusers. Provision

of new split-system cooling for A/V rack storage room.

G. Audiovisual modifications: Provision of A/V systems and equipment, inclusive of

studio equipment, studio set and pull-down backdrops.

1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY/SCHEDULE

A. Owner intends to continuously occupy the facility outside of the area of Work. Work

areas will be made available as mutually agreed to during project scheduling. See

Attachment A at the end of this section for availability and restrictions on access to

spaces.





SUMMARY 011000 - 2

B. Work to begin within 7 days of receipt of Purchase Order unless otherwise defined in

Attachment A at the end of this section.

D. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations.

1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES

A. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. Coordinate with

Attachment A following this section. Include all costs of this coordination, including all

premium time wages that may be required to meet these requirements, in the Base bid.

B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow:

1. Adjacent projects to progress as planned for the Owner.

2. Use of street and adjacent properties by the Public.

3. Continued operation of the facility in accordance with Attachment A.

C. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner:

1. Maintain appropriate egress for workforce and users of the facility.

2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit. Provide

necessary signage and barriers to direct pedestrians around work areas.

D. Time Restrictions:

1. Limit conduct of especially noisy work when classes, testing and/or events are in

process.

2. Night and weekend work is allowed, coordinate schedule with the University.

3. Refer to Attachment A following this section for building specific scheduling

restrictions

E. Utility Outages and Shutdown:

1. Do not disrupt or shut down life safety systems, including but not limited to fire

sprinklers and fire alarm system, without 7 days notice to Owner and authorities

having jurisdiction.

2. Prevent accidental disruption of utility services to other facilities.

3. Contractor to provide written notification on Fire Sprinkler and Alarm System

Impairment Notification Form following this section as Attachment B.

1.06 OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS

1. Three (3) Pedestal mounted cameras.

2. One robotic camera and pedestal.

3. Video switching and control surface

4. HDD Recorder

5. Network attached storage and server





SUMMARY 011000 - 3

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION – NOT USED

END OF MAIN SECTION – See Attachments A, B, and C following.





SUMMARY – Attachment A 011010 - 1

Attachment A – 01 1010

NOTE:

Unrestricted = Contractor to plan and schedule work and submit for review by Owner

Limited Restriction = Contractor to meet with Owner and coordinate access to these areas

Restricted = Contractor to perform work on dates provided in this document

The Bidder offers to perform the work in accordance with the timeline specified below:

CORRIDOR 252/252B, CLASSROOMS 206 and 208, STAFF OFFICE 207

Work in these areas must be done first and must be Substantially Complete no later than

September 7, 2018 to allow training and testing in these areas.

Classrooms 206 and 208 must be secured at all times. Provide temporary locked openings

protectives when permanent doors are not installed.

STUDIO 205 and CONTROL ROOM 206

Work in these areas shall be contained and completed in a manner that does not adversely affect

activities in Corridor 252/252b, Classrooms 206 And 208 or Staff Office 207.

All access to the space shall be through the overhead coiling door on the north wall of Studio

205.

The Contractor shall provide temporary fencing and gates, as well as appropriate signage to

restrict access to the construction area by unauthorized persons.

DELIVERIES and VEHICLE ACCESS

No parking, dumpsters or sheds will be allowed adjacent to the construction area. There is gated

access to the walkway off of Flagg Road to the north of the site. This gate is opened daily at

7:00 AM and locked at 8:00 AM. Any vehicle access to the site must be done within this one-

hour window. Vehicles moving through the sidewalk system shall be escorted by the

Contractor’s trained personnel to ensure site safety is maintained.

OTHER AREAS/GENERAL NOTES:

Work in the mechanical penthouse and penthouse roof is unrestricted. Though access must be

coordinated with University personnel.





SUMMARY – Attachment A 011010 - 2

This is a fully occupied building. As such, all work must be performed when spaces are not

occupied. Should work be required to Corridor 252/252B, Classrooms 206 and 208 or Staff

Office 207 after September 7, 2018, it shall be completed on 3rd shift, as the spaces are fully

occupied into the evening. Any premium time required must be included in the base bid.

The Contractor will be responsible for providing protection for all furniture and belongings in

each area. The Contractor is also responsible for cleaning their work areas after each shift so that

they are ready for Owner occupancy the next day.

The Contractor is responsible for maintaining egress paths during construction to the satisfaction

of the Fire Marshall and the AHJ.

The building occupants are sensitive to dust issues. The Contractor will be responsible for

providing dust containment in each area while it is under construction and then cleaning each

contained area daily when the shift is over. The Contractor will also be responsible for providing

and maintaining temporary construction filters on all return air grills and AHUs and replacing

with new filters at substantial completion.

Contractor is responsible for coordinating with the Owner for exterior hoisting, if needed, with

respect to timing, crane placement, window removal, temporary openings and restoration, etc,

and is responsible for any and all associated costs.

Parking is restricted to areas designated by the University.

Any material not installed during the shift must be removed from occupied areas at the end of

each shift.

Fire Sprinkler and Alarm System Impairment Notification Form

To: URI Office of Capital Projects

Date ____________________________

Start of Planned Impairment: End of Planned Impairment: Building occupied during impairment: Yes: No: Any hot work to be performed: Yes: No:

Description of Work to be performed:

URI Manager of Alarms, Mike Suriani, can also be directly contacted at 401-639-2268.

Contractor supervisory personnel shall remain in the building for the entire duration of the impairment.

Name:

Company:

Phone:

ATTACHMENT B – SUMMARY 01100

ATTACHMENT B - SUMMARY 01100ATTACHMENT B - FIRE PROTECTION IMPAIRMENT FORM01 1020 -





SUMMARY – Attachment C 011030 - 1

01 1030 SUMMARY - Attachment C

Abatement Plan

An asbestos abatement plan will be prepared by the University’s consultant and will

apply to the work areas of this project as noted.

The following work is to be included as part of this project and shall be included in the

Base Bid price:

For purposes of the Bid and Contract the following should be assumed, until such time as

the Owner’s Consultant verifies conditions.

1. During previous construction and abatement projects, it is possible debris

containing asbestos may have been deposited into wall and ceiling cavities. It

should be assumed that all debris encountered during selective demolition shall

be considered hazardous and shall be removed and disposed of in accordance

with Codes, Standards and Best Practices. This work will be paid by Allowance.

University of Rhode Island Standard Contract Documents-URI Bid

Rev. 1/2/14 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2000-1

SECTION 01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Allowances.

B. Testing and inspection allowances.

C. Schedule of values.

D. Applications for payment.

E. Warranty inspection retainage.

F. Sales tax exemption.

G. Change procedures.

H. Defect assessment.

I. Alternates.

1.02 ALLOWANCES

A. See General Conditions Article 3.8 for Allowance provisions.

B. Design Agent Responsibility:1. Consult with Contractor for consideration and selection of products, suppliers, and

Installers.2. Select products in consultation with Owner and transmit decision to Contractor.3. Prepare Change Order to adjust final cost.

C. Contractor Responsibility:1. Assist Design Agent or its Consultants in selection of products, suppliers and installers.2. Obtain proposals from suppliers and installers, and offer recommendations.3. On notification on selection by Design Agent, execute purchase agreement with

designated supplier and installer.4. Arrange for and process shop drawings, product data, and samples. Arrange for delivery.5. Promptly inspect products upon delivery for completeness, damage, and defects. Submit

claims for transportation damage.

D. Schedule of Allowances: See Attachment A.



1.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION ALLOWANCE

A. All costs of regularly scheduled testing are included in the Base Bid. See Attachment A for allowance to cover costs of additional testing to be provided when directed by the Owner.

B. See Section 01 4000 and its attachment for testing requirements.

1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate, one copyrighted original and one copy.

B. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of the major specification Section. Identify site mobilization, bonds, insurance and closeout.

C. Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this Section. For unit cost

Allowances, identify quantities taken from Contract Documents multiplied by the unit cost to achieve the total for the item.

D. Include separately for each line item, a direct proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and

profit.

E. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment. 1.05 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Submit each application on an original AIA Form G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet, accompanied by three copies. 1. Prepare a draft version “pencil copy” of each application and distribute via email 5 days

prior to due date for review by Design Agent and Owner’s representative. 2. After making agreed revisions, individually sign and notarize and emboss with notary's

official seal, the original and each of the three copies. Deliver to Owner’s representative for further processing and distribution.

3. Applications not including original copyrighted AIA G702, and G703 Forms, will be rejected, and returned for re-submittal.

4. Applications not properly signed and notarized will be rejected, and returned for re-submittal.

5. Applications submitted without the following items described in this section and its attachments will be returned for resubmittal.

B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment.

C. Provide one hard copy and one copy in disc form of the updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment submission, prepared per Section 01 3300.



1. Provide a statement signed by the Contractor's firm principal certifying that there are no unidentified outstanding claims for delay.

D. Include with each monthly Application for Payment, following the first application, Certified

Monthly Payroll Records with proper compliance cover sheet for the previous month's pay period. Identify MBE/DBE subcontractors and hours worked in a format acceptable to URI. See Attachment A this section for current State and Federal requirements.

E. Submit with transmittal letter as specified for Submittals in Section 01 3300. F. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, Contractor's right to payment must be substantiated by documenting, on a copy of the URI Waiver of Lien Form included in Document 00 6140 - Waiver of Lien Form in this Project Manual, that payment monies due,

less retainage not exceeding ten percent, have been paid in full to subcontractor and suppliers for work, materials, or rental of equipment billed for under specific line item numbers in the

immediately preceding application.

G. Substantiating Data: When the Owner or Design Agent requires additional substantiating information from the review of the “pencil copy”, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question.

H. In addition to the items above, include the following with the Application for Payment :

1. Record Documents as specified in Section 01 7800, for review by the Owner which will be returned to the Contractor.

2. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products with insurance certificates as requested. 3. Digital Photographs as specified in Section 01 3300. Include on same disc with

construction schedule. I. Payment Period: Submit at monthly intervals unless stipulated otherwise in the Supplemental

General Conditions. 1.06 WARRANTY INSPECTION RETAINAGE

A. A percentage of job cost as defined in Attachment A will be retained from Final Payment for a duration of ten months. If, after ten months, all systems including mechanical and electrical, are determined by the Owner to be properly functioning, the Warranty Inspection Retainage will be released.

B. If, after ten months, there are found to be modifications, adjustments, or corrections

necessary to be made to address any system or product malfunction, in order to fulfill specified performance or requirements of such systems or products, release of the warranty inspection retainage will be delayed until such malfunctions are rectified.

C. If, after twelve months from the date of Final Completion, all systems have not been fully addressed, the Owner may utilize the Warranty Inspection Retainage to hire others to execute necessary modifications, adjustments, or corrections.



1.07 SALES TAX EXEMPTION

A. Owner is exempt from sales tax on products permanently incorporated in Work of the Project. 1. Obtain sales tax exemption certificate number from Owner. 2. Place exemption certificate number on invoice for materials incorporated in the Work of

the Project. 3. Furnish copies of invoices to Owner. 4. Upon completion of Work, file a notarized statement with Owner that all purchases

made under exemption certificate were entitled to be exempt. 5. Pay legally assessed penalties for improper use of exemption certificate number.

1.08 CHANGE PROCEDURES

A. Submittals: Submit name of the individual authorized to receive change documents, and be responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work.

B. The Design Agent will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to

Contract Sum or Contract Time by issuing supplemental instructions on AIA Form G710. C. The Design Agent may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a

proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required, and the period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within 15 days.

D. The Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for change to the Design Agent,

describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation, and a statement describing the effect on Work by separate or other Contractors. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000.

E. Stipulated Sum Change Order: Based on Proposal Request, and Contractor's fixed price

quotation, or Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Design Agent.

F. Unit Price Change Order: For contract unit prices and quantities, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed unit price basis. For unit costs or quantities of units of work which are not pre-determined, execute the Work under a Construction Change Directive. Changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time will be computed as specified for a Time and Material Change Order.

G. Construction Change Directive: Design Agent may issue a directive, on AIA Form G713

Construction Change Directive signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work, and designate method of determining any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Promptly execute the change.



H. Time and Material Change Order: Submit an itemized account and supporting data after

completion of the change, including timeslips signed by Owner’s representative, within the time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. The Design Agent will determine the change allowable in the Contract Sum and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. Only Owner-representative-signed timeslips will be considered.

I. Maintain detailed records of work done on a Time and Material basis. Submit timeslips daily

for verification and sign-off by Owner’s representative on-site. Provide full information required for an evaluation of the proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for the changes in the Work.

J. Document each quotation for a change in cost or time with sufficient data to allow an evaluation

of the quotation. Provide detailed breakdown of costs and estimates for labor and materials including a detailed breakdown for subcontractor's or vendor's Work. Include copies of written quotations from subcontractors or vendors.

K. Change Order Forms: AIA G701 Change Order. L. Execution of Change Orders: The Design Agent will issue Change Orders for signatures of the

parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract.

M. Correlation Of Contractor Submittals: 1. Promptly revise the Schedule of Values and the Application for Payment forms to record

each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust the Contract Sum. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in the Contract Time, revise sub-schedules to adjust times for any other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.

2. Promptly enter changes in the Project Record Documents. 1.09 DEFECT ASSESSMENT

A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified requirements.

B. If, in the opinion of the Design Agent, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Design Agent will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment.

C. The defective Work may remain, but the unit sum will be adjusted to a new sum at the

discretion of the Design Agent.

D. The defective Work will be partially repaired to the instructions of the Design Agent, and the unit sum will be adjusted to a new sum at the discretion of the Design Agent.

E. The individual Specification Sections may modify these options or may identify a specific

formula or percentage sum reduction.



F. The authority of the Design Agent to assess the defect and identify a payment adjustment, is final.

G. Non-Payment for Rejected Products: Payment will not be made for rejected products for any of

the following: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from the transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond the lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products.

1.10 UNIT PRICES

A. See Attachment A. 1.11 ALTERNATES A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner’s option. Accepted Alternates will be identified in the Purchase Order.

B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required. C. Schedule of Alternates: See Attachment A.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used. END OF SECTION

TLB Architecture, LLC University of Rhode Island Harrington School of Communication and Media

Broadcast Center Renovations URI Project Number: KC.G.CHAF.2017.001

PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES - Attachment A 01 2010 - 1

01 2010 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES - Attachment A

A. Allowances

1. Unforeseen Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Coordination: $10,000 to cover labor and materials costs for correcting or adjusting to any MEP conflicts and/or conditions not readily observable at the time of the bind. This includes buried materials and concealed conditions.

2. Unforeseen Architectural Coordination: $10,000 to cover labor and materials

costs for correcting or adjusting to any architectural conflicts and/or conditions not readily observable at the time of the bid.

3. Unforeseen Hazardous Materials: $10,000 to cover labor and materials costs for removal of hazardous materials concealed within construction assemblies and not included in Hazardous Materials Report.

B. Testing Allowance 1. None C. Unit Prices 1. None D. Alternates

1. Alternate No. Wall-mounted Fold Down Seating.

a. Base Bid: No Work b. Alternate: Provide Twelve, wall-mounted fold-down seats as indicated on

drawings and in Section 126100 “Fixed Audience Seating”.

E. Payroll Reporting

1. Forms for the submission of Certified Payroll Records may be found from the Rhode Island Prevailing Wage Website in either PDF or Excel formats. These forms must be used on monthly submittals. 2. Identify Apprenticeship hours required under RIGL 37-13-3.1 for all contracts over $1million in value. 3. A Minority Utilization Report for minority subcontractors must be included. Use the form provided as Attachment B.



PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES - Attachment A 01 2010 - 2

E. Warranty Inspection Retainage

1. One-half of one percent of the cost of the Work will be retained from Final Payment for this purpose.

END OF ATTACHMENT

MBE Compliance Office Attachment B – 01 2020 www.mbe.ri.gov (website) 1 Capitol Hill, 2nd Floor Providence, RI 02908 401-574-8670, 401-574-8387 (fax)

Pursuant to RIGL 37-14.1 as well as the regulations promulgated thereto, the MBE Compliance Office requires that you complete the following table.

Please note that these figures will be verified with the MBEs identified. If there are outstanding issues, such as retainage or a dispute, please indicate and

attach supporting documentation for same. Also note that copies of invoice and cancelled checks for payment to all MBE subcontractors and suppliers are

required.

Contractor/Vendor Name: Project Name & Location: Original Prime Contract Amount: $______________ Current Prime Contract Amount:

MBE/WBE Subcontractor

Original Contract Amount

Change Orders

Revised Contract

Value

% Completed

To Date

Amount Paid

To Date

Amount Due

Retainage %

Retainage Amount

Explanation

I declare, under penalty of perjury, that the information provided in this verification form and supporting documents is true and correct.

____________________________________ ________________

Signature Date

____________________________________

Printed Name

Notary Certificate:

Sworn before me this ________ day of _____________ , 2012.

____________________________________________ _________________

Notary Signature Commission Expires





PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES - Attachment C 01 2030 - 1

01 2030 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES - Attachment C

Small Project Changes

A. The following amendments are made to this Section in order to facilitate execution of

smaller projects at URI. They apply to the work of this project. All portions of the

specification Section not deleted or amended remain in full force and effect for this project.

B. No amendments are necessary in this Section due to project size. See Attachment A for

project specific amendments.

END OF ATTACHMENT

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % $ & ' � ! ' $ ( ) � ) * + $ � ) # ) % ' &, � - , , , . �

/ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 6 6 9 : ; < 3 5 3 / 2 = : 2 3 > 0 = 0 ? @ 3 = 0 < 0 5 2 /A : = 2 7 9 B 0 5 0 = : CD E F D G H I J K L M K M I N O P H GQ E G R S T U V W R X R Y S Z U S R [ X\ E I [ [ Z V R X U S R [ X U X V ] Z [ ^ T _ S _ [ X V R S R [ X Y EI E ` Z T _ [ X Y S Z a _ S R [ X W T T S R X b EP E G R S T W [ c R d R e U S R [ X W T T S R X b EH E ` Z [ b Z T Y Y W T T S R X b Y Ef E ` Z T g R X Y S U d d U S R [ X W T T S R X b Y ED E F h G K J H Q P i K M K G J j Q J K L MQ E i U R X S U R X U V U R d k U S S T X V U X _ T d [ b S [ R X _ d a V T S l T X U W T Y [ m U d d ] Z [ ^ T _ S T W ] d [ k T T Y U X V b a T Y S Y S [S l T Y R S T E H U _ l b a T Y S Y R b X R X b S l T d [ b Y l [ a d V R X V R _ U S T U c Z R T m V T Y _ Z R ] S R [ X [ m S l T Z T U Y [ X m [ Z S l Tn R Y R S o S l T b a T Y S p Y T W ] d [ k T Z [ Z [ Z b U X R e U S R [ X E J l T d [ b Y l T T S o [ Z Y l T T S Y o W a Y S _ d T U Z d k R X V R _ U S T S l T` Z [ ^ T _ S M U W T o U X V S l T X U W T [ m S l T ` Z R W T _ [ X S Z U _ S [ Z E H U _ l d R X T R X S l T d [ b Y l [ a d V U d d [ q m [ Z S l TX U W T [ m S l U S T W ] d [ k T T o S l T T W ] d [ k T T p Y ^ [ c S R S d T r a Y T S T Z W R X [ d [ b k a Y T V c k ] Z T n U R d R X b q U b T ^ [ cS R S d T s o U X V S l T X U W T [ m S l U S T W ] d [ k T T p Y T W ] d [ k T Z E J l R Y d [ b Y l U d d c T t T ] S [ X U a X R m [ Z W m [ Z W] Z T Y _ Z R c T V c k S l T P R Z T _ S [ Z [ m N U c [ Z U X V J Z U R X R X b E G a _ l d [ b Y l U d d c T U n U R d U c d T m [ Z R X Y ] T _ S R [ X[ X S l T Y R S T U S U d d S R W T Y c k S l T ` a Z _ l U Y T Z o L q X T Z o U X V u [ Z S l T P R Z T _ S [ Z [ m S l T P T ] U Z S W T X S [ mN U c [ Z U X V J Z U R X R X b U X V l R Y [ Z l T Z V T Y R b X T T E ` Z [ n R V T _ [ ] R T Y q l T X Z T v a T Y S T V E J l T d [ b Y l U d d_ [ W ] d k q R S l Z T v a R Z T W T X S Y [ m j K w N x y g D h g D h r _ E s ED E F x I L L j P K M Q J K L M Q M P ` j L z H I J I L M P K J K L M GQ E I [ [ Z V R X U S T S l T Y _ l T V a d R X b o Y a c W R S S U d Y o U X V S l T { [ Z t [ m S l T n U Z R [ a Y G T _ S R [ X Y [ m S l T ` Z [ ^ T _ Si U X a U d S [ T X Y a Z T U X T m m R _ R T X S U X V [ Z V T Z d k Y T v a T X _ T [ m S l T R X Y S U d d U S R [ X [ m R X S T Z V T ] T X V T X S_ [ X Y S Z a _ S R [ X T d T W T X S Y E\ E | T Z R m k S l U S S l T a S R d R S k Z T v a R Z T W T X S Y U X V _ l U Z U _ S T Z R Y S R _ Y [ m S l T [ ] T Z U S R X b T v a R ] W T X S U Z T_ [ W ] U S R c d T q R S l S l T c a R d V R X b a S R d R S R T Y E I [ [ Z V R X U S T S l T { [ Z t [ m S l T n U Z R [ a Y G T _ S R [ X Y l U n R X bR X S T Z V T ] T X V T X S Z T Y ] [ X Y R c R d R S R T Y m [ Z R X Y S U d d R X b o _ [ X X T _ S R X b S [ o U X V ] d U _ R X b R X Y T Z n R _ T o Y a _ lT v a R ] W T X S EI E I [ [ Z V R X U S T S l T Y ] U _ T Z T v a R Z T W T X S Y o Y a ] ] [ Z S Y U X V R X Y S U d d U S R [ X [ m S l T W T _ l U X R _ U d U X V T d T _ S Z R _ U d{ [ Z t o q l R _ l U Z T R X V R _ U S T V V R U b Z U W W U S R _ U d d k [ X S l T P Z U q R X b Y E f [ d d [ q S l T Z [ a S R X b Y l [ q X m [ ZS l T ] R ] T Y o V a _ S Y o U X V _ [ X V a R S o U Y _ d [ Y T d k U Y ] Z U _ S R _ U c d T } ] d U _ T Z a X Y ] U Z U d d T d q R S l S l T d R X T Y [ m S l Tc a R d V R X b E O S R d R e T Y ] U _ T Y T m m R _ R T X S d k S [ W U ~ R W R e T U _ _ T Y Y R c R d R S k m [ Z [ S l T Z R X Y S U d d U S R [ X Y o m [ ZW U R X S T X U X _ T o U X V m [ Z Z T ] U R Z Y E

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � �

¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ § ¨

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % $ & ' � ! ' $ ( ) � ) * + $ � ) # ) % ' &, � - , , , . �

P E I [ [ Z V R X U S T S l T _ [ W ] d T S R [ X U X V _ d T U X a ] [ m S l T { [ Z t [ m S l T Y T ] U Z U S T G T _ S R [ X Y R X ] Z T ] U Z U S R [ X m [ ZG a c Y S U X S R U d I [ W ] d T S R [ X U X V m [ Z ] [ Z S R [ X Y [ m S l T { [ Z t V T Y R b X U S T V m [ Z S l T L q X T Z p Y ] U Z S R U d[ _ _ a ] U X _ k EH E Q m S T Z S l T L q X T Z p Y [ _ _ a ] U X _ k [ m S l T ] Z T W R Y T Y o _ [ [ Z V R X U S T U _ _ T Y Y S [ S l T Y R S T m [ Z _ [ Z Z T _ S R [ X [ mV T m T _ S R n T { [ Z t U X V S l T { [ Z t X [ S R X U _ _ [ Z V U X _ T q R S l S l T I [ X S Z U _ S P [ _ a W T X S Y S [ W R X R W R e TV R Y Z a ] S R [ X [ m S l T L q X T Z p Y U _ S R n R S R T Y ED E F © ` j H I L M G J j O I J K L M i H H J K M wQ E J l T P T Y R b X Q b T X S q R d d Y _ l T V a d T U W T T S R X b U m S T Z U ` a Z _ l U Y T L Z V T Z R Y R Y Y a T V S [ S l T I [ X S Z U _ S [ Z E\ E Q S S T X V U X _ T j T v a R Z T V ª L q X T Z p Y j T ] Z T Y T X S U S R n T o P T Y R b X Q b T X S o U X V I [ X S Z U _ S [ Z EI E Q b T X V U ªD E P R Y S Z R c a S R [ X [ m S l T I [ X S Z U _ S P [ _ a W T X S Y Eh E G a c W R Y Y R [ X [ m U d R Y S [ m G a c _ [ X S Z U _ S [ Z Y o U d R Y S [ m ] Z [ V a _ S Y o Y _ l T V a d T [ m n U d a T Y o U X V U] Z [ b Z T Y Y Y _ l T V a d T Ex E P T Y R b X U S R [ X [ m S l T ] T Z Y [ X X T d Z T ] Z T Y T X S R X b S l T ] U Z S R T Y R X S l T I [ X S Z U _ S U X V S l T P T Y R b XQ b T X S E© E J l T ] Z [ _ T V a Z T Y U X V ] Z [ _ T Y Y R X b [ m S l T m R T d V V T _ R Y R [ X Y o Y a c W R S S U d Y o Y a c Y S R S a S R [ X Y oU ] ] d R _ U S R [ X Y m [ Z ] U k W T X S Y o ] Z [ ] [ Y U d Z T v a T Y S Y o I l U X b T L Z V T Z Y o U X V I [ X S Z U _ S _ d [ Y T [ a S] Z [ _ T V a Z T Y E« E G _ l T V a d R X b EP E I [ X S Z U _ S [ Z Y l U d d Z T _ [ Z V S l T W R X a S T Y U X V V R Y S Z R c a S T _ [ ] R T Y q R S l R X S q [ V U k Y U m S T Z S l T W T T S R X b S [S l T ] U Z S R _ R ] U X S Y o q R S l _ [ ] R T Y S [ S l T P T Y R b X Q b T X S o L q X T Z o [ S l T Z ] U Z S R _ R ] U X S Y o U X V S l [ Y T_ [ X Y a d S U X S Y U m m T _ S T V c k S l T V T _ R Y R [ X Y W U V T ED E F « G K J H i L \ K N K ¬ Q J K L M i H H J K M wQ E J l T P T Y R b X Q b T X S q R d d Y _ l T V a d T U W T T S R X b U S S l T ` Z [ ^ T _ S Y R S T ] Z R [ Z S [ S l T I [ X S Z U _ S [ Z Y [ _ _ a ] U X _ kU X V W U k [ _ _ a Z U S S l T Y U W T S R W T U Y S l T ` Z T _ [ X Y S Z a _ S R [ X W T T S R X b X [ S T V U c [ n T E\ E Q S S T X V U X _ T j T v a R Z T V ª J l T L q X T Z o P T Y R b X Q b T X S o I [ X S Z U _ S [ Z o S l T I [ X S Z U _ S [ Z Y G a ] T Z R X S T X V T X S oU X V W U ^ [ Z G a c _ [ X S Z U _ S [ Z Y EI E Q b T X V U ªD E O Y T [ m S l T ] Z T W R Y T Y c k S l T L q X T Z U X V S l T I [ X S Z U _ S [ Z Eh E J l T L q X T Z p Y Z T v a R Z T W T X S Y U X V ] U Z S R U d [ _ _ a ] U X _ k Ex E I [ X Y S Z a _ S R [ X m U _ R d R S R T Y U X V _ [ X S Z [ d Y ] Z [ n R V T V c k S l T L q X T Z E© E J T W ] [ Z U Z k a S R d R S R T Y ] Z [ n R V T V c k S l T L q X T Z E« E G T _ a Z R S k U X V l [ a Y T t T T ] R X b ] Z [ _ T V a Z T Y E® E G _ l T V a d T Y Ey E Q ] ] d R _ U S R [ X m [ Z ] U k W T X S ] Z [ _ T V a Z T Y E¯ E ` Z [ _ T V a Z T Y m [ Z S T Y S R X b E

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � �

¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ § ¨

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % $ & ' � ! ' $ ( ) � ) * + $ � ) # ) % ' &, � - , , , . -

° E ` Z [ _ T V a Z T Y m [ Z W U R X S U R X R X b S l T Z T _ [ Z V V [ _ a W T X S Y ED F E j T v a R Z T W T X S Y m [ Z S l T Y S U Z S g a ] [ m T v a R ] W T X S ED D E K X Y ] T _ S R [ X U X V U _ _ T ] S U X _ T [ m S l T T v a R ] W T X S ] a S R X S [ Y T Z n R _ T V a Z R X b S l T _ [ X Y S Z a _ S R [ X] T Z R [ V EP E I [ X S Z U _ S [ Z Y l U d d Z T _ [ Z V S l T W R X a S T Y U X V V R Y S Z R c a S T S l T _ [ ] R T Y q R S l R X S q [ V U k Y U m S T Z S l T W T T S R X bS [ S l T ] U Z S R _ R ] U X S Y o q R S l _ [ ] R T Y S [ S l T P T Y R b X Q b T X S o L q X T Z o [ S l T Z ] U Z S R _ R ] U X S Y o U X V S l [ Y T_ [ X Y a d S U X S Y U m m T _ S T V c k S l T V T _ R Y R [ X Y W U V T ED E F ® ` j L w j H G G i H H J K M w GQ E G _ l T V a d T U X V U V W R X R Y S T Z S l T W T T S R X b Y S l Z [ a b l [ a S S l T ] Z [ b Z T Y Y [ m S l T { [ Z t U S q T T t d k R X S T Z n U d Yq l R d T q [ Z t R Y R X ] Z [ _ T Y Y E\ E i U t T U Z Z U X b T W T X S Y m [ Z S l T W T T S R X b Y o ] Z T ] U Z T S l T U b T X V U q R S l _ [ ] R T Y m [ Z S l T ] U Z S R _ R ] U X S Y o U X V] Z T Y R V T U S S l T W T T S R X b Y EI E Q S S T X V U X _ T j T v a R Z T V ª J l T ^ [ c Y a ] T Z R X S T X V T X S o W U ^ [ Z Y a c _ [ X S Z U _ S [ Z Y U X V Y a ] ] d R T Z Y o S l T L q X T Z oP T Y R b X Q b T X S o U X V I [ X Y a d S U X S Y U Y U ] ] Z [ ] Z R U S T S [ U b T X V U S [ ] R _ Y m [ Z T U _ l W T T S R X b EP E Q b T X V U ªD E j T n R T q S l T W R X a S T Y [ m ] Z T n R [ a Y W T T S R X b Y Eh E j T n R T q [ m S l T { [ Z t ] Z [ b Z T Y Y Ex E f R T d V [ c Y T Z n U S R [ X Y o ] Z [ c d T W Y o U X V V T _ R Y R [ X Y E© E K V T X S R m R _ U S R [ X [ m S l T ] Z [ c d T W Y q l R _ l R W ] T V T S l T ] d U X X T V ] Z [ b Z T Y Y E« E j T n R T q [ m S l T Y a c W R S S U d Y Y _ l T V a d T U X V Y S U S a Y [ m S l T Y a c W R S S U d Y E® E j T n R T q [ m V T d R n T Z k Y _ l T V a d T Y Ey E i U R X S T X U X _ T [ m S l T ] Z [ b Z T Y Y Y _ l T V a d T E¯ E I [ Z Z T _ S R n T W T U Y a Z T Y S [ Z T b U R X S l T ] Z [ ^ T _ S T V Y _ l T V a d T Y E° E ` d U X X T V ] Z [ b Z T Y Y V a Z R X b S l T Y a _ _ T T V R X b q [ Z t ] T Z R [ V ED F E I [ [ Z V R X U S R [ X [ m S l T ] Z [ ^ T _ S T V ] Z [ b Z T Y Y ED D E i U R X S T X U X _ T [ m S l T v a U d R S k U X V q [ Z t Y S U X V U Z V Y ED h E H m m T _ S [ m S l T ] Z [ ] [ Y T V _ l U X b T Y [ X S l T ] Z [ b Z T Y Y Y _ l T V a d T U X V _ [ [ Z V R X U S R [ X ED x E L S l T Z c a Y R X T Y Y Z T d U S R X b S [ S l T { [ Z t EH E I [ X S Z U _ S [ Z Y l U d d Z T _ [ Z V S l T W R X a S T Y U X V V R Y S Z R c a S T S l T _ [ ] R T Y q R S l R X S q [ V U k Y U m S T Z S l T W T T S R X bS [ S l T ] U Z S R _ R ] U X S Y o q R S l _ [ ] R T Y S [ S l T P T Y R b X Q b T X S o I [ X Y a d S U X S Y o L q X T Z o ] U Z S R _ R ] U X S Y o U X V[ S l T Z Y U m m T _ S T V c k S l T V T _ R Y R [ X Y W U V T ED E F y ` j H K M G J Q N N Q J K L M i H H J K M w GQ E { l T X Z T v a R Z T V R X S l T R X V R n R V a U d Y ] T _ R m R _ U S R [ X G T _ S R [ X Y o _ [ X n T X T U ] Z T g R X Y S U d d U S R [ X W T T S R X b U S S l TY R S T ] Z R [ Z S [ _ [ W W T X _ R X b S l T { [ Z t [ m S l T G T _ S R [ X E\ E j T v a R Z T U S S T X V U X _ T [ m S l T ] U Z S R T Y V R Z T _ S d k U m m T _ S R X b o [ Z U m m T _ S T V c k o S l T { [ Z t [ m S l T Y ] T _ R m R _G T _ S R [ X E

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � �

¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ § ¨

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % $ & ' � ! ' $ ( ) � ) * + $ � ) # ) % ' &, � - , , , .

I E M [ S R m k S l T P T Y R b X Q b T X S m [ a Z V U k Y R X U V n U X _ T [ m S l T W T T S R X b V U S T EP E ` Z T ] U Z T U X U b T X V U U X V ] Z T Y R V T U S S l T W T T S R X b ªD E j T n R T q S l T _ [ X V R S R [ X Y [ m R X Y S U d d U S R [ X o ] Z T ] U Z U S R [ X U X V R X Y S U d d U S R [ X ] Z [ _ T V a Z T Y Eh E j T n R T q _ [ [ Z V R X U S R [ X q R S l S l T Z T d U S T V q [ Z t EH E j T _ [ Z V S l T W R X a S T Y U X V V R Y S Z R c a S T S l T _ [ ] R T Y q R S l R X S q [ V U k Y U m S T Z S l T W T T S R X b S [ S l T] U Z S R _ R ] U X S Y o q R S l _ [ ] R T Y S [ S l T P T Y R b X Q b T X S o L q X T Z o ] U Z S R _ R ] U X S Y o U X V S l [ Y T I [ X Y a d S U X S YU m m T _ S T V c k S l T V T _ R Y R [ X Y W U V T EA : = 2 ± 9 A = 4 ; @ 1 2 /M [ S a Y T V EA : = 2 8 9 0 ² 0 1 @ 2 3 4 5M [ S a Y T V E0 5 ; 4 ³ / 0 1 2 3 4 5

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � �

¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ § ¨





ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A 01 3010 - 1

01 3010 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A

A. Pre-installation Meetings

1. The following items of work will require pre-installation meetings:

a. A/V Equipment

b. Studio Drapery

END OF ATTACHMENT





ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B 01 3020 - 1

01 3020 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B





B. Replace headings 1.01 C, D, E, and F with “C. Meetings”.

C. Delete paragraphs 1.04, 1.05 and 1.07. Retitle 1.06 Progress Meetings to be “1.06

Meetings”. Insert the words “or other requested” after “weekly” in 1.06 A. Delete

subparagraph 1.06 D. Agenda. Meeting requirements may be less formal in small projects.

END OF ATTACHMENT

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ � � � $ �% � & & % % � �

' ( ) * + , - . / 0 0 . . 1 ' 2 3 4 + * * 5 6 7 8 , ) ( 9 2 8 ( '7 5 8 * / 1 : ( - ( 8 5 6; < = ; > ? @ A B C D B D @ E F G ? >H < > I J K L M M N O P Q R S T U I Q T V <W < @ R X V M Q I S M L R X P Q R Y Q T V V V S Z T U I O T V <@ < [ Q R P R V T U P Q R U I S M V O L V M <G < [ Q R U I S M U N M N <? < > Z R P U Q N \ L X Y V <] < G T V L Y X G N M N <^ < > N K P O T V <_ < A T V M Q T P R Q M V <B < @ T Q M L ` L S N M T V <a < b N X I ` N S M I Q T Q c V L X V M Q I S M L R X V <d F W b B A A H E [ f C @ ? G F f ? >H I J K L M M N O g; < > I J K L M N K N V M T Q O L V M R ` M Z T Q T h I L Q T U V I J K L M M N O V \ L M Z N P Q R P R V T U U N M T ` R Q T N S Z L M T KM R J T V I J K L M M T U < > T T H M M N S Z K T X M H ` R Q L X L M L N O K L X L K I K O L V M R X \ Z L S Z M R J N V TK N V M T Q <e < > Z R \ M Z T U N M T V I J K L M M N O \ N V V T X M i U N j V V L X S T V I J K L M M N O \ N V V T X M i V M N M I V R `V I J K L M M N O i U N M T V I J K L M M N O \ N V Q T S T L k T U L X Q T M I Q X i N X U N X j U N M T N V V R S L N M T U \ L M ZQ T V I J K L M M N O V <l < F P U N M T K N V M T Q O L V M \ L M Z T N S Z V I J K L V V L R X N X U Q T V P R X V T <m < B V V I T S R P j R ` K N V M T Q O L V M N M O T N V M K R X M Z O j M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M <

n o p q r s t u v w s v x r w y o o z { | } ~ � � r r u � � v � � � s t � � � � � z � � � x � u s � v u � � � � w � u �p r � � � s � � v z w � v w r | w � � � � v u � �{ | } � r � � w s v � x � � w r � � z � � � z � q � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ � � � $ �% � & & % % � �

W < A Q N X V K L M T N S Z V I J K L M M N O \ L M Z N U N M T U G T V L Y X H Y T X M � N S S T P M T U M Q N X V K L M M N O ` R Q K <@ < A Q N X V K L M P Q L X M T U S R P L T V N X U T O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] S R P j R ` T N S Z V I J K L M M N O M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M` R Q Q T k L T \ N X U S R K K T X M N V R I M O L X T U L X T N S Z V T S M L R X J T O R \ <G < > T h I T X M L N O O j X I K J T Q M Z T M Q N X V K L M M N O ` R Q K < b N Q � Q T k L V T U V I J K L M M N O V \ L M Z N X R Q L Y L X N OX I K J T Q N X U N V T h I T X M L N O N O P Z N J T M L S V I ` ` L � <? < B U T X M L ` j M Z T [ Q R T S M i @ R X M Q N S M R Q i V I J S R X M Q N S M R Q N X U V I P P O L T Q ¡ M Z T P T Q M L X T X M U Q N \ L X Y N X UU T M N L O X I K J T Q i N X U M Z T V P T S L ` L S N M L R X > T S M L R X X I K J T Q i N P P Q R P Q L N M T M R M Z T V I J K L M M N O <] < H P P O j N @ R X M Q N S M R Q c V T O T S M Q R X L S V M N K P S T Q M L ` j L X Y M Z N M M Z T Q T k L T \ i N P P Q R k N O i k T Q L ` L S N M L R X R `P Q R U I S M V Q T h I L Q T U i ` L T O U U L K T X V L R X V i N U N S T X M S R X V M Q I S M L R X ¢ R Q � i N X U S R R Q U L X N M L R X R ` M Z TL X ` R Q K N M L R X L V L X N S S R Q U N X S T \ L M Z M Z T Q T h I L Q T K T X M V R ` M Z T ¢ R Q � N X U M Z T @ R X M Q N S MG R S I K T X M V <^ < > S Z T U I O T V I J K L M M N O V M R T � P T U L M T M Z T [ Q R T S M i N X U U T O L k T Q M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M £ V ] A [ V L M T <@ R R Q U L X N M T M Z T V I J K L V V L R X R ` Q T O N M T U L M T K V <_ < ] R Q T N S Z V I J K L M M N O i N O O R \ ; ¤ U N j V ` R Q Q T k L T \ <B < B U T X M L ` j N O O k N Q L N M L R X V ` Q R K M Z T @ R X M Q N S M G R S I K T X M V N X U N X j [ Q R U I S M R Q V j V M T KO L K L M N M L R X V \ Z L S Z K N j J T U T M Q L K T X M N O M R N V I S S T V V ` I O P T Q ` R Q K N X S T R ` M Z T S R K P O T M T U¢ R Q � <a < H O O R \ V P N S T R X M Z T V I J K L M M N O V ` R Q M Z T @ R X M Q N S M R Q c V i G T V L Y X H Y T X M £ V i N X U @ R X V I O M N X M c VT O T S M Q R X L S Q T k L T \ V M N K P V <d < ¢ Z T X Q T k L V T U ` R Q Q T V I J K L V V L R X i L U T X M L ` j M Z T S Z N X Y T V K N U T V L X S T M Z T P Q T k L R I VV I J K L V V L R X <E < G L V M Q L J I M T S R P L T V R ` M Z T Q T k L T \ T U V I J K L M M N O V N V N P P Q R P Q L N M T < f T P Q R U I S T N V X T S T V V N Q j M RL X ` R Q K V I J S R X M Q N S M R Q V \ L M Z R I M L X M T Q X T M U R \ X O R N U S N P N J L O L M L T V < B X V M Q I S M M Z T P N Q M L T V M RP Q R K P M O j Q T P R Q M N X j L X N J L O L M j M R S R K P O j \ L M Z M Z T @ R X M Q N S M Q T h I L Q T K T X M V T S M L R X = ; ¥ ¦ = = <; < = l @ C D > A f F @ A B C D [ f C ^ f ? > > > @ _ ? G F E ? >H < > I J K L M L X L M L N O P Q R Y Q T V V V S Z T U I O T L X U I P O L S N M T \ L M Z L X e = U N j V N ` M T Q G N M T R `@ R K K T X S T K T X M ` R Q G T V L Y X H Y T X M M R Q T k L T \ < H ` M T Q N Q T k L T \ i V I J K L M U T M N L O T U V S Z T U I O T V\ L M Z L X ; ¤ U N j V K R U L ` L T U M R N S S R K K R U N M T M Z T Q T k L V L R X V Q T S R K K T X U T U J j M Z T G T V L Y XH Y T X M N X U C \ X T Q <


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ � � � $ �% � & & % % � &

W < G L V M Q L J I M T S R P L T V R ` M Z T Q T k L T \ T U V S Z T U I O T V M R M Z T [ Q R T S M V L M T ` L O T i V I J S R X M Q N S M R Q V iV I P P O L T Q V i N X U R M Z T Q S R X S T Q X T U P N Q M L T V < B X V M Q I S M M Z T Q T S L P L T X M V M R P Q R K P M O j Q T P R Q M i L X\ Q L M L X Y i M Z T P Q R J O T K V N X M L S L P N M T U J j M Z T P Q R T S M L R X V L X U L S N M T U L X M Z T V S Z T U I O T V@ < > I J K L M I P U N M T U V S Z T U I O T V \ L M Z T N S Z H P P O L S N M L R X ` R Q [ N j K T X M i L U T X M L ` j L X Y S Z N X Y T V V L X S TP Q T k L R I V k T Q V L R X N V ` R O O R \ V g; < B X U L S N M T M Z T P Q R Y Q T V V R ` T N S Z N S M L k L M j M R M Z T U N M T R ` V I J K L M M N O i N X U M Z T P Q R T S M T US R K P O T M L R X U N M T R ` T N S Z N S M L k L M j <e < B U T X M L ` j M Z T N S M L k L M L T V K R U L ` L T U V L X S T M Z T P Q T k L R I V V I J K L M M N O i K N R Q S Z N X Y T V L X M Z TV S R P T i N X U R M Z T Q L U T X M L ` L N J O T S Z N X Y T V <l < [ Q R k L U T N X N Q Q N M L k T Q T P R Q M M R U T ` L X T M Z T P Q R J O T K N Q T N V i M Z T N X M L S L P N M T U U T O N j V i N X UL K P N S M R X M Z T > S Z T U I O T < f T P R Q M M Z T S R Q Q T S M L k T N S M L R X M N � T X i R Q P Q R P R V T U i N X U L M VT ` ` T S M L X S O I U L X Y M Z T T ` ` T S M R ` S Z N X Y T V R X M Z T V S Z T U I O T V R ` V T P N Q N M T S R X M Q N S M R Q V <G < > I J K L M N S R K P I M T Q � Y T X T Q N M T U Z R Q L § R X M N O J N Q S Z N Q M \ L M Z V T P N Q N M T O L X T ` R Q T N S Z K N R QP R Q M L R X R ` M Z T ¢ R Q � R Q R P T Q N M L R X i L U T X M L ` j L X Y M Z T ` L Q V M \ R Q � U N j R ` T N S Z \ T T � <? < > Z R \ N S R K P O T M T V T h I T X S T R ` S R X V M Q I S M L R X J j N S M L k L M j i L U T X M L ` j L X Y M Z T ¢ R Q � R ` V T P N Q N M TV M N Y T V N X U R M Z T Q O R Y L S N O O j Y Q R I P T U N S M L k L M L T V < B X U L S N M T M Z T T N Q O j N X U O N M T V M N Q M i M Z T T N Q O jN X U O N M T ` L X L V Z i ` O R N M U N M T V i N X U U I Q N M L R X <] < B X U L S N M T N X T V M L K N M T U P T Q S T X M N Y T R ` S R K P O T M L R X ` R Q T N S Z L M T K R ` M Z T ¢ R Q � N M T N S ZV I J K L V V L R X <^ < [ Q R k L U T N V T P N Q N M T V S Z T U I O T R ` V I J K L M M N O U N M T V ` R Q V Z R P U Q N \ L X Y V i P Q R U I S M U N M N i N X UV N K P O T V i L X S O I U L X Y C \ X T Q � ` I Q X L V Z T U [ Q R U I S M V N X U [ Q R U I S M V L U T X M L ` L T U I X U T Q H O O R \ N X S T V iL ` N X j i N X U M Z T U N M T V Q T k L T \ T U V I J K L M M N O V \ L O O J T Q T h I L Q T U ` Q R K M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M <B X U L S N M T M Z T U T S L V L R X U N M T V ` R Q V T O T S M L R X R ` M Z T ` L X L V Z T V <_ ? G [ f C G F @ A > E B > AH < ¢ L M Z L X e = U N j V N ` M T Q M Z T G N M T R ` @ R K K T X S T K T X M i V I J K L M N O L V M R ` K N R Q P Q R U I S M VP Q R P R V T U ` R Q I V T i \ L M Z M Z T X N K T R ` M Z T K N X I ` N S M I Q T Q i M Z T M Q N U T X N K T i N X U M Z T K R U T OX I K J T Q R ` T N S Z P Q R U I S M <W < ] R Q M Z T P Q R U I S M V V P T S L ` L T U R X O j J j Q T ` T Q T X S T V M N X U N Q U V i Y L k T M Z T K N X I ` N S M I Q T Q i M Q N U TX N K T i K R U T O R Q S N M N O R Y U T V L Y X N M L R X i N X U Q T ` T Q T X S T V M N X U N Q U V <@ < ¢ L M Z T N S Z P Q R U I S M O L V M T U i L X U L S N M T M Z T V I J K L M M N O Q T h I L Q T K T X M V V P T S L ` L T U M R J T N U Z T Q T U M R iN X U N X L X U L S N M L R X R ` Q T O T k N X M ¨ O R X Y � O T N U � M L K T ¨ L X ` R Q K N M L R X i \ Z T X N P P Q R P Q L N M T <; < = ¤ [ f C G F @ A G H A H


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ � � � $ �% � & & % % � �

H < [ Q R U I S M G N M N g > I J K L M M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M ` R Q Q T k L T \ ` R Q M Z T O L K L M T U P I Q P R V T R `S Z T S � L X Y ` R Q S R X ` R Q K N X S T \ L M Z M Z T L X ` R Q K N M L R X Y L k T X N X U M Z T U T V L Y X S R X S T P M T � P Q T V V T UL X M Z T @ R X M Q N S M G R S I K T X M V < [ Q R k L U T S R P L T V N X U U L V M Q L J I M T L X N S S R Q U N X S T \ L M Z M Z T> F W b B A A H E [ f C @ ? G F f ? > N Q M L S O T N X U ` R Q M Z T Q T S R Q U U R S I K T X M V P I Q P R V T V U T V S Q L J T UL X > T S M L R X = ; ¥ ¦ = = <W < > I J K L M R X T © ; ª P Q L X M T U S R P j N X U R X T © ; ª T O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] S R P j ` R Q Q T k L T \ < A Z T G T V L Y XH Y T X M \ L O O Q T M N L X M Z T Q T k L T \ T U P Q L X M T U S R P j ` R Q Q T S R Q U N X U Q T M I Q X M Z T Q T k L T \ T U T O T S M Q R X L S[ G ] S R P j M R M Z T @ R X M Q N S M R Q ` R Q U L V M Q L J I M L R X <@ I P P O T K T X M M Z T K N X I ` N S M I Q T Q V c V M N X U N Q U U N M N M R P Q R k L U T M Z T L X ` R Q K N M L R X V P T S L ` L S M R M Z L V[ Q R T S M <G < B X U L S N M T M Z T P Q R U I S M I M L O L M j N X U T O T S M Q L S N O S Z N Q N S M T Q L V M L S V i M Z T I M L O L M j S R X X T S M L R XQ T h I L Q T K T X M V i N X U M Z T O R S N M L R X R ` I M L O L M j R I M O T M V ` R Q V T Q k L S T ` R Q ` I X S M L R X N O T h I L P K T X M N X UN P P O L N X S T V <? < H ` M T Q N Q T k L T \ U L V M Q L J I M T L X N S S R Q U N X S T \ L M Z M Z T > I J K L M M N O [ Q R S T U I Q T V N Q M L S O T N J R k T N X UP Q R k L U T S R P L T V ` R Q Q T S R Q U U R S I K T X M V U T V S Q L J T U L X > T S M L R X = ; ¥ ¦ = = <; < = « > _ C [ G f H ¢ B D ^ >H < > Z R P G Q N \ L X Y V g > I J K L M M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M ` R Q Q T k L T \ ` R Q M Z T O L K L M T U P I Q P R V T R `S Z T S � L X Y ` R Q S R X ` R Q K N X S T \ L M Z M Z T L X ` R Q K N M L R X Y L k T X N X U M Z T U T V L Y X S R X S T P M T � P Q T V V T UL X M Z T @ R X M Q N S M G R S I K T X M V < [ Q R U I S T S R P L T V N X U U L V M Q L J I M T L X N S S R Q U N X S T \ L M Z M Z T> F W b B A A H E [ f C @ ? G F f ? > N Q M L S O T N X U ` R Q M Z T Q T S R Q U U R S I K T X M V P I Q P R V T V U T V S Q L J T UL X > T S M L R X = ; ¥ ¦ = = <W < > I J K L M M \ R © e ª P Q L X M T U S R P L T V N X U R X T © ; ª T O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] S R P j ` R Q Q T k L T \ < A Z T G T V L Y XH Y T X M N X U ¬ R Q @ R X V I O M N X M V \ L O O Q T M N L X M Z T Q T k L T \ T U P Q L X M T U S R P L T V ` R Q Q T S R Q U N X U Q T M I Q XM Z T Q T k L T \ T U T O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] S R P j M R M Z T @ R X M Q N S M R Q ` R Q U L V M Q L J I M L R X <@ < B X U L S N M T M Z T V P T S L N O I M L O L M j N X U T O T S M Q L S N O S Z N Q N S M T Q L V M L S V i M Z T I M L O L M j S R X X T S M L R XQ T h I L Q T K T X M V i N X U M Z T O R S N M L R X R ` I M L O L M j R I M O T M V ` R Q V T Q k L S T ` R Q ` I X S M L R X N O T h I L P K T X M V N X UN P P O L N X S T V <; < = ¥ > H b [ E ? >H < > N K P O T V g > I J K L M M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M ` R Q Q T k L T \ ` R Q M Z T O L K L M T U P I Q P R V T R ` S Z T S � L X Y ` R QS R X ` R Q K N X S T \ L M Z M Z T L X ` R Q K N M L R X Y L k T X N X U M Z T U T V L Y X S R X S T P M T � P Q T V V T U L X M Z T@ R X M Q N S M G R S I K T X M V < [ Q R U I S T U I P O L S N M T V N X U U L V M Q L J I M T L X N S S R Q U N X S T \ L M Z M Z T


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ � � � $ �% � & & % % �

> F W b B A A H E [ f C @ ? G F f ? > N Q M L S O T N X U ` R Q M Z T Q T S R Q U U R S I K T X M V P I Q P R V T V U T V S Q L J T UL X > T S M L R X = ; ¥ ¦ = = <W < > N K P O T V ` R Q > T O T S M L R X N V > P T S L ` L T U L X [ Q R U I S M > T S M L R X V g; < > I J K L M M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M ` R Q N T V M Z T M L S i S R O R Q i R Q ` L X L V Z V T O T S M L R X <e < > I J K L M V N K P O T V R ` M Z T ` L X L V Z T V L X M Z T S R O R Q V V T O T S M T U ` R Q M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M c VQ T S R Q U V <l < H ` M T Q Q T k L T \ i P Q R U I S T U I P O L S N M T V N X U U L V M Q L J I M T L X N S S R Q U N X S T \ L M Z M Z T> F W b B A A H E [ f C @ ? G F f ? > N Q M L S O T N X U ` R Q M Z T Q T S R Q U U R S I K T X M V P I Q P R V T VU T V S Q L J T U L X > T S M L R X = ; ¥ ¦ = = <@ < > I J K L M V N K P O T V M R L O O I V M Q N M T M Z T ` I X S M L R X N O N X U N T V M Z T M L S S Z N Q N S M T Q L V M L S V R ` M Z T P Q R U I S M i\ L M Z L X M T Y Q N O P N Q M V N X U N M M N S Z K T X M U T k L S T V < @ R R Q U L X N M T M Z T V N K P O T V I J K L M M N O V ` R QL X M T Q ` N S L X Y ¢ R Q � <] I J K L M N M O T N V M M Z T X I K J T Q R ` V N K P O T V V P T S L ` L T U L X M Z T L X U L k L U I N O V P T S L ` L S N M L R X > T S M L R X V ¡M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M \ L O O Q T M N L X M \ R V N K P O T V <_ < f T k L T \ T U V N K P O T V i \ Z L S Z K N j J T I V T U L X M Z T ¢ R Q � i N Q T L X U L S N M T U L X M Z T L X U L k L U I N OV P T S L ` L S N M L R X > T S M L R X V N K P O T V \ L O O X R M J T I V T U ` R Q M T V M L X Y P I Q P R V T V I X O T V V M Z T j N Q T V P T S L ` L S N O O j V M N M T U M R J T L XM Z T V P T S L ` L S N M L R X > T S M L R X <; < = ¦ A ? > A f ? [ C f A >H < > I J K L M © ; ª P Q L X M T U N X U © ; ª T O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] O N J Q T P R Q M V L X N S S R Q U N X S T \ L M Z > T S M L R X = ;m = = = <W < > I J K L M M T V M Q T P R Q M V ` R Q L X ` R Q K N M L R X ` R Q M Z T O L K L M T U P I Q P R V T R ` N V V T V V L X Y S R X ` R Q K N X S T\ L M Z M Z T L X ` R Q K N M L R X Y L k T X N X U M Z T U T V L Y X S R X S T P M T � P Q T V V T U L X M Z T @ R X M Q N S M G R S I K T X M V <; < = ® G ? > B ^ D G H A HH < > I J K L M © ; ª P Q L X M T U N X U © ; ª T O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] U N M N ` R Q M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M £ V � X R \ O T U Y T N VS R X M Q N S M N U K L X L V M Q N M R Q ` R Q M Z T C \ X T Q <W < > I J K L M L X ` R Q K N M L R X ` R Q M Z T O L K L M T U P I Q P R V T R ` N V V T V V L X Y S R X ` R Q K N X S T \ L M Z M Z TL X ` R Q K N M L R X Y L k T X N X U M Z T U T V L Y X S R X S T P M T � P Q T V V T U L X M Z T @ R X M Q N S M G R S I K T X M V <; < ; = @ ? f A B ] B @ H A ? >


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ � � � $ �% � & & % % � ¯

H < ¢ Z T X V P T S L ` L T U L X M Z T L X U L k L U I N O V P T S L ` L S N M L R X > T S M L R X V i V I J K L M © ; ª P Q L X M T U N X U © ; ªT O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] S T Q M L ` L S N M L R X J j M Z T K N X I ` N S M I Q T Q i L X V M N O O N M L R X ¬ N P P O L S N M L R X V I J S R X M Q N S M R Q iR Q M Z T @ R X M Q N S M R Q M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M L X M Z T h I N X M L M L T V V P T S L ` L T U ` R Q M Z T [ Q R U I S M G N M N <W I J K L M V I P P R Q M L X Y Q T ` T Q T X S T U N M N i N ` ` L U N k L M V i N X U S T Q M L ` L S N M L R X V N V N P P Q R P Q L N M T <H < @ T Q M L ` L S N M T V K N j J T Q T S T X M R Q P Q T k L R I V M T V M Q T V I O M V R X M Z T K N M T Q L N O R Q P Q R U I S M i J I M K I V M J TN S S T P M N J O T M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M N X U L M V @ R X V I O M N X M V <; < ; = b H D F ] H @ A F f ? f c > B D > A f F @ A B C D >H < ¢ Z T X V P T S L ` L T U L X M Z T L X U L k L U I N O V P T S L ` L S N M L R X > T S M L R X V i V I J K L M © ; ª P Q L X M T U N X U © ; ªT O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] S R P j R ` L X V M Q I S M L R X V ` R Q U T O L k T Q j i V M R Q N Y T i N V V T K J O j i L X V M N O O N M L R X i V M N Q M � I P iN U I V M L X Y i N X U ` L X L V Z L X Y i M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M ` R Q U T O L k T Q j M R M Z T C \ X T Q L X M Z T h I N X M L M L T VV P T S L ` L T U ` R Q [ Q R U I S M G N M N <W < B X U L S N M T M Z T V P T S L N O P Q R S T U I Q T V i N X U M Z T P T Q L K T M T Q S R X U L M L R X V Q T h I L Q L X Y V P T S L N O N M M T X M L R X iN X U M Z T V P T S L N O T X k L Q R X K T X M N O S Q L M T Q L N Q T h I L Q T U ` R Q N P P O L S N M L R X R Q L X V M N O O N M L R X <; < ; ; b H D F ] H @ A F f ? f c > ] B ? E G f ? [ C f A >H < > I J K L M © ; ª P Q L X M T U N X U © ; ª T O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] R ` Q T P R Q M V ` R Q M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M c V J T X T ` L M N VS R X M Q N S M N U K L X L V M Q N M R Q ` R Q M Z T C \ X T Q <W < > I J K L M M Z T Q T P R Q M \ L M Z L X l = U N j V R ` R J V T Q k N M L R X M R M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M ` R Q M Z T O L K L M T UP I Q P R V T R ` N V V T V V L X Y S R X ` R Q K N X S T \ L M Z M Z T L X ` R Q K N M L R X Y L k T X N X U M Z T U T V L Y X S R X S T P MT � P Q T V V T U L X M Z T @ R X M Q N S M G R S I K T X M V <; < ; e G B ^ B A H E [ _ C A C ^ f H [ _ >H < > I J K L M K L X L K I K ; e U L Y L M N O P Z R M R Y Q N P Z V R ` S R X V M Q I S M L R X P Q R Y Q T V V T N S Z K R X M Z R X M Z TV N K T @ G N V M Z T P Q R T S M V S Z T U I O T V I J K L M M N O < B X S O I U T J R M Z P Y < N X U Q T U I S T U � V L § T [ G ]k T Q V L R X V ` R Q T K N L O I V T <W < B X S O I U T N X N U U L M L R X N O K L X L K I K R ` ; e P Z R M R Y Q N P Z V U R S I K T X M L X Y I X U T Q Y Q R I X U I M L O L M L T V\ Z T X L X V M N O O T U L X Q T O N M L R X V Z L P M R k L V L J O T V L M T ` T N M I Q T V <@ < B X S O I U T P Z R M R Y Q N P Z V R ` L K P R Q M N X M L X � \ N O O R Q S T L O L X Y I M L O L M L T V J T ` R Q T S O R V T � L X N MN P P Q R P Q L N M T V M N Y T V R ` S R X V M Q I S M L R X <G < > T T > T S M L R X = ; ¥ ¦ = = ` R Q S O R V T � R I M S R P j Q T h I L Q T K T X M V R ` M Z T V T ` L O T V <; < ; l ? f ? @ A B C D G f H ¢ B D ^ >

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ � � � $ �% � & & % % � °

H < ¢ Z T X V P T S L ` L T U L X M Z T L X U L k L U I N O > P T S L ` L S N M L R X V T S M L R X V i M Z T M Q N U T S R X M Q N S M R Q V V Z N O OV I J K L M © ; ª P Q L X M T U N X U © ; ª T O T S M Q R X L S [ G ] S R P j R ` T Q T S M L R X U Q N \ L X Y V ` R Q Q T k L T \ P Q L R Q M RP Q R S T T U L X Y \ L M Z ` N J Q L S N M L R X N X U ¬ R Q S R X V M Q I S M L R X <W < ? Q T S M L R X U Q N \ L X Y V V Z N O O J T P Q T P N Q T U L X N S S R Q U N X S T \ L M Z M Z T O N M T V M T U L M L R X R ` M Z TQ T V P T S M L k T M Q N U T V £ S R U T V R ` V M N X U N Q U P Q N S M L S T <@ < H O O T Q T S M L R X U Q N \ L X Y V V Z N O O J T ` I O O j U T k T O R P T U J j M Z T M Q N U T S R X M Q N S M R Q V R Q J j N Y T X M V R `M Z T S R X M Q N S M R Q V < @ H G ` L O T V i P Z R M R S R P L T V i R Q R M Z T Q Q T P Q R U I S M L R X V R ` M Z T S R X M Q N S M U Q N \ L X Y VL X \ Z R O T R Q L X P N Q M V Z N O O X R M J T I V T U J j M Z T M Q N U T S R X M Q N S M R Q V R Q M Z T L Q N Y T X M V ` R Q M Z TP Q T P N Q N M L R X N X U U T k T O R P K T X M R ` T Q T S M L R X V U Q N \ L X Y V \ L M Z R I M M Z T T � P Q T V V T U \ Q L M M T XS R X V T X M R ` M Z T G T V L Y X H Y T X M <7 5 8 * ± 1 7 8 , 9 2 ) * 'D R M F V T U <7 5 8 * 0 1 ( ² ( ) 2 * + , -D R M F V T U <( - 9 , ³ ' ( ) * + , -





SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - Attachment A 01 3310 - 1

01 3310 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - Attachment A

A. Submittal List: Refer to individual Sections for additional requirements.

1. Division 01

a. Subcontractor List and Key Personnel Names

b. Project Schedule

c. Coordination Drawings

d. Project Photographs

e. Quality Control Plan and Personnel Qualifications

f. Comparable Product Request Submittal

g. Cutting and Patching Plan

h. Landfill Receipts

i. Waste Management Plan

j. Contractor’s Punch List

k. Closeout Documents

l. Operation and maintenance Manuals and As-Builts

m. Demonstration and Training Materials

2. Division 02 4119 “Selective Demolition”

a. Selective Demolition Protection Measures

b. Schedule of Selective Demolition Procedures

c. Pre-demolition Photographs

3. Division 05 4000 “Cold-Formed Metal Framing”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Delegated Design Submittal

4. Division 05 5000 “Metal Fabrications”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Mill Certificates

d. Welding Certificates

e. Paint Compatibility Certificates

f. Research Evaluation Reports

5. Division 06 1053 “Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry”

a. Product Data

b. Evaluation Reports for Treated Wood and Anchors






6. Division 06 2023 “Interior Finish Carpentry”

a. Product Data

b. Samples

c. Evaluation Reports for Treated Wood

d. Sample Warranty

7. Division 06 4116 “Plastic-Laminate-Clad Architectural Cabinets”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Samples

d. Qualifications Data for Fabricator and Installer

e. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates

8. Division 07 2200 “Acoustical Insulation”

a. Product Data

b. Product Test and Research Reports

9. Division 07 9200 “Joint Sealants”

a. Product Data

b. Samples

10. Division 07 9219 “Acoustical Joint Sealants”

a. Product Data

b. Samples

c. Schedule of Acoustical Joint Sealants

11. Division 08 1213 “Hollow Metal Frames”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Schedule

12. Division 08 1416 “Flush Wood Doors”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Samples

d. Schedule






13. Division 08 7100 “Door Hardware”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Samples

d. Schedules

14. Division 08 8000 “Glazing”

a. Product Data

15. Division 09 2216 “Non-Structural Metal Framing”

a. Product Data

b. Product Certificates

c. Evaluation Reports for anchors and fasteners

16. Division 09 2900 “Gypsum Board”

a. Product Data

17. Division 09 5113 “Acoustical Panel Ceilings”

a. Product Data

b. Samples

18. Division 09 5123 “Acoustical Tile Ceilings”

a. Product Data

b. Samples

19. Division 09 6513 “Resilient Base and Accessories”

a. Product Data

b. Samples

20. Division 09 6519 “Resilient Tile Flooring”

a. Product Data

b. Samples

c. Maintenance Data






21. Division 09 6813 “Tile Carpeting”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Product Test Reports

d. Sample Warranty

22. Division 09 8433 “Sound-Absorbing Wall Units”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Samples

23. Division 09 9123 “Interior Painting”

a. Product Data

b. Samples

24. Division 09 9300 “Staining and Transparent Finishes”

a. Product Data

b. Samples

c. Product List

25. Division 10 1100 “Visual Display Units”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Samples

26. Division 10 1419 “Dimensional Letter Signage”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Samples

d. Qualifications Data

e. Sample Warranty

27. Division 10 1423 “Room Identification Signs”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Samples

d. Schedule

e. Sample Warranty






28. Division 12 6100 “Fixed Audience Seating”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

c. Samples

d. Quality Assurance Submittal

29. Division 21 0000 “Fire Protection”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

30. Division 23 0000 “HVAC”

a. Product Data

31. Division 26 0000 “Electrical Work”

a. Product Data

b. Shop Drawings

32. Division 27 4100 “Audiovisual Systems”

a. Bid Submittals

b. Bill of Material

c. Product Data

d. Shop Drawings

e. Schedule

f. Samples

33.

B. Other

1. Division 002600 “Procurement Substitution Procedures”

a. Procurement Substitution Request

END OF ATTACHMENT





SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - Attachment B 01 3320 - 1

01 3320 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES - Attachment B



specification Section not deleted or amended remain in full force and effect for this

project.

B. Delete headings 1.01 C, F, L, M, and N. Submittal requirements are reduced for

small projects.

C. Replace subparagraph 1.02 A with the following:

“A. Submit all information listed in the Master List provided in Attachment A.”

D. Delete paragraphs 1.12 and 1.13.

END OF ATTACHMENT

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % & ' � ( ! " % � ( ) ( * & +, � , , , - �

. / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 5 5 8 9 : ; < 2 1 = > / 9 : 2 > / ? / 4 1 .@ ; > 1 6 A B / 4 / > ; <C D E C F G H I J K L J L H M N O G FP D Q R S T U V W X Y Z V [ Y T S Z \ X Y Z V [ Y T Y ] U Z ^ V S T T S V U Y Z D_ D ` a [ U ] U X S V U Y Z Y ] H [ a \ a Z V U S T ^ S Z \ M U X a Z ^ a ^ DH D I Y T a [ S Z X a ^O D b a ] a [ a Z X a ^ DG D I a ^ V U Z c S Z \ U Z ^ d a X V U Y Z ^ a [ e U X a ^ Df D g S Z R ] S X V R [ a [ ^ h ] U a T \ ^ a [ e U X a ^ Di D g Y X j k R d b a l R U [ a m a Z V ^ DC D E n Q N P M J I o H K L I b K M P L O H K L I b K M K f J L F I P M M P I J K LP D g Y Z U V Y [ S l R S T U V W X Y Z V [ Y T Y e a [ ^ R d d T U a [ ^ p m S Z R ] S X V R [ a [ ^ p d [ Y \ R X V ^ p ^ a [ e U X a ^ p ^ U V a X Y Z \ U V U Y Z ^ p S Z \q Y [ j m S Z ^ r U d p V Y d [ Y \ R X a s Y [ j Y ] V r a ^ d a X U ] U a \ l R S T U V W D_ D H Y m d T W q U V r S T T m S Z R ] S X V R [ a [ ^ h U Z ^ V [ R X V U Y Z ^ S Z \ [ a X Y m m a Z \ S V U Y Z ^ p U Z X T R \ U Z c a S X r ^ V a d U Z^ a l R a Z X a DH D s r a Z V r a m S Z R ] S X V R [ a [ ^ h U Z ^ V [ R X V U Y Z ^ X Y Z ] T U X V q U V r V r a H Y Z V [ S X V O Y X R m a Z V ^ p [ a l R a ^ V SX T S [ U ] U X S V U Y Z ] [ Y m V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V t a ] Y [ a d [ Y X a a \ U Z c DO D H Y m d T W q U V r V r a ^ d a X U ] U a \ ^ V S Z \ S [ \ ^ S ^ S m U Z U m R m l R S T U V W ] Y [ V r a s Y [ j a u X a d V q r a [ a m Y [ a^ V [ U Z c a Z V V Y T a [ S Z X a ^ p X Y \ a ^ p Y [ ^ d a X U ] U a \ [ a l R U [ a m a Z V ^ U Z \ U X S V a r U c r a [ ^ V S Z \ S [ \ ^ Y [ m Y [ a d [ a X U ^ aq Y [ j m S Z ^ r U d DG D v a [ ] Y [ m V r a s Y [ j t W d a [ ^ Y Z ^ l R S T U ] U a \ V Y d [ Y \ R X a V r a [ a l R U [ a \ S Z \ ^ d a X U ] U a \ l R S T U V W Df D ` a [ U ] W V r S V ] U a T \ m a S ^ R [ a m a Z V ^ S [ a S ^ U Z \ U X S V a \ Y Z V r a F r Y d O [ S q U Z c ^ Y [ S ^ U Z ^ V [ R X V a \ t W V r am S Z R ] S X V R [ a [ Di D F a X R [ a d [ Y \ R X V ^ U Z d T S X a q U V r d Y ^ U V U e a S Z X r Y [ S c a \ a e U X a ^ \ a ^ U c Z a \ S Z \ ^ U w a \ V Y q U V r ^ V S Z \^ V [ a ^ ^ a ^ p e U t [ S V U Y Z p d r W ^ U X S T \ U ^ V Y [ V U Y Z p Y [ \ U ^ ] U c R [ a m a Z V D

x y z { | } ~ � � � } � � | � � y y � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � } � � � � � � � � � � �z | � � � } � � � � � � � � | � � � � � � � � � �� | � � � } � � � � � � | � � � � � � � { � � � ¡ ¢ � ¡

£ ¤ � ¢ ¤ ¡ ¥

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % & ' � ( ! " % � ( ) ( * & +, � , , , - �

C D E ¦ ` G b J f J H P I J K L K f H b G O G L I J P M F P L O M J H G L F G FP D I r a K q Z a [ r S ^ U m d T a m a Z V a \ S d [ Y § a X V m S Z S c a m a Z V Y e a [ ^ U c r V d [ Y X a ^ ^ S Z \ U ^ S d d T W U Z c U V V YX R [ [ a Z V X Y Z ^ V [ R X V U Y Z d [ Y § a X V ^ S V N b J D_ D P Z a T a m a Z V Y ] V r U ^ Y e a [ ^ U c r V d [ Y X a ^ ^ U ^ V r a e a [ U ] U X S V U Y Z V r S V d a [ ^ Y Z ^ a m d T Y W a \ Y Z V r a d [ Y § a X V ^ U V ar S e a S d d [ Y d [ U S V a S Z \ X R [ [ a Z V X [ a \ a Z V U S T ^ S Z \ T U X a Z ^ a ^ U Z V r a U [ d Y ^ ^ a ^ ^ U Y Z p S V V r a d [ Y § a X V ^ U V a p ] Y [V r a q Y [ j V r a W S [ a d a [ ] Y [ m U Z c DH D _ a ] Y [ a q S [ Z a \ V r S V ^ V S V a [ a ^ U \ a Z V U Z ^ d a X V Y [ ^ q U T T t a X r a X j U Z c ] Y [ e a [ U ] U X S V U Y Z Y ] X [ a \ a Z V U S T ^ S Z \T U X a Z ^ a ^ Y ] t Y V r R Z U Y Z S Z \ Z Y Z k R Z U Y Z d a [ ^ Y Z ^ p U Z V r a U [ Y Z ^ U V a U Z ^ d a X V U Y Z ^ DO D F V S V a [ a ^ U \ a Z V U Z ^ d a X V Y [ ^ q U T T S T ^ Y t a [ a e U a q U Z c H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ h ^ H a [ V U ] U a \ g Y Z V r T W v S W [ Y T T b a X Y [ \ ^] Y [ X Y Z ] Y [ m S Z X a q U V r b J F V S V a v [ a e S U T U Z c s S c a b S V a [ a l R U [ a m a Z V ^ DG D I r Y ^ a d a [ ^ Y Z ^ q U V r Y R V V r a S d d [ Y d [ U S V a X [ a \ a Z V U S T ^ S Z \ T U X a Z ^ a ^ q U T T t a ^ R t § a X V V Y \ U ^ m U ^ ^ S T ] [ Y mV r a d [ Y § a X V ^ U V a DC D E ¨ I K M G b P L H G FP D g Y Z U V Y [ V r a ] S t [ U X S V U Y Z S Z \ U Z ^ V S T T S V U Y Z V Y T a [ S Z X a X Y Z V [ Y T Y ] d [ Y \ R X V ^ V Y d [ Y \ R X a S X X a d V S t T as Y [ j D O Y Z Y V d a [ m U V V Y T a [ S Z X a ^ V Y S X X R m R T S V a D_ D H Y m d T W q U V r V r a m S Z R ] S X V R [ a [ ^ h V Y T a [ S Z X a ^ D s r a Z V r a m S Z R ] S X V R [ a [ ^ h V Y T a [ S Z X a ^ X Y Z ] T U X V q U V rV r a H Y Z V [ S X V O Y X R m a Z V ^ p [ a l R a ^ V S X T S [ U ] U X S V U Y Z ] [ Y m V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V t a ] Y [ a d [ Y X a a \ U Z c DH D P \ § R ^ V d [ Y \ R X V ^ V Y S d d [ Y d [ U S V a \ U m a Z ^ U Y Z ^ © d Y ^ U V U Y Z t a ] Y [ a ^ a X R [ U Z c d [ Y \ R X V ^ U Z d T S X a DC D E ª b G f G b G L H G FP D f Y [ d [ Y \ R X V ^ Y [ q Y [ j m S Z ^ r U d ^ d a X U ] U a \ t W S ^ ^ Y X U S V U Y Z p V [ S \ a p Y [ Y V r a [ X Y Z ^ a Z ^ R ^ ^ V S Z \ S [ \ ^ pX Y m d T W q U V r [ a l R U [ a m a Z V ^ Y ] V r a ^ V S Z \ S [ \ p a u X a d V q r a Z m Y [ a [ U c U \ [ a l R U [ a m a Z V ^ S [ a ^ d a X U ] U a \ Y [S [ a [ a l R U [ a \ t W S d d T U X S t T a X Y \ a ^ D_ D H Y Z ] Y [ m V Y [ a ] a [ a Z X a ^ V S Z \ S [ \ t W V r a \ S V a Y ] U ^ ^ R a X R [ [ a Z V Y Z V r a \ S V a Y ] V r a H Y Z V [ S X VO Y X R m a Z V ^ p a u X a d V q r a [ a S ^ d a X U ] U X \ S V a U ^ a ^ V S t T U ^ r a \ t W X Y \ a DH D K t V S U Z X Y d U a ^ Y ] V r a ^ V S Z \ S [ \ ^ q r a [ a [ a l R U [ a \ t W V r a d [ Y \ R X V ^ d a X U ] U X S V U Y Z F a X V U Y Z ^ DO D s r a Z V r a ^ d a X U ] U a \ [ a ] a [ a Z X a ^ V S Z \ S [ \ ^ X Y Z ] T U X V q U V r V r a H Y Z V [ S X V O Y X R m a Z V ^ p [ a l R a ^ V SX T S [ U ] U X S V U Y Z ] [ Y m V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V t a ] Y [ a d [ Y X a a \ U Z c DG D L a U V r a [ V r a X Y Z V [ S X V R S T [ a T S V U Y Z ^ r U d ^ p \ R V U a ^ p Y [ [ a ^ d Y Z ^ U t U T U V U a ^ Y ] V r a d S [ V U a ^ U Z V r a H Y Z V [ S X V p Z Y [V r Y ^ a Y ] V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V p ^ r S T T t a S T V a [ a \ ] [ Y m V r a H Y Z V [ S X V O Y X R m a Z V ^ t W m a Z V U Y Z Y [U Z ] a [ a Z X a Y V r a [ q U ^ a U Z [ a ] a [ a Z X a \ Y X R m a Z V ^ D

x y z { | } ~ � � � } � � | � � y y � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � } � � � � � � � � � � �z | � � � } � � � � � � � � | � � � � � � � � � �� | � � � } � � � � � � | � � � � � � � { � � � ¡ ¢ � ¡

£ ¤ � ¢ ¤ ¡ ¥

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % & ' � ( ! " % � ( ) ( * & +, � , , , - «

C D E ¬ I G F I J L i P L O J L F v G H I J K L F G b ` J H G FP D I r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ q U T T ^ R t m U V V r a Z S m a Y ] S Z U Z \ a d a Z \ a Z V ] U [ m V Y V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V ] Y [ S d d [ Y e S Tt W V r a K q Z a [ p V Y d a [ ] Y [ m V r a V a ^ V U Z c S Z \ U Z ^ d a X V U Y Z ^ a [ e U X a ^ D I r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ ^ r S T T d S W ] Y [ S T TV r a ^ a [ e U X a ^ [ a l R U [ a \ U Z V r a _ S ^ a _ U \ S ^ \ a ^ X [ U t a \ U Z P V V S X r m a Z V P D H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ ^ r S T T X Y Y [ \ U Z S V aS Z W K q Z a [ k S R V r Y [ U w a \ V a ^ V U Z c S T ^ Y \ a ^ X [ U t a \ U Z P V V S X r m a Z V P p V Y t a d S U \ ] Y [ ] [ Y m I a ^ V U Z cP T T Y q S Z X a D_ D I r a U Z \ a d a Z \ a Z V ] U [ m q U T T d a [ ] Y [ m V r a V a ^ V ^ p U Z ^ d a X V U Y Z ^ S Z \ Y V r a [ ^ a [ e U X a ^ ^ d a X U ] U a \ U Z V r aU Z \ U e U \ R S T ^ d a X U ] U X S V U Y Z F a X V U Y Z ^ S Z \ S ^ [ a l R U [ a \ t W V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V Y [ U V ^ H Y Z ^ R T V S Z V ^ DC D M S t Y [ S V Y [ W P R V r Y [ U w a \ V Y Y d a [ S V a U Z V r a T Y X S V U Y Z U Z q r U X r V r a v [ Y § a X V U ^ T Y X S V a \ Dn D M S t Y [ S V Y [ W F V S ] ] g S U Z V S U Z S ] R T T V U m a [ a c U ^ V a [ a \ G Z c U Z a a [ Y Z ^ V S ] ] V Y [ a e U a q V r a ^ a [ e U X a ^ D¦ D I a ^ V U Z c G l R U d m a Z V H S T U t [ S V a \ S V [ a S ^ Y Z S t T a U Z V a [ e S T ^ q U V r \ a e U X a ^ Y ] S Z S X X R [ S X WV [ S X a S t T a V Y a U V r a [ V r a L S V U Y Z S T _ R [ a S R Y ] F V S Z \ S [ \ ^ Y [ V Y V r a S X X a d V a \ e S T R a ^ Y ] Z S V R [ S Td r W ^ U X S T X Y Z ^ V S Z V ^ DH D I a ^ V U Z c p U Z ^ d a X V U Y Z ^ S Z \ ^ Y R [ X a l R S T U V W X Y Z V [ Y T m S W Y X X R [ Y Z Y [ Y ] ] V r a d [ Y § a X V ^ U V a D v a [ ] Y [ mY ] ] k ^ U V a V a ^ V U Z c S ^ [ a l R U [ a \ t W V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V Y [ V r a K q Z a [ DO D b a d Y [ V ^ q U T T t a ^ R t m U V V a \ t W V r a U Z \ a d a Z \ a Z V ] U [ m V Y V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V p V r a H Y Z ^ R T V S Z V ] Y [ V r S VV [ S \ a p S Z \ V r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ p U Z \ R d T U X S V a p U Z \ U X S V U Z c V r a Y t ^ a [ e S V U Y Z ^ S Z \ [ a ^ R T V ^ Y ] V a ^ V ^ S Z \U Z \ U X S V U Z c V r a X Y m d T U S Z X a Y [ Z Y Z k X Y m d T U S Z X a q U V r H Y Z V [ S X V O Y X R m a Z V ^ DG D H Y Y d a [ S V a q U V r V r a U Z \ a d a Z \ a Z V ] U [ m © ] R [ Z U ^ r ^ S m d T a ^ Y ] V r a m S V a [ U S T ^ p \ a ^ U c Z m U u p a l R U d m a Z V pV Y Y T ^ p ^ V Y [ S c a p ^ S ] a S X X a ^ ^ p S Z \ V r a S ^ ^ U ^ V S Z X a t W U Z X U \ a Z V S T T S t Y [ S ^ [ a l R a ^ V a \ DC D L Y V U ] W V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V S Z \ G Z c U Z a a [ S Z \ V r a U Z \ a d a Z \ a Z V ] U [ m n ¨ r Y R [ ^ d [ U Y [ V Y V r aa u d a X V a \ V U m a ] Y [ Y d a [ S V U Y Z ^ [ a l R U [ U Z c ^ a [ e U X a ^ Dn D g S j a S [ [ S Z c a m a Z V ^ q U V r V r a U Z \ a d a Z \ a Z V ] U [ m S Z \ d S W ] Y [ S \ \ U V U Y Z S T ^ S m d T a ^ S Z \ V a ^ V ^[ a l R U [ a \ ] Y [ V r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ h ^ R ^ a Df D I a ^ V U Z c S Z \ a m d T Y W m a Z V Y ] V r a V a ^ V U Z c S c a Z X W Y [ T S t Y [ S V Y [ W ^ r S T T Z Y V [ a T U a e a V r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ Y ]S Z Y t T U c S V U Y Z V Y d a [ ] Y [ m V r a s Y [ j U Z S X X Y [ \ S Z X a q U V r V r a [ a l R U [ a m a Z V ^ Y ] V r a H Y Z V [ S X VO Y X R m a Z V ^ Di D b a k V a ^ V U Z c Y [ [ a k U Z ^ d a X V U Y Z [ a l R U [ a \ t a X S R ^ a Y ] S Z Y Z k X Y Z ] Y [ m S Z X a V Y V r a ^ d a X U ] U a \[ a l R U [ a m a Z V ^ ^ r S T T t a d a [ ] Y [ m a \ t W V r a ^ S m a U Z \ a d a Z \ a Z V ] U [ m Y Z U Z ^ V [ R X V U Y Z ^ t W V r a O a ^ U c ZP c a Z V Y [ U V ^ H Y Z ^ R T V S Z V D v S W m a Z V ] Y [ V r a [ a k V a ^ V U Z c Y [ [ a k U Z ^ d a X V U Y Z q U T T t a X r S [ c a \ V Y V r aH Y Z V [ S X V Y [ t W \ a \ R X V U Z c V r a V a ^ V U Z c X r S [ c a ^ ] [ Y m V r a H Y Z V [ S X V F R m D® D P c a Z X W b a ^ d Y Z ^ U t U T U V U a ^ C D I a ^ V ^ S m d T a ^ Y ] m U u a ^ ^ R t m U V V a \ t W V r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ Dn D v [ Y e U \ a l R S T U ] U a \ d a [ ^ Y Z Z a T S V V r a ^ U V a D H Y Y d a [ S V a q U V r V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V Y [ U V ^ H Y Z ^ R T V S Z VS Z \ V r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ U Z d a [ ] Y [ m S Z X a Y ] ^ a [ e U X a ^ D¦ D v a [ ] Y [ m ^ d a X U ] U a \ ^ S m d T U Z c S Z \ V a ^ V U Z c Y ] V r a d [ Y \ R X V ^ U Z S X X Y [ \ S Z X a q U V r V r a ^ d a X U ] U a \^ V S Z \ S [ \ ^ D¨ D P ^ X a [ V S U Z X Y m d T U S Z X a Y ] V r a m S V a [ U S T ^ S Z \ m U u a ^ q U V r V r a [ a l R U [ a m a Z V ^ Y ] V r a H Y Z V [ S X V

x y z { | } ~ � � � } � � | � � y y � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � } � � � � � � � � � � �z | � � � } � � � � � � � � | � � � � � � � � � �� | � � � } � � � � � � | � � � � � � � { � � � ¡ ¢ � ¡

£ ¤ � ¢ ¤ ¡ ¥

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % & ' � ( ! " % � ( ) ( * & +, � , , , -

O Y X R m a Z V ^ Dª D v [ Y m d V T W Z Y V U ] W V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V p H Y Z ^ R T V S Z V S Z \ V r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ Y ] Y t ^ a [ e a \ U [ [ a c R T S [ U V U a ^Y [ Z Y Z k X Y Z ] Y [ m S Z X a Y ] V r a s Y [ j Y [ d [ Y \ R X V ^ D¬ D v a [ ] Y [ m S \ \ U V U Y Z S T V a ^ V ^ [ a l R U [ a \ t W V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V Y [ U V ^ H Y Z ^ R T V S Z V ^ D¯ D P V V a Z \ V r a d [ a X Y Z ^ V [ R X V U Y Z m a a V U Z c ^ S Z \ V r a d [ Y c [ a ^ ^ m a a V U Z c ^ DJ D P c a Z X W b a d Y [ V ^ P ] V a [ a S X r V a ^ V p d [ Y m d V T W ^ R t m U V V q Y X Y d U a ^ Y ] V r a [ a d Y [ V V Y V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V pS d d [ Y d [ U S V a H Y Z ^ R T V S Z V p S Z \ V Y V r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ D s r a Z [ a l R a ^ V a \ t W V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V p d [ Y e U \ a S ZU Z V a [ d [ a V S V U Y Z Y ] V r a V a ^ V [ a ^ R T V ^ D J Z X T R \ a V r a ] Y T T Y q U Z c C D O S V a U ^ ^ R a \ Dn D v [ Y § a X V V U V T a S Z \ Z R m t a [ D¦ D L S m a Y ] U Z ^ d a X V Y [ D¨ D O S V a S Z \ V U m a Y ] ^ S m d T U Z c Y [ U Z ^ d a X V U Y Z Dª D J \ a Z V U ] U X S V U Y Z Y ] d [ Y \ R X V S Z \ ^ d a X U ] U X S V U Y Z ^ ^ a X V U Y Z D¬ D M Y X S V U Y Z U Z V r a v [ Y § a X V D¯ D I W d a Y ] U Z ^ d a X V U Y Z Y [ V a ^ V D° D O S V a Y ] V a ^ V D± D b a ^ R T V ^ Y ] V a ^ V ^ DC E D H Y Z ] Y [ m S Z X a q U V r H Y Z V [ S X V O Y X R m a Z V ^ D² D M U m U V ^ K Z I a ^ V U Z c P R V r Y [ U V W C D P c a Z X W Y [ T S t Y [ S V Y [ W m S W Z Y V [ a T a S ^ a p [ a e Y j a p S T V a [ p Y [ a Z T S [ c a Y Z V r a [ a l R U [ a m a Z V ^ Y ] V r aH Y Z V [ S X V O Y X R m a Z V ^ Dn D P c a Z X W Y [ T S t Y [ S V Y [ W m S W Z Y V S d d [ Y e a Y [ S X X a d V S Z W d Y [ V U Y Z Y ] V r a s Y [ j D¨ D P c a Z X W Y [ T S t Y [ S V Y [ W m S W Z Y V S ^ ^ R m a S Z W \ R V U a ^ Y ] V r a H Y Z V [ S X V Y [ Dª D P c a Z X W Y [ T S t Y [ S V Y [ W r S ^ Z Y S R V r Y [ U V W V Y ^ V Y d V r a s Y [ j DC D E ° g P L N f P H I N b G b F h f J G M O F G b ` J H G FP D s r a Z ^ d a X U ] U a \ U Z V r a U Z \ U e U \ R S T ^ d a X U ] U X S V U Y Z F a X V U Y Z ^ p [ a l R U [ a V r a m S V a [ U S T Y [ v [ Y \ R X V^ R d d T U a [ ^ p Y [ m S Z R ] S X V R [ a [ ^ p V Y d [ Y e U \ a l R S T U ] U a \ ^ V S ] ] d a [ ^ Y Z Z a T V Y Y t ^ a [ e a V r a ^ U V a X Y Z \ U V U Y Z ^ pV r a X Y Z \ U V U Y Z ^ Y ] V r a ^ R [ ] S X a ^ S Z \ U Z ^ V S T T S V U Y Z p V r a l R S T U V W Y ] q Y [ j m S Z ^ r U d p V r a ^ V S [ V k R d Y ]a l R U d m a Z V p Y [ V a ^ V p S \ § R ^ V S Z \ t S T S Z X a Y ] a l R U d m a Z V S ^ S d d T U X S t T a p S Z \ V Y U Z U V U S V a U Z ^ V [ R X V U Y Z ^q r a Z Z a X a ^ ^ S [ W D_ D F R t m U V V r a l R S T U ] U X S V U Y Z ^ Y ] V r a Y t ^ a [ e a [ V Y V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V ¦ E \ S W ^ U Z S \ e S Z X a Y ] V r a [ a l R U [ a \Y t ^ a [ e S V U Y Z ^ D K t ^ a [ e a [ U ^ ^ R t § a X V V Y S d d [ Y e S T Y ] V r a O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V DH D b a d Y [ V V r a Y t ^ a [ e S V U Y Z ^ S Z \ V r a ^ U V a \ a X U ^ U Y Z ^ Y [ U Z ^ V [ R X V U Y Z ^ c U e a Z V Y V r a S d d T U X S V Y [ ^ Y [U Z ^ V S T T a [ ^ V r S V S [ a ^ R d d T a m a Z V S T Y [ X Y Z V [ S [ W V Y V r a m S Z R ] S X V R [ a [ ^ h q [ U V V a Z U Z ^ V [ R X V U Y Z ^ DO D b a ] a [ V Y F a X V U Y Z E C ¦ ¦ E E k F N _ g J I I P M v b K H G O N b G F p g P L N f P H I N b G b F h f J G M Ob G v K b I F S [ V U X T a D

x y z { | } ~ � � � } � � | � � y y � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � } � � � � � � � � � � �z | � � � } � � � � � � � � | � � � � � � � � � �� | � � � } � � � � � � | � � � � � � � { � � � ¡ ¢ � ¡

£ ¤ � ¢ ¤ ¡ ¥

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % & ' � ( ! " % � ( ) ( * & +, � , , , - ³

C D E ± g K H ´ k N v b G Q N J b G g G L I FP D P ^ ^ a m t T a S Z \ a [ a X V ^ d a X U ] U a \ U V a m ^ q U V r ^ d a X U ] U a \ S V V S X r m a Z V S Z \ S Z X r Y [ S c a \ a e U X a ^ p] T S ^ r U Z c ^ p ^ a S T ^ p S Z \ ] U Z U ^ r a ^ D_ D P X X a d V a \ m Y X j k R d ^ ^ r S T T t a S X Y m d S [ U ^ Y Z ^ V S Z \ S [ \ ] Y [ V r a [ a m S U Z U Z c s Y [ j DH D s r a [ a m Y X j k R d r S ^ t a a Z S X X a d V a \ t W O a ^ U c Z P c a Z V S Z \ U ^ Z Y T Y Z c a [ Z a a \ a \ p [ a m Y e am Y X j k R d S Z \ X T a S [ S [ a S q r a Z \ U [ a X V a \ V Y \ Y ^ Y D@ ; > 1 µ A @ > 3 ¶ : 0 1 .L Y V N ^ a \ D@ ; > 1 · A / ¸ / 0 : 1 2 3 4L Y V R ^ a \ D/ 4 ¶ 3 ¹ . / 0 1 2 3 4

x y z { | } ~ � � � } � � | � � y y � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � } � � � � � � � � � � �z | � � � } � � � � � � � � | � � � � � � � � � �� | � � � } � � � � � � | � � � � � � � { � � � ¡ ¢ � ¡

£ ¤ � ¢ ¤ ¡ ¥





QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A 01 4010 - 1

01 4010 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A

A. Base Bid Testing Requirements List

1. Manufacturer factory testing as indicated in specific Sections.

B. Additional Owner-Authorized Testing Requirements List

1. None

C. Other

1. None

END OF ATTACHMENT





QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B 01 4020 - 1

01 4020 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B




B. Delete header 1.01 G. Delete paragraph 1.09. No mock-ups required.

END OF ATTACHMENT

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & � ' ( & ) * + * ! * " , & - . ) % - ! � % + ,/ � 0 / / / 1 �

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; 9 9 9 < 5 3 = > 7 ? @ ? A B @ 4 6 C 6 5 6 3 2 @ 8 D 4 7 8 5 ? 7 C 2> @ ? 5 : < E 3 8 3 ? @ CF G H F � I � J � K L � L � M � � I �N G J � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � PF G J � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GQ G J � � O � � � � � � R � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � O � � O � � � GS G J � � O � � � � � � � � � � R GT G J � � O � � � � � � � � R GU G J � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GV G J � � � O � � � � � � � � � � GW G J � � O � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � GY G J � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G � � � � � � � � � � Z � � � � � � � � � PF G Z � � � � � � � � � � � � � GQ G [ � � � � � R GS G \ � � ] � � R ^ J � � � � GT G \ � R � � � � � � � � � � � R � � X � � � � � � � � � � GU G \ � _ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GV G J � � � � � � R � � � � � � G� G J � � O � � � � � � � � � � PF G � � � � � � � � GQ G I � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R GS G � � � � � � � � GT G Z � � � � � � � � � � GU G ` � � � � � � � � � GV G � � � � � � � � � GW G I � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GY G L � � � � � � � � Ga G \ � � � � � � � � GF H G \ � � � � � � � � � � � GF F G � � � � � � � � � G� G � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � O � � � R � � � � GI G � � � N � � � � � � � � � N � � � � � � � � � � � � � GF G H Q J I c \ K � N � d I M I � J � � � � J dN G J � � K X � � � X � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � G I e � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � G � � � � � f � � � �K X � � � g � � e � � � � � R O X � � � � � � � � � G� G � � O � � � � � � � � � � e � � � � � R O X � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � G

i j k l m n o p q r n q s m r t j j u v w x y z { m m p | } q ~ | � n o ~ ~ � ~ � u ~ � � s | p n { q p ~ | � � r � p {k m ~ { � n { � q u r | q r m w r | ~ � { q p ~ |v w x � m ~ � r n q � s � � r m � � u � � � u z l � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & � ' ( & ) * + * ! * " , & - . ) % - ! � % + ,/ � 0 / / / 1 �

� G \ � � � � O X � � � � � � � � b X � � � � � � � � � X � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � e � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� h � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � G \ � � � � � � e � � � � O X � � � � � � � � � h � � � � � O � � � � � �� h � � O � � � � G N � � � � e � � � � O X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � X � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � f � � � G� G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � O � � � � � � � � � � GI G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � f � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � GZ G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � O � � � � b X � � � � R b � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � R � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �O X � � G \ � � � � Q H � � � O � � � � O � � e � � � � � � b � � � R � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � O X � � � � � GF G H S J I c \ K � N � d M � � [ J � L � Z K � � K L � J � � � J � K L \ � � \ K � I �N G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� R � � � � R � � � � � Q X � � � ^ � h � � Q F X � � � ^ � h � � G� G \ � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � R � � O X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � e � � X � � � � � R � � � � R � � � � � � � bO � R � � � � � b � � � � � O � � � � � h � � � � G� G c � � � � � � � � � R � � � � R � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � G� G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � R � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � f � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � GF G H T J I c \ K � N � d [ I N J � L �N G I e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � h � � � � GJ � ] � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � O � � � � � e � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � R O � � � � � � � G Z � � � X � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � R � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G \ � � � �� O � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � G� G � � O O � � � � � � X � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � �� O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � R � G� G c � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � U H � R � � � � Z � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �O � R � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � G� G � � � � � � � X � ] X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� O � � � � � GI G � � � � � � � � X � h � � O � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � GF G H U J I c \ K � N � d � K K M � L �N G I e � � � � � R � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G \ � � � � � � O � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � G


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & � ' ( & ) * + * ! * " , & - . ) % - ! � % + ,/ � 0 / / / 1 �

� G c � � � � � � � � � � e � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � Y H � R � � � � Z � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �O � R � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � GF G H V J I c \ K � N � d � I L J � M N J � K LN G � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � b � � � O � � � � � �� b � � � � b � � O � � b � R � � � � G� G � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � ] � � � �� O � � � � � GF G H W J I M I \ [ K L I � I � � � � IN G \ � � � � b � � � � � � � � b � � O � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � _ � � �� f � � � � � � � � � � � O � _ � � � Z � � � � � � O � � � � � GF G H Y J I c \ K � N � d ` N J I � � I � � � � IN G J � � K X � � � X � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � X � � � � G I e � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � G� � � � � f � � � � K X � � � � � � e � � � � � R X � � � � � � � � � � b � e � � � � � � � O O � � � � � � X � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � �� O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � G� G I e � � � � � � � � � O � O � � R X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G \ � � � � � � � O � � � � O � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � f � � R GF G H a J I c \ K � N � d � N L � J N � d Z N � � M � J � I �N G � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �O � � � � � � � G J � � � � O � O � � X � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R GF G F H Z � I M � K Z Z � � I � N L � � [ I � �N G � � � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � G � � � � � � � � R � X � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G � � � � R � N � � � � � � � � � � P � � f � � � � � � � � � R � � � h � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� b � � � X � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � \ � � � � � � � � � � � h � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � H F V H H H G � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � O � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � �O � _ � � � � � � � � � � � � G � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � G� G \ � � O � � � � � � P Z � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � R � � X � � � �� R � G� G � � � � � � P N � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � ` � ] � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � b � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b� � � � � � � G � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & � ' ( & ) * + * ! * " , & - . ) % - ! � % + ,/ � 0 / / / 1

F G F F [ K � � J � L �N G � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � h � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � b � � � ] b � � � � � b � � � � O � � � �� ` � ] G � � � � � � � � � � � � � � K O � � � � � � R I � R � � � � � � b � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � f � � � � b� � � R � � R b O � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � h � � O � � � � GF G F Q \ N � � L � ^ J � N Z Z � �N G ` � ] � � � � � � � O � � ] � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � O � � � � � � G � � � � � � � � � � � � f � � � �\ � � � G� G � � � � � � R � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � GJ � � � ] � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � O � � � � � � � � G� G � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � O � � � � � � O � � ] � � R � � � � � G� G � � � � � � X � � � � � � � O � � ] � � R � � e � � � � � R � � � X � � ] � GI G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GZ G � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � G � � � � � � O � � � b � � ] � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G � � � � � � R � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G[ G c � � � � � � � � � � PF G c � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � ] � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � e � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b� � � � � � � � � � � h � � O � � � � b O � � � � � b � � b � � X b � � � � � GQ G c � � � � � � � � e � � � � � R � � O � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ¡ O � � O � � � � � O � � �� ] � b O � � � � � b � X � � � � � b � � � � � � R X � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � R� � � � � � � R � � � � � R � � � � b � � O � � � � � b � � � � � � G� G � � � � � � b � � O � � � PF G � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � GQ G � � � � � � � � � R � � � X � ] � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � Q � � � ¡ � � � � � R � � � � � �� O � � � � � GS G � � O � � � � e � � � � � R � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � b � � � � � � R � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � GF G F S \ � K � � I � � � M I N L � L � N L � ` N � J I � I c K � N MN G c � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � G c � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � O � � � � � � � b O � � � � � � b � � � � � � b � � � X � � O � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � �� O � � � � b O � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � O � � � G


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & � ' ( & ) * + * ! * " , & - . ) % - ! � % + ,/ � 0 / / / 1 0

� G � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R b � � � � � � � � �� R � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � b � � � � O � � � � � � � GI G K O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � G J � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O O � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � �X � � � � � � GF G F T \ � K � I � J � � I L J � Z � � N J � K LN G \ � _ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � P K � � O � � � � � � � R � b S Q � h � � � � � b � � � � V � � � � � � � � � � R � � � GF G � � � � � � P� G \ � _ � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � K X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G L � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G L � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � N R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G G L � � � � � � � � � � R � N R � � � � � � � � � � � GQ G � � � O � � � � � � � R � b � � � � b � � � � � � � M � � � � � � � R P S � � � � b � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � R �N R � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � G� G \ � _ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � PF G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � \ � _ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � b � � � � � � � O � � � � � ¡ � � f � � � � � � � � � R � O � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � F H H � � � � � � � � � GQ G \ � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � R � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � G � � � � � � � � � � � � ` � ] O � R � � � � � � h � � � � � GS G L � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � X � X � � � � � � � � K X � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � e � � O � � � � � � � h � � � � � � � � X G� G � � � � R � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � V H � � � � � � ^ � � � X � � � � � � � � � G� G � � R � \ � � � � � � P I e O � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � R � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GI G Z � � � � � � � b \ � � � � � � R P N � h � � � � � X � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � R b � � � R b � � � � � O O � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GZ G � � X � � � � � � b � � � � � b � � � � � � � � R b � � � b � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � b � � f � � b � � R � � � � � � � � � � � G� G � � � � � � � � � � � PF G � � � � � � � � � � O � _ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � X � � � � � F U � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � �\ � � � � � � � K � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � N � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � \ � � � � � � � � GQ G I � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � GS G I � � � � � � � � � O O � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �X � � � � � � R � GT G � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � b X � � � � � � � _ � � � � G N � � � � � � � � � � � � GU G \ � � � � � e O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � b � � O O � � � b � � � � � � � R G[ G c � � � � � � � � � � P c � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � O O � � � � � � � � b � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � G


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & � ' ( & ) * + * ! * " , & - . ) % - ! � % + ,/ � 0 / / / 1 ¢

� G � � � � � � P � � � � � � � � � � R � � b � � � � � R b � � O O � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � �\ � _ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GF G F U J � N Z Z � � � I � � M N J � K LN G � � R � � b � � R � � � � b � � � � � � � � � PF G \ � � c � � � � � � ` � � � c � � � � J � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � P N � � O O � � � � � � � � � _ � � � � � � � � � � GQ G J � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b Z � � � � � � � M � R � � � P N � � O O � � � � � � � � � _ � � � � � � � � � � GS G Z � � R O � � � � I h � � O � � � � P N � � � h � � � � � � � � � � _ � � � � � � � � � � GT G \ � � � � � � � � � � � P \ � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � � � � � � � � � _ � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � RO � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G Z � � R \ � � � � � P \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � O O � � � R O � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � �� O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G Z � � � � � � � M � R � � � P � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� R � � � � � � � � G� G [ � � � � � � � � PF G � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R _ � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � �� GI G J � � � � � � R � � � � � � R � � � � PF G N � � O O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � b O � � ] � � R � � � � � b � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � GQ G � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � GS G � � � � � � � � � � � � ` � ] O � R � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GZ G � � � � � � PF G � � � � � � h � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � R � � � � h � � � � GQ G � � O � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GS G � � � � � O � � � � � � � � R � � � � O � � Q � � � GF G F V � N � � � I � �N G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � K X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � _ � � � � � O � O � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � G� G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � ] X � � � � � h � � � � � � R � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � R � � � � � X � � b � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R G� G \ � � � � O � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � G � � O � � � � � � � R � O � � � � � G� G \ � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � G


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & � ' ( & ) * + * ! * " , & - . ) % - ! � % + ,/ � 0 / / / 1 £

F G F W I L � M K � � � I � N L � Z I L � � L �N G � � � � � � � � � � P \ � � � � V � � G � � R � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � ] � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � h � � � � � O � � � � � X � ] � � � � � O � � � � � G I h � � O X � � �� O � � � � � � � � R � � � � X � � � � � ] � G \ � � � � � � � � � ] � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � ] � � � � � K X � � � GN G \ � � � � � _ � � � � � � � � � � � O � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � K X � � � G� G � � � � � � � I � � � � � � � � PF G \ � � � � � � � O � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � X � ] � � � � � � �K X � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � b � O � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � K X � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � b � � � O � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � O � � � � GQ G � � � � � � � � � � P Z � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � b O � � X b � R � O � � � � � � � � � � �� X � � � � � � � _ � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � b � �� R � � � X � � � � � � K X � � � P� G c � e � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � R W U � � � � � � � � � � X � � � N � J c I Y T GF G F Y � I � � � � J dN G � � � � � � � � \ � R � � � PF G \ � � � � � � � � ` � ] b � � � � e � � � � � R O � � � � � � � b � � � � K X � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � b� � � � � � � � � � f � � � � � � GQ G � � � � � � � � � � � O � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � K X � � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� f � � � � GS G c � � � � � � � � � � O � R � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � K X � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � G� G I � � � � � � � � � P � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � K X � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � �� K X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GF G F a Z � � I � I J I � J � K LN G � � � � � � R � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � R R � � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � K X � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � H F F H Q H G� G Z � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � K X � � � X � � � � � � _ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� G� G � � O � � X � � � Z c � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �[ � ` � ] b � O � � � ] � � � � � O � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & � ' ( & ) * + * ! * " , & - . ) % - ! � % + ,/ � 0 / / / 1 ¤

F G Q H ` N J I � � K L J � K MN G � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G c � � � � � � � � e � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � G \ � � � � b O � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � �O � � O � � R � h � � O � � � � G� G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � R � � � � � � � R X � � � � G \ � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � � � � O � � � � �� GF G Q F � � � J � K L J � K MN G I e � � � � � � � � ` � ] � � � � � � � � � � � � � � f � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � G� G \ � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � GF G Q Q I � K � � K L N L � � I � � c I L J � K L J � K MN G \ � � � � � � e � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � �� X � � X � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G� G c � � � � � f � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � e O � � � � � � � � � � G� G \ � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � ] � � b � � � � � � � b � O � � � � � � X � � � � � X G� G � � � � � � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GI G \ � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � X � ] � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ¡ O � � O � � �� O O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � GF G Q S L K � � I � K L J � K MN G \ � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � f � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � GF G Q T \ I � J � K L J � K MN G \ � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � R � � � ` � ] b �� R � � � � � � � � � � GF G Q U \ K M M � J � K L � K L J � K MN G \ � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � b X � � � � b � � � � �� O � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � e � � � b � e � � � � � � � � � � � � b � � O � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � �� O � � � � � � � G


� � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % � & � ' ( & ) * + * ! * " , & - . ) % - ! � % + ,/ � 0 / / / 1 ¥

F G Q V � K � I L J � K L J � K MN G \ � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � R � � �O � � � � � � � GF G Q W � I c K � N M K Z � J � M � J � I � b Z N � � M � J � I � b N L � � K L J � K M �N G � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � � � � � b � h � � O � � � � b � � � � � � � � � b � � � � � � � � � � � b O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� O � � � � � G� G � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � Q � � � G � � � � � � � � � � � � �� G� G � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � X � ] G� G � � � � � � � � � � e � � � � � R � � � � X � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � GI G � � � � � � � � � � � � O � � � � � e � � � � � � � � X � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � R � � � � � � � � � � G N � � � � � � �� b � � R � � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � h � � � � � � � � G> @ ? 5 ¦ < > ? 7 D § 4 5 2L � � � � G> @ ? 5 ¨ < 3 © 3 4 § 5 6 7 8L � � � � G3 8 D 7 B 2 3 4 5 6 7 8


� � � � � � � �





TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – Attachment A 01 5010-1

01 5010 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS - ATTACHMENT A

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. List of Changes

1. Temporary Sanitary Facilities.

2. Project Identification

B. 1.09 A. Sanitary Facilities: Contractor may use building sanitary facilities. Maintain

cleanliness and ensure facilities are not damaged. Restore to original condition

immediately if damage occurs.

C. 1.14 A. Project Identification Sign is not Required.

END OF ATTACHMENT





TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS - Attachment B 01 5020 - 1

01 5020 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS - Attachment B




B. Delete all lines 1.01 A.1thru 8 and B.1 thru 6. Delete paragraph 1.01 C.

C. Delete 1.02 B, C, D and E. Delete 1.03 A and B. Power distribution work not required.

D. Delete subparagraphs 1.10 C and D. No field offices temporary utilities anticipated on

small projects.

F. Delete subparagraphs 1.12 H and I.

G. Delete paragraphs 1.14, 1.15, 1.16, 1.20, 1.21, 1.22, 1.24, 1.26 and subparagraph 1.27.

END OF ATTACHMENT

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! � " # $ % & � ' ( $ ) � ' * ' + & ,- � . - - - / �

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 7 7 : ; < 5 = > 2 3 < 1 ? > 4 < 1 @ 1 6 3 0; A < 3 8 : B 1 6 1 < A CD E F D G H I J K L M K M I N O P H GQ E R S T U V W X Y EZ E R S T U V W X U [ \ ] ^ [ S _ S [ ` V ] S [ a [ b X Y EI E R S T U V W X Y X T S c d [ c b U e c b U \ ] b d S [ ` V ] S [ a [ b X Y EP E R S T U V W X T f X ] T b Y EH E R S T U V W X Y V g Y X ] X V X ] T b f S T W [ U V S [ Y ED E F h R i L P O I J GQ E R S T U V W X Y j k [ c b Y b [ l a c X [ S ] c \ m a c W e ] b [ S _ m W T a f T b [ b X Y m n ] o X V S [ Y m T S Y _ Y X [ a Y n T S a ] b d X e [ p T S q rg V X U T [ Y b T X ] b W \ V U [ X e [ a c W e ] b [ S _ T S [ ` V ] f a [ b X V Y [ U n T S X e [ f S [ f c S c X ] T b m n c g S ] W c X ] T b mW T b ^ [ _ ] b d m T S [ S [ W X ] T b T n X e [ p T S q E R S T U V W X Y a c _ ] b W \ V U [ X e [ [ o ] Y X ] b d a c X [ S ] c \ Y T S W T a f T b [ b X YS [ ` V ] S [ U T S Y f [ W ] n ] [ U n T S S [ V Y [ EZ E s V S b ] Y e f S T U V W X Y T n ` V c \ ] n ] [ U a c b V n c W X V S [ S Y Y V ] X c g \ [ n T S X e [ ] b X [ b U [ U V Y [ E s V S b ] Y e f S T U V W X Y T n[ c W e X _ f [ g _ c Y ] b d \ [ a c b V n c W X V S [ S V b \ [ Y Y Y f [ W ] n ] [ U T X e [ S l ] Y [ EI E P T b T X V Y [ a c X [ S ] c \ Y c b U [ ` V ] f a [ b X S [ a T ^ [ U n S T a X e [ [ o ] Y X ] b d f S [ a ] Y [ Y m [ o W [ f X c Y Y f [ W ] n ] W c \ \ _f [ S a ] X X [ U g _ X e [ I T b X S c W X P T W V a [ b X Y EP E s V S b ] Y e ] b X [ S W e c b d [ c g \ [ W T a f T b [ b X Y T n X e [ Y c a [ a c b V n c W X V S [ S n T S X e [ W T a f T b [ b X Y g [ ] b dS [ f \ c W [ U ED E F t R i L P O I J P H N K u H i v i H w O K i H k H M J GQ E J S c b Y f T S X c b U e c b U \ [ f S T U V W X Y ] b c W W T S U c b W [ l ] X e X e [ a c b V n c W X V S [ S x Y ] b Y X S V W X ] T b Y EZ E R S T a f X \ _ ] b Y f [ W X Y e ] f a [ b X Y X T [ b Y V S [ X e c X X e [ f S T U V W X Y W T a f \ _ l ] X e X e [ S [ ` V ] S [ a [ b X Y m X e [` V c b X ] X ] [ Y c S [ W T S S [ W X m c b U X e [ f S T U V W X Y c S [ V b U c a c d [ U EI E R S T ^ ] U [ [ ` V ] f a [ b X c b U f [ S Y T b b [ \ X T e c b U \ [ X e [ f S T U V W X Y g _ a [ X e T U Y X T f S [ ^ [ b X Y T ] \ ] b d mU ] Y n ] d V S [ a [ b X m T S U c a c d [ ED E F y R i L P O I J G J L i Q z H Q M P { Q M P N K M z i H w O K i H k H M J GQ E G X T S [ c b U f S T X [ W X X e [ f S T U V W X Y ] b c W W T S U c b W [ l ] X e X e [ a c b V n c W X V S [ S Y x ] b Y X S V W X ] T b Y E

| } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � � } } � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �~ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � � ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! � " # $ % & � ' ( $ ) � ' * ' + & ,- � . - - - / �

Z E G X T S [ l ] X e Y [ c \ Y c b U \ c g [ \ Y ] b X c W X c b U \ [ d ] g \ [ EI E G X T S [ Y [ b Y ] X ] ^ [ f S T U V W X Y ] b l [ c X e [ S X ] d e X m W \ ] a c X [ W T b X S T \ \ [ U m [ b W \ T Y V S [ Y ] b c b [ b ^ ] S T b a [ b Xn c ^ T S c g \ [ X T X e [ f S T U V W X EP E s T S [ o X [ S ] T S Y X T S c d [ T n n c g S ] W c X [ U f S T U V W X Y m f \ c W [ T b Y \ T f [ U Y V f f T S X Y c g T ^ [ X e [ d S T V b U EH E R S T ^ ] U [ g T b U [ U T n n ª Y ] X [ Y X T S c d [ c b U f S T X [ W X ] T b l e [ b X e [ Y ] X [ U T [ Y b T X f [ S a ] X T b ª Y ] X [ Y X T S c d [ T Sf S T X [ W X ] T b Es E I T ^ [ S f S T U V W X Y Y V g « [ W X X T U [ X [ S ] T S c X ] T b l ] X e ] a f [ S ^ ] T V Y Y e [ [ X W T ^ [ S ] b d E R S T ^ ] U [ ^ [ b X ] \ c X ] T b X Tf S [ ^ [ b X X e [ W T b U [ b Y c X ] T b c b U U [ d S c U c X ] T b T n f S T U V W X Y Ez E G X T S [ \ T T Y [ d S c b V \ c S a c X [ S ] c \ Y T b Y T \ ] U n \ c X Y V S n c W [ Y ] b c l [ \ \ ª U S c ] b [ U c S [ c E R S [ ^ [ b X a ] o ] b d l ] X en T S [ ] d b a c X X [ S E{ E R S T ^ ] U [ [ ` V ] f a [ b X c b U f [ S Y T b b [ \ X T Y X T S [ X e [ f S T U V W X Y g _ a [ X e T U Y X T f S [ ^ [ b X Y T ] \ ] b d mU ] Y n ] d V S [ a [ b X m T S U c a c d [ EK E Q S S c b d [ Y X T S c d [ T n X e [ f S T U V W X Y X T f [ S a ] X c W W [ Y Y n T S ] b Y f [ W X ] T b E R [ S ] T U ] W c \ \ _ ] b Y f [ W X X T ^ [ S ] n _X e c X X e [ f S T U V W X Y c S [ V b U c a c d [ U c b U c S [ a c ] b X c ] b [ U ] b c W W [ f X c g \ [ W T b U ] X ] T b ED E F ¬ R i L P O I J L R J K L M GQ E R S T U V W X Y G f [ W ] n ] [ U g _ i [ n [ S [ b W [ G X c b U c S U Y T S g _ P [ Y W S ] f X ] T b L b \ _ j Q b _ R S T U V W X a [ [ X ] b d X e T Y [Y X c b U c S U Y T S U [ Y W S ] f X ] T b EZ E R S T U V W X Y G f [ W ] n ] [ U g _ M c a ] b d L b [ T S k T S [ k c b V n c W X V S [ S Y j R S T U V W X Y T n T b [ T n X e [a c b V n c W X V S [ S Y b c a [ U c b U a [ [ X ] b d X e [ Y f [ W ] n ] W c X ] T b Y m b T T f X ] T b Y T S Y V g Y X ] X V X ] T b Y c \ \ T l [ U EI E R S T U V W X Y G f [ W ] n ] [ U g _ M c a ] b d L b [ T S k T S [ k c b V n c W X V S [ S Y l ] X e c R S T ^ ] Y ] T b n T S G V g Y X ] X V X ] T b Y jG V g a ] X c S [ ` V [ Y X n T S Y V g Y X ] X V X ] T b n T S c b _ a c b V n c W X V S [ S b T X b c a [ U ] b c W W T S U c b W [ l ] X e X e [n T \ \ T l ] b d c S X ] W \ [ ED E F R i L P O I J G O Z G J K J O J K L M R i L I H P O i H GQ E K b Y X S V W X ] T b Y X T Z ] U U [ S Y Y f [ W ] n _ X e [ X ] a [ S [ Y X S ] W X ] T b Y n T S Y V g a ] X X ] b d S [ ` V [ Y X Y n T S G V g Y X ] X V X ] T b YU V S ] b d X e [ g ] U U ] b d f [ S ] T U X T S [ ` V ] S [ a [ b X Y Y f [ W ] n ] [ U ] b X e ] Y Y [ W X ] T b EZ E G V g Y X ] X V X ] T b Y a c _ g [ W T b Y ] U [ S [ U c n X [ S X e [ g ] U T b \ _ ] b X e [ n T \ \ T l ] b d W ] S W V a Y X c b W [ Y jD E l e [ b c f S T U V W X g [ W T a [ Y b T \ T b d [ S ] b f S T U V W X ] T b n T \ \ T l ] b d X e [ U c X [ T n S [ W [ ] f X T n X e [R V S W e c Y [ L S U [ S n T S X e ] Y I T b X S c W X E G V g a ] X W [ S X ] n ] W c X ] T b g T X e X e c X Y f [ W ] n ] [ U f S T U V W X l c YW c S S ] [ U ] b Z ] U m c b U ] Y b T \ T b d [ S T g X c ] b c g \ [ E R S T ^ ] U [ W T Y X W e c b d [ U T W V a [ b X c X ] T b Eh E X e [ S [ ] Y c Y ] d b ] n ] W c b X W T Y X Y c ^ ] b d Y T n n [ S [ U X T X e [ L l b [ S E R S T ^ ] U [ f S ] W [ W T a f c S ] Y T b T n g T X eg ] U c b U T n n [ S [ U Y V g Y X ] X V X ] T b f S T U V W X Y c Y l [ \ \ c Y c \ \ W T \ \ c X [ S c \ W T Y X Y T n X e [ W e c b d [ E

| } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � � } } � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �~ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � � ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! � " # $ % & � ' ( $ ) � ' * ' + & ,- � . - - - / ®

t E I T U [ W e c b d [ Y T S Y ] X [ W T b U ] X ] T b Y S [ ` V ] S [ c U ] n n [ S [ b X ] X [ a n S T a X e c X g ] U E G V g a ] X c Y n T S hc g T ^ [ EI E P T W V a [ b X [ c W e S [ ` V [ Y X l ] X e W T a f \ [ X [ U c X c Y V g Y X c b X ] c X ] b d X e [ W T a f \ ] c b W [ T n c f S T f T Y [ UG V g Y X ] X V X ] T b l ] X e X e [ I T b X S c W X P T W V a [ b X Y EP E Q S [ ` V [ Y X W T b Y X ] X V X [ Y c S [ f S [ Y [ b X c X ] T b X e c X X e [ Z ] U U [ S jD E { c Y ] b ^ [ Y X ] d c X [ U X e [ f S T f T Y [ U R S T U V W X c b U U [ X [ S a ] b [ U X e c X ] X a [ [ X Y T S [ o W [ [ U Y X e [ ` V c \ ] X _\ [ ^ [ \ T n X e [ Y f [ W ] n ] [ U f S T U V W X Eh E p ] \ \ f S T ^ ] U [ X e [ Y c a [ l c S S c b X _ n T S X e [ G V g Y X ] X V X ] T b c Y n T S X e [ Y f [ W ] n ] [ U R S T U V W X Et E p ] \ \ W T T S U ] b c X [ X e [ ] b Y X c \ \ c X ] T b c b U a c q [ W e c b d [ Y X T T X e [ S p T S q l e ] W e a c _ g [ S [ ` V ] S [ Un T S X e [ p T S q X T g [ W T a f \ [ X [ l ] X e b T c U U ] X ] T b c \ W T Y X X T X e [ L l b [ S m ] b W \ V U ] b d S [ U [ Y ] d b Ey E p c ] ^ [ Y W \ c ] a Y n T S c U U ] X ] T b c \ W T Y X Y T S X ] a [ [ o X [ b Y ] T b l e ] W e a c _ Y V g Y [ ` V [ b X \ _ g [ W T a [c f f c S [ b X E¬ E p ] \ \ S [ ] a g V S Y [ X e [ L l b [ S c b U X e [ P [ Y ] d b Q d [ b X n T S S [ ^ ] [ l T S S [ U [ Y ] d b Y [ S ^ ] W [ Y m ] b W \ V U ] b dX e T Y [ c Y Y T W ] c X [ U l ] X e S [ ª c f f S T ^ c \ g _ X e [ c V X e T S ] X ] [ Y e c ^ ] b d « V S ] Y U ] W X ] T b EH E G V g Y X ] X V X ] T b Y l ] \ \ b T X g [ W T b Y ] U [ S [ U l e [ b X e [ _ c S [ ] b U ] W c X [ U T S ] a f \ ] [ U T b X e [ G e T f P S c l ] b d T SR S T U V W X P c X c Y V g a ] X X c \ Y m l ] X e T V X c Y [ f c S c X [ l S ] X X [ b S [ ` V [ Y X m T S l e [ b c W W [ f X c b W [ l ] \ \ S [ ` V ] S [S [ ^ ] Y ] T b X T X e [ I T b X S c W X P T W V a [ b X Y Es E G V g Y X ] X V X ] T b G V g a ] X X c \ R S T W [ U V S [ m K n R [ S a ] X X [ U s T \ \ T l ] b d I T b X S c W X Q l c S U jD E G V g a ] X X e S [ [ W T f ] [ Y T n c S [ ` V [ Y X n T S G V g Y X ] X V X ] T b n T S W T b Y ] U [ S c X ] T b m b T \ c X [ S X e c b h Fl T S q ] b d U c _ Y n T \ \ T l ] b d U c X [ T n S [ W [ ] f X T n X e [ R V S W e c Y [ L S U [ S n T S X e ] Y I T b X S c W X E N ] a ] X [ c W eS [ ` V [ Y X X T T b [ f S T f T Y [ U G V g Y X ] X V X ] T b Eh E G V g a ] X X e [ G e T f P S c l ] b d Y m R S T U V W X P c X c m c b U X e [ W [ S X ] n ] [ U X [ Y X S [ Y V \ X Y c X X [ Y X ] b d X T X e [f S T f T Y [ U f S T U V W X [ ` V ] ^ c \ [ b W [ E J e [ g V S U [ b T n f S T T n ] Y T b X e [ f S T f T Y [ S Et E J e [ P [ Y ] d b Q d [ b X l ] \ \ b T X ] n _ X e [ I T b X S c W X T S ] b l S ] X ] b d T n c U [ W ] Y ] T b X T c W W [ f X T S S [ « [ W X X e [S [ ` V [ Y X E I T Y X Y n T S S [ ^ ] [ l X ] a [ T b V b Y V W W [ Y Y n V \ S [ ` V [ Y X Y l ] \ \ g [ ] b W \ V U [ U ] b X e [ b [ o XW e c b d [ T S U [ S E; A < 3 ¯ : ; < 5 = > 2 3 0M T X O Y [ U E; A < 3 ° : 1 ± 1 2 > 3 4 5 6M T X O Y [ U E1 6 = 5 ² 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

| } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � � } } � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �~ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � � ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©





Rev. 1/2/14 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A

04/27/18 01 6010 - 1

01 6010 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A

A. No variations in this section for this Project.

END OF ATTACHMENT





PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B 01 6020 - 1

01 6020 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B




B. No amendments are necessary in the Section due to project size. See Attachment A for

project specific amendments.

END OF ATTACHMENT

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " ! # $ % & ' ( � ! ) $ & � ! * ! ( % +, � - , , , . �

/ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 6 6 9 0 : 0 1 ; 2 3 4 5 < 0 = ; 3 < 0 > 0 5 2 /? @ < 2 7 9 A 0 5 0 < @ BC D E C F G H I J K L J L H M N O G FP D G Q R S T U R V T W U DX D Y Z [ \ R Z R V T W U DH D ] T [ ^ _ G U ` T U [ [ Z T U ` DO D Y Z W V [ a V T W U W b R _ c R a [ U V a W U d V Z e a V T W U DG D H e V V T U ` R U _ \ R V a f T U ` D] D F \ [ a T R ^ \ Z W a [ _ e Z [ d Dg D F V R Z V T U ` R U _ R _ c e d V T U ` W b d h d V [ S d Di D O [ S W U d V Z R V T W U R U _ J U d V Z e a V T W U d DJ D I [ d V T U ` j R _ c e d V T U ` R U _ k R ^ R U a T U ` Dl D Y Z W V [ a V T U ` J U d V R ^ ^ [ _ H W U d V Z e a V T W U DC D E m G n P o J L P I J K LP D P a a [ \ V R U a [ W b H W U _ T V T W U d pC D q [ Z T b h V f R V [ Q T d V T U ` R \ \ ^ T a R k ^ [ d T V [ a W U _ T V T W U d j d e k d V Z R V [ d j W Z d e k d V Z R V [ d e Z b R a [ d R Z [R a a [ \ V R k ^ [ W Z S [ [ V d \ [ a T b T a Z [ r e T Z [ S [ U V d W b T U _ T s T _ e R ^ d \ [ a T b T a R V T W U d F [ a V T W U d j b W Zd e k d [ r e [ U V t W Z u V W \ Z W a [ [ _ Dm D q [ Z T b h V f R V [ Q T d V T U ` d e k d V Z R V [ T d a R \ R k ^ [ W b d V Z e a V e Z R ^ d e \ \ W Z V W Z R V V R a f S [ U V W b U [ vt W Z u k [ T U ` R \ \ ^ T [ _ W Z R V V R a f [ _ Dw D G Q R S T U [ R U _ s [ Z T b h d \ [ a T b T a a W U _ T V T W U d _ [ d a Z T k [ _ T U T U _ T s T _ e R ^ d \ [ a T b T a R V T W U dF [ a V T W U d Dx D q [ Z T b h V f R V e V T ^ T V h d [ Z s T a [ d R Z [ R s R T ^ R k ^ [ j W b a W Z Z [ a V a f R Z R a V [ Z T d V T a d j R U _ T U a W Z Z [ a V^ W a R V T W U d Dy D X [ ` T U U T U ` W b U [ v t W Z u j V f R V Z [ ^ T [ d e \ W U V f [ r e R ^ T V h R U _ \ Z W \ [ Z [ Q [ a e V T W U W b t W Z uW b R \ Z [ a [ _ T U ` V Z R _ [ j S [ R U d R a a [ \ V R U a [ W b V f R V \ Z [ a [ _ T U ` t W Z u R d R \ \ Z W \ Z T R V [ b W ZV f [ \ Z W \ [ Z [ Q [ a e V T W U W b d e k d [ r e [ U V t W Z u Dz D P a a [ \ V R U a [ W b \ Z [ a [ _ T U ` t W Z u V f R V a R U k [ d f W v U ^ R V [ Z V W f R s [ R _ s [ Z d [ ^ h R b b [ a V [ _\ Z W \ [ Z \ [ Z b W Z S R U a [ W b U [ v t W Z u S R h Z [ d e ^ V T U Z [ S W s R ^ R U _ Z [ \ [ R V \ [ Z b W Z S R U a [W b R ^ ^ t W Z u T U s W ^ s [ _ R V U W a W d V V W V f [ K v U [ Z D

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � ~ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " ! # $ % & ' ( � ! ) $ & � ! * ! ( % +, � - , , , . �

C D E w Y ª G Y P ª P I J K LP D H ^ [ R U d e k d V Z R V [ d e Z b R a [ d \ Z T W Z V W R \ \ ^ h T U ` U [ Q V S R V [ Z T R ^ W Z d e k d V R U a [ DX D F [ R ^ a Z R a u d W Z W \ [ U T U ` d W b d e k d V Z R V [ \ Z T W Z V W R \ \ ^ h T U ` U [ Q V S R V [ Z T R ^ W Z d e k d V R U a [ DH D P \ \ ^ h d e k d V Z R V [ \ Z T S [ Z j d [ R ^ [ Z j W Z a W U _ T V T W U [ Z j Z [ r e T Z [ _ W Z Z [ a W S S [ U _ [ _ k hS R U e b R a V e Z [ Z j \ Z T W Z V W R \ \ ^ h T U ` R U h U [ v S R V [ Z T R ^ W Z d e k d V R U a [ T U a W U V R a V W Z k W U _ DO D Y Z T W Z V W V f [ R \ \ ^ T a R V T W U j T U d V R ^ ^ R V T W U j W Z [ Z [ a V T W U W b R U h \ Z W _ e a V d R U _ \ Z W _ e a Va W S \ W U [ U V d j \ [ Z b W Z S R U h W V f [ Z \ Z [ \ R Z R V W Z h W \ [ Z R V T W U d j W Z d e Z b R a [ W Z d e k d V Z R V [S W _ T b T a R V T W U d j R d S R h k [ d \ [ a T b T [ _ W Z _ T Z [ a V [ _ k h \ Z W _ e a V S R U e b R a V e Z [ Z d DC D E x ] J G M O G L g J L G G ª J L gP D G S \ ^ W h R M R U _ F e Z s [ h W Z Z [ ` T d V [ Z [ _ T U V f [ F V R V [ W b ª f W _ [ J d ^ R U _ R U _ R a a [ \ V R k ^ [ V WO [ d T ` U P ` [ U V R U _ V f [ K v U [ Z T b Z [ r e T Z [ _ k h d e k ` Z R _ [ v W Z u DX D M W a R V [ R U _ \ Z W V [ a V d e Z s [ h a W U V Z W ^ R U _ Z [ b [ Z [ U a [ \ W T U V d D Y Z W S \ V ^ h U W V T b h O [ d T ` U P ` [ U VW b R U h _ T d a Z [ \ R U a T [ d _ T d a W s [ Z [ _ DH D H W U V Z W ^ O R V e S b W Z d e Z s [ h T d V W k [ R ` Z [ [ _ V W v T V f V f [ O [ d T ` U P ` [ U V DO D q [ Z T b h d [ V k R a u d R U _ [ R d [ S [ U V d j T b R U h « a W U b T Z S _ Z R v T U ` _ T S [ U d T W U d R U _ [ ^ [ s R V T W U d DG D Y Z W s T _ [ b T [ ^ _ ¬ [ U ` T U [ [ Z T U ` d [ Z s T a [ d D G d V R k ^ T d f [ ^ [ s R V T W U d j ^ T U [ d j R U _ ^ [ s [ ^ d j e V T ^ T T U `Z [ a W ` U T [ _ [ U ` T U [ [ Z T U ` d e Z s [ h \ Z R a V T a [ d D] D F e k S T V R a W \ h W b d T V [ _ Z R v T U ` d R U _ a [ Z V T b T a R V [ d T ` U [ _ k h V f [ M R U _ F e Z s [ h W Z V f R V V f [[ ^ [ s R V T W U d R U _ ^ W a R V T W U d W b V f [ t W Z u R Z [ T U a W U b W Z S R U a [ v T V f V f [ H W U V Z R a V O W a e S [ U V d Dg D o R T U V R T U R a W S \ ^ [ V [ R U _ R a a e Z R V [ ^ W ` W b a W U V Z W ^ R U _ d e Z s [ h v W Z u R d T V \ Z W ` Z [ d d [ d Di D J b Z [ r e T Z [ _ k h V f [ K v U [ Z j W U a W S \ ^ [ V T W U W b b W e U _ R V T W U v R ^ ^ d R U _ S R c W Z d T V [T S \ Z W s [ S [ U V d j \ Z [ \ R Z [ R a [ Z V T b T [ _ d e Z s [ h T ^ ^ e d V Z R V T U ` _ T S [ U d T W U d j ^ W a R V T W U d j R U ` ^ [ d j R U _[ ^ [ s R V T W U d W b a W U d V Z e a V T W U R U _ d T V [ v W Z u DJ D Y Z W V [ a V d e Z s [ h a W U V Z W ^ \ W T U V d \ Z T W Z V W d V R Z V T U ` d T V [ v W Z u « \ Z [ d [ Z s [ \ [ Z S R U [ U V Z [ b [ Z [ U a [\ W T U V _ e Z T U ` a W U d V Z e a V T W U Dl D Y Z W S \ V ^ h Z [ \ W Z V V W O [ d T ` U P ` [ U V V f [ ^ W d d W Z _ [ d V Z e a V T W U W b R U h Z [ b [ Z [ U a [ \ W T U V W ZZ [ ^ W a R V T W U Z [ r e T Z [ _ k [ a R e d [ W b a f R U ` [ d T U ` Z R _ [ d W Z W V f [ Z Z [ R d W U d D® D ª [ \ ^ R a [ _ T d ^ W a R V [ _ d e Z s [ h a W U V Z W ^ \ W T U V k R d [ _ W U W Z T ` T U R ^ d e Z s [ h a W U V Z W ^ D o R u [ U Wa f R U ` [ d v T V f W e V \ Z T W Z v Z T V V [ U U W V T a [ V W O [ d T ` U P ` [ U V D

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � ~ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " ! # $ % & ' ( � ! ) $ & � ! * ! ( % +, � - , , , . ¯

C D E y Y ª K I G H I J K L K ] P O l P H G L I H K L F I ª N H I J K LP D Y Z W V [ a V [ Q T d V T U ` R _ c R a [ U V \ Z W \ [ Z V T [ d R U _ \ Z W s T _ [ d \ [ a T R ^ \ Z W V [ a V T W U v f [ Z [ d \ [ a T b T [ _ T UT U _ T s T _ e R ^ F \ [ a T b T a R V T W U F [ a V T W U d DX D Y Z W s T _ [ \ Z W V [ a V T s [ a W s [ Z T U ` d R V v R ^ ^ j \ Z W c [ a V T W U d j c R S k d j d T ^ ^ d j R U _ d W b b T V d W b [ Q T d V T U `W \ [ U T U ` d DH D Y Z W V [ a V [ Q T d V T U ` b T U T d f [ _ b ^ W W Z d j d V R T Z d j R U _ W V f [ Z [ Q T d V T U ` d e Z b R a [ d b Z W S V Z R b b T a j _ T Z V jv [ R Z j _ R S R ` [ j W Z S W s [ S [ U V W b f [ R s h W k c [ a V d j k h \ Z W V [ a V T U ` v T V f _ e Z R k ^ [ d f [ [ VS R V [ Z T R ^ d DO D H W s [ Z R U _ \ Z W V [ a V b e Z U T d f T U ` d j S R V [ Z T R ^ d R U _ [ r e T \ S [ U V v T V f T U V f [ d \ R a [ d Z [ a [ T s T U ` U [ vv W Z u D o W s [ T V [ S d R d U [ a [ d d R Z h V W T U d V R ^ ^ U [ v v W Z u R U _ Z [ V e Z U V f [ S V W W Z T ` T U R ^ ^ W a R V T W U dR V V f [ a ^ W d [ W b a W U d V Z e a V T W U T U V f R V R Z [ R DG D ª [ \ R T Z R _ c R a [ U V \ Z W \ [ Z V T [ d _ R S R ` [ _ k h a W U d V Z e a V T W U W \ [ Z R V T W U d V W W Z T ` T U R ^ a W U _ T V T W U V WV f [ d R V T d b R a V T W U W b V f [ K v U [ Z D] D Y Z W f T k T V e U U [ a [ d d R Z h V Z R b b T a b Z W S [ Q T d V T U ` ^ R U _ d a R \ [ _ R Z [ R d Dg D ª [ d V W Z [ ` Z R d d [ _ ^ R U _ d a R \ [ _ R Z [ R d _ R S R ` [ _ k h a W U d V Z e a V T W U W \ [ Z R V T W U d V W b e ^ ^ f [ R ^ V f h` Z W v V f j k h T U d V R ^ ^ T U ` ^ W R S R U _ d W _ V W V f [ Z [ r e T Z [ S [ U V d j R U _ e U _ [ Z V f [ d e \ [ Z s T d T W U W b j V f [N U T s [ Z d T V h ° d P d d W a T R V [ O T Z [ a V W Z W b M R U _ d R U _ g Z W e U _ d DC D E z H N I I J L g P L O Y P I H i J L gP D G S \ ^ W h d u T ^ ^ [ _ R U _ [ Q \ [ Z T [ U a [ _ T U d V R ^ ^ [ Z d V W \ [ Z b W Z S a e V V T U ` R U _ \ R V a f T U ` DX D F e k S T V v Z T V V [ U Z [ r e [ d V T U R _ s R U a [ W b a e V V T U ` W Z R ^ V [ Z T U ` [ ^ [ S [ U V d v f T a f R b b [ a V pC D F V Z e a V e Z R ^ T U V [ ` Z T V h W b [ ^ [ S [ U V Dm D J U V [ ` Z T V h W b v [ R V f [ Z ¬ [ Q \ W d [ _ W Z S W T d V e Z [ ¬ Z [ d T d V R U V [ ^ [ S [ U V d Dw D G b b T a T [ U a h j S R T U V [ U R U a [ j W Z d R b [ V h W b [ ^ [ S [ U V Dx D q T d e R ^ r e R ^ T V T [ d W b d T ` f V ¬ [ Q \ W d [ _ [ ^ [ S [ U V d Dy D G Q T d V T U ` a W U d V Z e a V T W U j W Z t W Z u W b d [ \ R Z R V [ a W U V Z R a V W Z DH D G Q [ a e V [ a e V V T U ` j b T V V T U ` j R U _ \ R V a f T U ` T U a ^ e _ T U ` [ Q a R s R V T W U R U _ b T ^ ^ j V W a W S \ ^ [ V [ t W Z u jR U _ V W pC D ] T V V f [ d [ s [ Z R ^ \ R Z V d V W ` [ V f [ Z j V W T U V [ ` Z R V [ v T V f W V f [ Z t W Z u Dm D N U a W s [ Z t W Z u V W T U d V R ^ ^ W Z a W Z Z [ a V T ^ ^ ¬ V T S [ _ t W Z u Dw D ª [ S W s [ R U _ Z [ \ ^ R a [ _ [ b [ a V T s [ R U _ U W U ¬ a W U b W Z S T U ` t W Z u Dx D ª [ S W s [ d R S \ ^ [ d W b T U d V R ^ ^ [ _ t W Z u b W Z V [ d V T U ` Dy D Y Z W s T _ [ W \ [ U T U ` d T U [ ^ [ S [ U V d W b t W Z u b W Z \ [ U [ V Z R V T W U d W b S [ a f R U T a R ^ R U _[ ^ [ a V Z T a R ^ t W Z u D

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � ~ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " ! # $ % & ' ( � ! ) $ & � ! * ! ( % +, � - , , , .

O D G Q [ a e V [ t W Z u k h S [ V f W _ d V f R V v T ^ ^ R s W T _ _ R S R ` [ V W W V f [ Z t W Z u j R U _ \ Z W s T _ [ \ Z W \ [ Zd e Z b R a [ d V W Z [ a [ T s [ \ R V a f T U ` R U _ b T U T d f T U ` DG D H e V S R d W U Z h j a W U a Z [ V [ j R U _ W V f [ Z Z T ` T _ S R V [ Z T R ^ d e d T U ` S R d W U Z h d R v W Z a W Z [ _ Z T ^ ^ D] D ª [ S W s [ a [ T ^ T U ` V T ^ [ d R d U [ a [ d d R Z h V W R a a [ d d R Z [ R d W b v W Z u D F V W Z [ R U _ Z [ \ ^ R a [ a R Z [ b e ^ ^ h V WR s W T _ _ R S R ` [ D ª [ \ ^ R a [ R ^ ^ a [ T ^ T U ` V T ^ [ d _ R S R ` [ _ _ e Z T U ` V f [ v W Z u v T V f U [ v V T ^ [ d V WS R V a f D ª [ \ R T Z P H I ` Z T _ _ R S R ` [ _ _ e Z T U ` V f [ v W Z u T U R a a W Z _ R U a [ v T V f V f T d d [ a V T W U Dg D ª [ d V W Z [ t W Z u v T V f U [ v Y Z W _ e a V d T U R a a W Z _ R U a [ v T V f Z [ r e T Z [ S [ U V d W b H W U V Z R a VO W a e S [ U V d Di D ] T V t W Z u V T ` f V V W \ T \ [ d j d ^ [ [ s [ d j _ e a V d j a W U _ e T V d j R U _ W V f [ Z \ [ U [ V Z R V T W U d V f Z W e ` f d e Z b R a [ d DJ D o R T U V R T U T U V [ ` Z T V h W b v R ^ ^ j a [ T ^ T U ` j W Z b ^ W W Z a W U d V Z e a V T W U « a W S \ ^ [ V [ ^ h d [ R ^ s W T _ d Dl D P V \ [ U [ V Z R V T W U W b b T Z [ Z R V [ _ \ R Z V T V T W U d j a [ T ^ T U ` j W Z b ^ W W Z a W U d V Z e a V T W U j a W S \ ^ [ V [ ^ h d [ R ^s W T _ d v T V f b T Z [ Z R V [ _ W Z b T Z [ Z [ d T d V R U V S R V [ Z T R ^ T U R a a W Z _ R U a [ v T V f F \ [ a T b T a R V T W U d j V W b e ^ ^V f T a u U [ d d W b V f [ \ [ U [ V Z R V [ _ [ ^ [ S [ U V D® D ª [ b T U T d f d e Z b R a [ d V W S R V a f R _ c R a [ U V b T U T d f [ d D ] W Z a W U V T U e W e d d e Z b R a [ d j Z [ b T U T d f V W U [ R Z [ d VT U V [ Z d [ a V T W U « b W Z R U R d d [ S k ^ h j Z [ b T U T d f [ U V T Z [ e U T V DM D J _ [ U V T b h R U h f R R Z _ W e d d e k d V R U a [ W Z a W U _ T V T W U d [ Q \ W d [ _ _ e Z T U ` V f [ t W Z u V W V f [ K v U [ ZR U _ O [ d T ` U P ` [ U V b W Z _ [ a T d T W U W Z Z [ S [ _ h Do D F [ [ g [ U [ Z R ^ H W U _ T V T W U d b W Z R _ _ T V T W U R ^ Z [ r e T Z [ S [ U V d DC D E ± F Y G H J P M Y ª K H G O N ª G FP D o R V [ Z T R ^ d p P d d \ [ a T b T [ _ T U \ Z W _ e a V F [ a V T W U d « S R V a f [ Q T d V T U ` v T V f U [ v \ Z W _ e a V d j W Zd R ^ s R ` [ _ \ Z W _ e a V d R d R \ \ Z W \ Z T R V [ j b W Z \ R V a f T U ` R U _ [ Q V [ U _ T U ` v W Z u DX D G S \ ^ W h d u T ^ ^ [ _ R U _ [ Q \ [ Z T [ U a [ _ T U d V R ^ ^ [ Z V W \ [ Z b W Z S R ^ V [ Z R V T W U v W Z u DH D H e V j S W s [ j W Z Z [ S W s [ T V [ S d R d U [ a [ d d R Z h b W Z R a a [ d d V W R ^ V [ Z R V T W U d R U _ Z [ U W s R V T W U t W Z u Dª [ \ ^ R a [ R U _ Z [ d V W Z [ R V a W S \ ^ [ V T W U DO D ª [ S W s [ e U d e T V R k ^ [ S R V [ Z T R ^ U W V S R Z u [ _ b W Z d R ^ s R ` [ j d e a f R d Z W V V [ _ v W W _ j a W Z Z W _ [ _S [ V R ^ d j R U _ _ [ V [ Z T W Z R V [ _ S R d W U Z h R U _ a W U a Z [ V [ D ª [ \ ^ R a [ S R V [ Z T R ^ d R d d \ [ a T b T [ _ b W Zb T U T d f [ _ t W Z u DG D ª [ S W s [ _ [ k Z T d R U _ R k R U _ W U [ _ T V [ S d b Z W S R Z [ R R U _ b Z W S a W U a [ R ^ [ _ d \ R a [ d D

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � ~ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " ! # $ % & ' ( � ! ) $ & � ! * ! ( % +, � - , , , . ²

] D Y Z [ \ R Z [ d e Z b R a [ R U _ Z [ S W s [ d e Z b R a [ b T U T d f [ d V W \ Z W s T _ [ T U d V R ^ ^ R V T W U W b U [ v t W Z u R U _b T U T d f [ d Dg D H ^ W d [ W \ [ U T U ` d T U [ Q V [ Z T W Z d e Z b R a [ d V W \ Z W V [ a V [ Q T d V T U ` t W Z u b Z W S v [ R V f [ Z R U _ [ Q V Z [ S [ dW b V [ S \ [ Z R V e Z [ R U _ f e S T _ T V h Di D ª [ S W s [ j a e V j R U _ \ R V a f t W Z u T U R S R U U [ Z V W S T U T S T [ _ R S R ` [ R U _ V W \ Z W s T _ [ S [ R U d W bZ [ d V W Z T U ` \ Z W _ e a V d R U _ b T U T d f [ d V W W Z T ` T U R ^ W Z d \ [ a T b T [ _ a W U _ T V T W U DJ D ª [ b T U T d f [ Q T d V T U ` s T d T k ^ [ d e Z b R a [ d V W Z [ S R T U T U Z [ U W s R V [ _ Z W W S d R U _ d \ R a [ d V W d \ [ a T b T [ _a W U _ T V T W U b W Z [ R a f S R V [ Z T R ^ j v T V f R U [ R V V Z R U d T V T W U V W R _ c R a [ U V b T U T d f [ d Dl D t f [ Z [ U [ v t W Z u R k e V d W Z R ^ T ` U d v T V f [ Q T d V T U ` j \ Z W s T _ [ R d S W W V f R U _ [ s [ U V Z R U d T V T W U DY R V a f t W Z u V W S R V a f [ Q T d V T U ` R _ c R a [ U V t W Z u T U V [ Q V e Z [ R U _ R \ \ [ R Z R U a [ D® D t f [ U b T U T d f [ _ d e Z b R a [ d R Z [ a e V d W V f R V R d S W W V f V Z R U d T V T W U v T V f U [ v t W Z u T d U W V\ W d d T k ^ [ j V [ Z S T U R V [ [ Q T d V T U ` d e Z b R a [ R ^ W U ` R d V Z R T ` f V ^ T U [ R V R U R V e Z R ^ ^ T U [ W b _ T s T d T W U R U _d e k S T V Z [ a W S S [ U _ R V T W U V W O [ d T ` U P ` [ U V b W Z Z [ s T [ v DM D t f [ Z [ R a f R U ` [ W b \ ^ R U [ W b C ³ x T U a f W Z S W Z [ W a a e Z d j d e k S T V Z [ a W S S [ U _ R V T W U b W Z\ Z W s T _ T U ` R d S W W V f V Z R U d T V T W U V W O [ d T ` U P ` [ U V b W Z Z [ s T [ v Do D I Z T S [ Q T d V T U ` _ W W Z d R d U [ a [ d d R Z h V W a ^ [ R Z U [ v b ^ W W Z b T U T d f D ª [ b T U T d f V Z T S R d Z [ r e T Z [ _ DL D Y R V a f W Z Z [ \ ^ R a [ \ W Z V T W U d W b [ Q T d V T U ` d e Z b R a [ d v f T a f R Z [ _ R S R ` [ _ j W Z d f W v T U ` W V f [ ZT S \ [ Z b [ a V T W U d DK D ] T U T d f d e Z b R a [ d R d d \ [ a T b T [ _ T U T U _ T s T _ e R ^ \ Z W _ e a V F [ a V T W U d j W Z R d T U _ T a R V [ _ W U V f [O Z R v T U ` d DC D E ´ F I P ª I J L g P L O P O l N F I J L g K ] F µ F I G o FP D H W W Z _ T U R V [ d a f [ _ e ^ [ b W Z d V R Z V T U ` R U _ R _ c e d V T U ` W b s R Z T W e d [ r e T \ S [ U V R U _ d h d V [ S d DX D L W V T b h O [ d T ` U P ` [ U V R U _ K v U [ Z d [ s [ U _ R h d \ Z T W Z V W d V R Z V T U ` R U _ R _ c e d V T U ` W b [ R a f T V [ S DH D q [ Z T b h V f R V [ R a f \ T [ a [ W b [ r e T \ S [ U V W Z d h d V [ S f R d k [ [ U a f [ a u [ _ b W Z \ Z W \ [ Z ^ e k Z T a R V T W U j_ Z T s [ Z W V R V T W U j k [ ^ V V [ U d T W U j a W U V Z W ^ d [ r e [ U a [ j W Z W V f [ Z a W U _ T V T W U d v f T a f S R h a R e d [_ R S R ` [ DO D q [ Z T b h V f R V V [ d V d j S [ V [ Z Z [ R _ T U ` d R U _ d \ [ a T b T [ _ [ ^ [ a V Z T a R ^ a f R Z R a V [ Z T d V T a d R ` Z [ [ v T V f V f W d [Z [ r e T Z [ _ k h V f [ [ r e T \ S [ U V W Z d h d V [ S S R U e b R a V e Z [ Z DG D q [ Z T b h v T Z T U ` R U _ d e \ \ W Z V a W S \ W U [ U V d b W Z [ r e T \ S [ U V R Z [ a W S \ ^ [ V [ R U _ V [ d V [ _ D

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � ~ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " ! # $ % & ' ( � ! ) $ & � ! * ! ( % +, � - , , , . ¶

] D G Q [ a e V [ d V R Z V T U ` R U _ R _ c e d V T U ` e U _ [ Z d e \ [ Z s T d T W U W b Z [ d \ W U d T k ^ [ H W U V Z R a V W Z ° d \ [ Z d W U U [ ^W Z S R U e b R a V e Z [ Z ° d Z [ \ Z [ d [ U V R V T s [ j T U R a a W Z _ R U a [ v T V f S R U e b R a V e Z [ Z ° d T U d V Z e a V T W U d Dg D P _ c e d V W \ [ Z R V T U ` Y Z W _ e a V d R U _ [ r e T \ S [ U V V W [ U d e Z [ d S W W V f R U _ e U f T U _ [ Z [ _ W \ [ Z R V T W U Di D t f [ U d \ [ a T b T [ _ T U T U _ T s T _ e R ^ d \ [ a T b T a R V T W U d F [ a V T W U j Z [ r e T Z [ S R U e b R a V e Z [ Z V W \ Z W s T _ [R e V f W Z T [ _ Z [ \ Z [ d [ U V R V T s [ V W k [ \ Z [ d [ U V R V V f [ d T V [ V W T U d \ [ a V j a f [ a u j R U _ R \ \ Z W s [[ r e T \ S [ U V W Z d h d V [ S T U d V R ^ ^ R V T W U \ Z T W Z V W d V R Z V T U ` j R U _ V W d e \ [ Z s T d [ \ ^ R a T U ` W b [ r e T \ S [ U VW Z d h d V [ S T U W \ [ Z R V T W U DJ D F e k S T V R v Z T V V [ U Z [ \ W Z V T U R a a W Z _ R U a [ v T V f F [ a V T W U E C x E E V f R V [ r e T \ S [ U V W Z d h d V [ S f R dk [ [ U \ Z W \ [ Z ^ h T U d V R ^ ^ [ _ R U _ T d b e U a V T W U T U ` a W Z Z [ a V ^ h DC D E · O G o K L F I ª P I J K L P L O J L F I ª N H I J K L FP D O [ S W U d V Z R V [ W \ [ Z R V T W U R U _ S R T U V [ U R U a [ W b Y Z W _ e a V d V W K v U [ Z ° d \ [ Z d W U U [ ^ V v W v [ [ u d\ Z T W Z V W _ R V [ W b F e k d V R U V T R ^ H W S \ ^ [ V T W U DX D ] W Z [ r e T \ S [ U V W Z d h d V [ S d Z [ r e T Z T U ` d [ R d W U R ^ W \ [ Z R V T W U j \ [ Z b W Z S _ [ S W U d V Z R V T W U b W Z W V f [ Zd [ R d W U v T V f T U d T Q S W U V f d DH D N V T ^ T [ W \ [ Z R V T W U R U _ S R T U V [ U R U a [ S R U e R ^ d R d k R d T d b W Z T U d V Z e a V T W U D ª [ s T [ v a W U V [ U V d W bS R U e R ^ d v T V f K v U [ Z ° d \ [ Z d W U U [ ^ T U _ [ V R T ^ V W [ Q \ ^ R T U R ^ ^ R d \ [ a V d W b W \ [ Z R V T W U R U _S R T U V [ U R U a [ DO D O [ S W U d V Z R V [ d V R Z V ¬ e \ j W \ [ Z R V T W U j a W U V Z W ^ j R _ c e d V S [ U V j V Z W e k ^ [ d f W W V T U ` j d [ Z s T a T U ` jS R T U V [ U R U a [ j R U _ d f e V _ W v U W b [ R a f T V [ S W b [ r e T \ S [ U V R V d a f [ _ e ^ [ _ W Z R ` Z [ [ _ e \ W UV T S [ d j R V [ r e T \ S [ U V W Z d h d V [ S ^ W a R V T W U DG D Y Z [ \ R Z [ R U _ T U d [ Z V R _ _ T V T W U R ^ _ R V R T U W \ [ Z R V T W U d R U _ S R T U V [ U R U a [ S R U e R ^ d v f [ U U [ [ _ b W ZR _ _ T V T W U R ^ _ R V R k [ a W S [ d R \ \ R Z [ U V _ e Z T U ` T U d V Z e a V T W U DC D C E I G F I J L g j P O l N F I J L g j P L O X P M P L H J L gP D F e k S T V j b W Z V f [ K v U [ Z ° d R \ \ Z W s R ^ j V f [ U R S [ W b R U T U _ [ \ [ U _ [ U V b T Z S V W \ [ Z b W Z S V [ d V T U ` W bb T Z [ d h d V [ S d D I f [ T U _ [ \ [ U _ [ U V b T Z S ° d d [ Z s T a [ d v T ^ ^ k [ \ R T _ b W Z k h V f [ H W U V Z R a V W Z DX D I f [ T U _ [ \ [ U _ [ U V b T Z S v T ^ ^ \ [ Z b W Z S d [ Z s T a [ d d \ [ a T b T [ _ T U T U _ T s T _ e R ^ d \ [ a T b T a R V T W U dF [ a V T W U d DH D ª [ \ W Z V d v T ^ ^ k [ d e k S T V V [ _ k h V f [ T U _ [ \ [ U _ [ U V b T Z S V W V f [ O [ d T ` U P ` [ U V R U _ V f [ K v U [ ZT U _ T a R V T U ` W k d [ Z s R V T W U d R U _ V [ d V Z [ d e ^ V d j T U _ T a R V T U ` a W S \ ^ T R U a [ W Z U W U ¬ a W S \ ^ T R U a [ v T V fd \ [ a T b T [ _ Z [ r e T Z [ S [ U V d R U _ v T V f V f [ Z [ r e T Z [ S [ U V d W b V f [ H W U V Z R a V O W a e S [ U V d D

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � ~ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " ! # $ % & ' ( � ! ) $ & � ! * ! ( % +, � - , , , . -

C D C C Y ª K I G H I J L g J L F I P M M G O H K L F I ª N H I J K LP D Y Z W V [ a V T U d V R ^ ^ [ _ t W Z u R U _ \ Z W s T _ [ d \ [ a T R ^ \ Z W V [ a V T W U v f [ Z [ d \ [ a T b T [ _ T U T U _ T s T _ e R ^d \ [ a T b T a R V T W U d [ a V T W U d DX D Y Z W s T _ [ V [ S \ W Z R Z h R U _ Z [ S W s R k ^ [ \ Z W V [ a V T W U b W Z T U d V R ^ ^ [ _ \ Z W _ e a V d D H W U V Z W ^ R a V T s T V h T UT S S [ _ T R V [ v W Z u R Z [ R V W \ Z [ s [ U V _ R S R ` [ DH D Y Z W s T _ [ \ Z W V [ a V T s [ a W s [ Z T U ` d R V v R ^ ^ d j \ Z W c [ a V T W U d j c R S k d j d T ^ ^ d j R U _ d W b b T V d W b W \ [ U T U ` d DO D Y Z W V [ a V b T U T d f [ _ b ^ W W Z d j d V R T Z d j R U _ W V f [ Z d e Z b R a [ d b Z W S V Z R b b T a j _ T Z V j v [ R Z j _ R S R ` [ j W ZS W s [ S [ U V W b f [ R s h W k c [ a V d j k h \ Z W V [ a V T U ` v T V f _ e Z R k ^ [ d f [ [ V S R V [ Z T R ^ d DG D ª [ \ R T Z W Z Z [ \ ^ R a [ T U d V R ^ ^ [ _ t W Z u _ R S R ` [ _ k h a W U d V Z e a V T W U W \ [ Z R V T W U d j R d _ T Z [ a V [ _ k h V f [O [ d T ` U P ` [ U V D? @ < 2 ¸ 9 ? < 4 ¹ ; 1 2 /L W V N d [ _ D? @ < 2 º 9 0 : 0 1 ; 2 3 4 5L W V N d [ _ D0 5 ¹ 4 » / 0 1 2 3 4 5

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ¡ � � ~ ¢ £ ¤ ¥ ¦ ¤ ¤ ¥

¤ § ¨ £ ¦ ¨ ¥ ©



EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A 01 7010 - 1

01 7010 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A

A. Daily Attendance Form

1. Maintain Daily Attendance Form acceptable to the Department of Labor and Training for all projects with a contract value over $1Million. Submit as requested.

END OF ATTACHMENT





EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B 01 7020 - 1

01 7020 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B





project.

B. Delete heading 1.01C, Field Engineering and entire subsection 1.04 FIELD

ENGINEERING.

END OF ATTACHMENT

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ ! " ! # % � & ' � % � �

( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 /4 5 ( + ) 6 5 . 5 7 ) 6 ) . +8 5 9 + 0 7 ) . ) 9 5 :0 ; / 0 4 5 ( + ) 6 5 . 5 7 ) 6 ) . + 9 ) < = , 9 ) 6 ) . + (� � > ? � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � A � � � D � � �� ! � A � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � A � � � D � � � � � � � � � E A �A � � � � � � C E D � � � F � C � E � � � � � � � � � C E � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � �� " � � � � � G � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � H � � � � � E � � � � � C � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � �� D � � �� @ � � � � � � � � � � � � C E � � � � � C � E � � � � � � � I � � � � ? � � C � � � � � D � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � �D � � � � � � � � � � � � I� � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � D � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � �� C � � � � � � D � � �' � � A � � � � � � �� ? I " � � D � � � � � � D � � F � � C � � � � � � C �J � K � � � � � � � � � C � D � � � E � � � � � � � C D � � � � E D � � � � � � � E � C � E � � � � � � A � �L � " � � � � � E � � � � � � � C A � � F � C � � C D � � � � C E � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E A � A � � C E� � � � � � � � C D � � � E � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � E C � � � � � � G � � � � � � E� � � � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � E � A A � � E G � � � E � � � E D � � � � E � � D � � G � �& � $ � � � � �M � $ � A � � � � � ? � � � � � A � � � � � � �N � O � � � � � � D � � F � � � �� % � O � A � � E � � � � � � � C ? � � A A � � C E � � ? � A � � � � E � � � � � �! � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � A � � � H � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � E � � � � � � � � � � � E� � � � � � � � C E � � � � � C � E � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � A � � � � � C � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C �� H � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � % �' ' % % �P � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � ? � � � � � � " � � � C � � � � � O � � � � � � C � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � �� @ � � � � � � � � � �$ � " � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � D � � � � � I� � � � � � � � C � � � � A � B � � � � � � � �� C � � � � A � B � � � � � � � �' � � � � A � � C � D � � � � � C � � � � � A � A � � � � E A � D � � � � A � � � � � � �� > � � � � � � � � C � � � � A � � C � D � � � � � C �Q � � � C � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � I � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � D � � � F � ? � � C � � � � A � � � � C ? � � � � � C � � � � � �� @ � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � C D � � � � � � � � � � � P � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � E A � � � � � � � � C � � � C � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � �0 ; / 3 9 ) : 5 + ) R 9 ) < = , 9 ) 6 ) . + (� � � � � � � � % � ' % % % � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � I � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � � � � � � � C � E� � A � � � E � � D � � � � � � A � � � � � � � E � � A � B � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� % � J % % % � � � A � � � � P � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � I � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� % � L % % % � O � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � I � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E� � � � C � E � � � � � � � � C �� % � & % % % � ! S � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � I � � � � � ? � � � � A � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

T U V W X Y Z [ \ ] Y \ ^ X ] _ U U ` a b c d e f X X [ g h \ i g j Y Z i i k i l ` i m m ^ g [ Y f \ [ i g n o ] p [ fV X i f p Y f q \ ` ] g \ ] X b ] g i r f \ [ i g qa b c s X i t ] Y \ u ^ m v ] X w x ` y z y ` e W { y | } ~ � y } } ~

� � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ ! " ! # % � & ' � % � �

� � � � � � � E � � � � � � C � � A � � � � � � C E � � � � � � � � � � � E A � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � C �0 ; / 2 R ) � , . , + , - . (� � � � � � � I � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � H � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � E � � � � � � � E � � � � F E � � � � � � F � �� I � � � ? � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � C D � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � EA � � F � C � � C E � � � � � E � D � � � E � � � � D D � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � C E � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � �� Q � G � � � � I ! S � � D � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G � � � � � � D � � � � � � � E � � � � E � C � � � � D � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � E� S � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� # � � � G � � � � I ! S � � D � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � G � � � � � � D � � � � � � � E � � � � E � C � � � � D � � � � � E� � � � � � � � � E � S � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � � �! � # � � S � � I # � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � C A � � � � S A � � � � �P � � � � � � � � D � � I � � � D � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? A � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � �$ � � � � � � � � I � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? A � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � �Q � � � � � � � � � C I � � A � � � � � � � � � � C E � � � � � � � � C E � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � A � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � �D � � � � � C E � � � � � � � � � � � C E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C ? � � � � �� I C � � � D � � F � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� I � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � � � � � �� C � I � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � �K � � � � � � � � I � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � D � � � � � � ? � � �A � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � �" � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � I � � � � � F � � A � � C � � � � � � � � A � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � D � C � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � ? � � � � �# � S � � I O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C A � � � � S A � � � � �> � � � � � I � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � D � � � � � � E � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � E � � � � � � C � �O � � � � � � I ! S � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� C � � D � � E � � � � � � � D � � E � � � � � � � D � � E � � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � �0 ; / � ( = � 6 , + + 5 : (� � � � � � � � � � � % � ' ' % % � � � D � � � � � � A � � � � � � � �� " � � � C � � � � � O � � � I � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � C � � � � � � � � I� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � A � B � � � � � D � C � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � A � B � � �� E � � � � � � � C � � A � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � �� K � � � � � > A � � � � I � � � � � � E � � � � � E � � � � � � A � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � �� ? � � � � ? � � � D � � � A � � E � � � � A A � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � A A � � C � � � � � E � � � � � A � B � � � � � � � � � A � � � C � � � A � B � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �' � K � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � I K � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � E� � � � � C � E � � � � � � � � � C �� " � � � � � C � I � � � � � � D � � � C � � � � � � � � � � C � � D � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � A � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � E� � � � � � � � C E � � � � � C � E � � � � � E � � � � A � � � �


� � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ ! " ! # % � & ' � % � '

J � " � � � � � � � � Q � � � � � C O � � � � � � � I � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � D � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � D � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � A � � � � � � � � A � � � � � D � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � H � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � E � � � � C � E � � A � � F � C � � C �L � � � � � A � � � � � � I � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D �� H � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � D � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � E � ? � � � � � � � � S � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � D � � � � � � � � D � � ? � � � � � � � � � � �� A � � � � � A � � � I � � D � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E ? � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � E � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � H � � ? D � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � �� D � � � � A � � � � � A � � ? � � � � � � � � A A � � � � � � � � O � C � � � � O � � � � � � H � � � � � � � � � D � � �� A � � ? � � � � � � � A � � � � � � �� D � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � A � � D � � � > ? � � � �' � K � � � � � � � � A � � � I � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � C � � � � � � � � I� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �D � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � E � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � � � A � � � �� E � � � � � � � � � � � A A � � C � � � A � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E ? � � C � � � � � F � � � E � � � � � A � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � � � �� A � � � I � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � C � � � � � � � � I� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �D � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � E � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� E � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E ? � � C � � � � � F � � � E � � � � � A � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � � � �J � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C � " � � � � � � � � I � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � I� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �A � B � � � � �D � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � CA � � � � �� A � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� C � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E ? � � C � � � � � F � � � E � � � � � A � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � � � �� D � � � � � � � � � C A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � D � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � D �� L � " � � � � � � � � � � � � � O � B � � � I � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � I� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � ? � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � �D � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � �� ? � � C � � � � � F � � � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � �& � > � � � � � � � A � � � " � � � � I � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � D � � E � �� A A � A � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � �8 5 9 + 3 8 9 - R = * + ( � � � � � � � � �8 5 9 + 2 ) � ) * = + , - .2 ; / 0 4 5 ( + ) 6 5 . 5 7 ) 6 ) . + 8 9 - * ) R = 9 ) (� � � � � � � � � � � % � � % % % � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � C � � � � � � � S � � � � � C D � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � �A � B � � � � � > ? � � � �


� � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � � � � � ! " � # � $ ! " ! # % � & ' � % � �

� � � � � � � � � � � % � ' % % % � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � � � � � � � C � E � � A � � � E � � D � � � � � �A � � � � � � � E � � A � B � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� % � J % % % � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� % � L % % % � ? � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � C � E � � � � � � � � C �! � � � � � � � � � � % � & % % % � � � � � � � ? � � � � A � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � C � � A � � � � � � C E � � � � � � � � � � � E A � � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � C �2 ; / 3 4 5 ( + ) 6 5 . 5 7 ) 6 ) . + 8 : 5 . , 6 8 : ) 6 ) . + 5 + , - .� � " � � � C � � I � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � A � � � � � � � � A � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � C ? � F � � � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � " � � � C � � � � � O � � � �� I � � � � � � D � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � " � � � C � � � � � O � � � � B D � � � � � � � � � E � � � �� D � � � � � � � � E > ? � � � E > ? � � � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � E � � � � � � C � � C � � � �� I O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A A � A � � � � � � � A � � � � � � E � � � � � � C E � � � � � � � � � � C E� � � � � C � E � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � D � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � A A � A � � � � � � � � C � � � � �A � B � � � �� " � � � � � C � I � � � � � � � � � � � � � ? � � � � � � � � C � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � B � � � � � � � � � C � �� O � � � D � � � � � � � C �� O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C �' � � � C � � � � B D � � � � � � � � � � � C � �! � P � � � � � � � � � I O � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C E� � � � � C � E � � � � � E � � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � A � � � E � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� O � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � @ � � � � �� O � � � � � � @ � � � � � A � � � � A � � F � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � �' � � � � A � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � ? � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � F � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �P � Q � G � � � � � � � � � � I � � A � � � � � E � � � � E � � � � A � � � � G � � � � ? � � � � � � � � � � � C � � A A � � � � D � �� C � � � � � � � �$ � � � � � � � � � C I � � A � � � � � E � � � � E A � � � � � E � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � ? � � � � A � � � � �� A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � S � � � G � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � A � � F � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � � A � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � D � � � � � � � � � � � �Q � � � � � � " � � � � � � � � > � � � � � � I � � � � � � � E � � � E � � A � � � � � � � A � � � � � A � � � � � � � A � � A � � � � � � �� C � I � � � � � � � E � � � E � � A � � � � � A � � � � � � D � � � � � � C � � � � � � � � � � � � �) . R - � ( ) * + , - .


� � � � � � � � �





WASTE MANAGEMENT - Attachment A 01 7330 - 1

01 7330 WASTE MANAGEMENT - Attachment A

A. “No variations in this section for this Project.”.

END OF ATTACHMENT





WASTE MANAGEMENT - Attachment B 01 7331 - 1

01 7331 WASTE MANAGEMENT - Attachment B





project.

B. Delete paragraphs 1.01 F and 1.04 B. Change heading at 3.02 to be “WASTE

MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES. Delete paragraphs 3.02 A, B and D. No Waste

Management Plan will be required.

C. Delete lines 1.04 C.4c, .4d, .5c, .5d and .6c. Required back-up is reduced.

END OF ATTACHMENT

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % # & ' � % ( & ) � % * % + ' $, � - . , , / �

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : 7 7 ; 2 < 5 0 1 5 = 3 > 1 ? = 4 > 1 @ 1 6 3 0A B > 3 8 ; C 1 6 1 > B <D E F D G H I J K L M K M I N O P H GQ E I R S T U S V W X Y S Z U [ V Y U T E\ E ] V ^ R _ W ` ^ T T V Y ^ a Z U EI E b ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U T U Y c _ Z U EP E L X U Y ^ W _ S a T ^ a [ d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U d ^ a V ^ R T EH E b ^ W U Y _ ^ R T ^ a [ e _ a _ T f U T d ^ a V ^ R T Eg E H h V _ X d U a W ^ a [ T ` T W U d T d ^ a V ^ R T Ei E G X ^ Y U X ^ Y W T ^ a [ d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U d ^ W U Y _ ^ R T Ej E k Y S [ V Z W l ^ Y Y ^ a W _ U T ^ a [ X Y S [ V Z W m S a [ T EK E k Y S n U Z W o U Z S Y [ [ S Z V d U a W T ED E F p I N L G H L O J k o L I H P O o H GQ E G V m d _ W ^ l Y _ W W U a Z U Y W _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a W f ^ W W f U I S a W Y ^ Z W P S Z V d U a W T f ^ c U m U U a Y U c _ U l U [ q W f U r S Y s f ^ Tm U U a _ a T X U Z W U [ q ^ a [ W f ^ W W f U r S Y s _ T Z S d X R U W U _ a ^ Z Z S Y [ ^ a Z U l _ W f W f U I S a W Y ^ Z W P S Z V d U a W T ^ a [_ T Y U ^ [ ` e S Y W f U L l a U Y t T Y U c _ U l E\ E k Y S c _ [ U T V m d _ W W ^ R T W S P U T _ u a Q u U a W W f ^ W ^ Y U Y U h V _ Y U [ m ` u S c U Y a _ a u S Y S W f U Y ^ V W f S Y _ W _ U T q_ a Z R V [ _ a u^ m ^ W U d U a W _ a c S _ Z U T Z S Y Y U Z W R ` X Y U X ^ Y U [ ^ T X Y S T Z Y _ m U [ _ a W f U ^ m ^ W U d U a W X R ^ a E g ^ _ R V Y U W S _ a Z R V [ UZ S Y Y U Z W R ` X Y U X ^ Y U [ ^ m ^ W U d U a W _ a c S _ Z U T l _ R R [ U R ^ ` _ T T V _ a u S e e _ a ^ R X ^ ` d U a W EI E k Y S c _ [ U T V m d _ W W ^ R T W S P U T _ u a Q u U a W W f ^ W ^ Y U Y U h V _ Y U [ m ` W f U u S c U Y a _ a u S Y S W f U Y ^ V W f S Y _ W _ U T q_ a Z R V [ _ a uW f U e S R R S l _ a u Z R S T U S V W [ S Z V d U a W T vD E Q K Q P S Z V d U a W i w F x y I S a W Y ^ Z W S Y t T Q e e _ [ ^ c _ W S e k ^ ` d U a W S e P U m W T ^ a [ I R ^ _ d Tp E Q K Q P S Z V d U a W i w F x Q y I S a W Y ^ Z W S Y t T Q e e _ [ ^ c _ W S e o U R U ^ T U S e N _ U a Tz E Q K Q P S Z V d U a W i w F w y I S a T U a W S e G V Y U W ` W S g _ a ^ R X ^ ` d U a WP E G V m d _ W e _ a ^ R Q X X R _ Z ^ W _ S a e S Y k ^ ` d U a W _ [ U a W _ e ` _ a u W S W ^ R ^ [ n V T W U [ I S a W Y ^ Z W G V d q X Y U c _ S V TX ^ ` d U a W T q ^ a [ T V d Y U d ^ _ a _ a u [ V U E

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ~ � ¡ ¢ £ ¤ � ¢ ¢ £

¥ ¦ ¦ § ¨ © ª « ¨

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % # & ' � % ( & ) � % * % + ' $, � - . , , / �

H E J f U L l a U Y l _ R R S Z Z V X ` ^ R R X S Y W _ S a T S e W f U m V _ R [ _ a u ^ e W U Y G V m T W ^ a W _ ^ R I S d X R U W _ S a ^ T T X U Z _ e _ U [_ a G U Z W _ S a F D D F F F ED E F z ] O Q N K J ¬ Q G G O o Q M I HQ E H d X R S ` X U Y T S a a U R ^ T T U d m R _ a u T V m d _ W W ^ R T U X U Y _ U a Z U [ _ a W f U d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U ^ a [ W f U S X U Y ^ W _ S a S eW f U [ U T Z Y _ m U [ X Y S [ V Z W T ^ a [ T ` T W U d T ED E F ® b Q K M J H M Q M I H G H o ¯ K I HQ E G V m d _ W ^ Z S a W Y ^ Z W e S Y e V Y a _ T f _ a u T U Y c _ Z U ^ a [ d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U S e W f U Z S d X S a U a W T _ a [ _ Z ^ W U [ _ a W f UT X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a G U Z W _ S a T e S Y S a U ` U ^ Y e Y S d [ ^ W U S e G V m T W ^ a W _ ^ R I S d X R U W _ S a q S Y [ V Y _ a u W f U l ^ Y Y ^ a W `X U Y _ S [ q l f _ Z f U c U Y X U Y _ S [ S e W _ d U _ T W f U R S a u U T W E\ E k Y S c _ [ U e S Y ^ a U ^ d _ a ^ W _ S a S e W f U T ` T W U d Z S d X S a U a W T ^ W ^ e Y U h V U a Z ` Z S a T _ T W U a W l _ W f Y U R _ ^ m R US X U Y ^ W _ S a E I R U ^ a q ^ [ n V T W q ^ a [ R V m Y _ Z ^ W U ^ T Y U h V _ Y U [ EI E K a Z R V [ U ^ T ` T W U d ^ W _ Z Z R U ^ a _ a u q U ^ d _ a ^ W _ S a q ^ [ n V T W d U a W q ^ a [ R V m Y _ Z ^ W _ S a S e W f U Z S d X S a U a W T Eo U X ^ _ Y S Y Y U X R ^ Z U W f U X ^ Y W T l f U a U c U Y Y U h V _ Y U [ E O T U W f U X ^ Y W T X Y S [ V Z U [ m ` W f U d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y S eW f U S Y _ u _ a ^ R Z S d X S a U a W EP E P S a S W ^ T T _ u a S Y W Y ^ a T e U Y W f U d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U T U Y c _ Z U W S ^ a ^ u U a W S Y G V m Z S a W Y ^ Z W S Y l _ W f S V W W f U X Y _ S Yl Y _ W W U a Z S a T U a W S e W f U L l a U Y ED E F ° L r M H o ± G b Q M O Q N GQ E G V m d _ W W f U [ ^ W ^ e S Y L X U Y ^ W _ S a T ^ a [ b ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U q b ^ W U Y _ ^ R T ^ a [ g _ a _ T f U T q ^ a [ H h V _ X d U a W ^ a [G ` T W U d T b ^ a V ^ R T m S V a [ _ a ² y D ³ p D D _ a Z f W U W X ^ u U T q _ a d _ a _ d V d p _ a Z f T _ ´ U W f Y U U P T _ [ U Y _ a uZ S d d U Y Z _ ^ R h V ^ R _ W ` m _ a [ U Y T l _ W f [ V Y ^ m R U Z R U ^ a ^ m R U X R ^ T W _ Z Z S c U Y T E\ E k Y U X ^ Y U m _ a [ U Y Z S c U Y T l _ W f W f U X Y _ a W U [ W _ W R U S e W f U d ^ a V ^ R q W _ W R U S e W f U X Y S n U Z W q ^ a [ W f U T V m n U Z Wd ^ W W U Y S e m _ a [ U Y E N ^ m U R U ^ Z f T X _ a U l _ W f W f U e S R R S l _ a u v \ V _ R [ _ a u q X Y S n U Z W S Y e ^ Z _ R _ W ` a ^ d U q L I kX Y S n U Z W a V d m U Y q T V m d _ T T _ S a [ ^ W U EI E K a W U Y a ^ R R ` T V m [ _ c _ [ U W f U m _ a [ U Y Z S a W U a W T l _ W f X U Y d ^ a U a W X ^ u U [ _ c _ [ U Y T q R S u _ Z ^ R R ` S Y u ^ a _ ´ U [ ^ T[ U T Z Y _ m U [ m U R S l µ l _ W f W ^ m W _ W R _ a u Z R U ^ Y R ` X Y _ a W U [ V a [ U Y Y U _ a e S Y Z U [ R ^ d _ a ^ W U [ X R ^ T W _ Z W ^ m T EP E P Y ^ l _ a u T v k Y S c _ [ U l _ W f Y U _ a e S Y Z U [ X V a Z f U [ m _ a [ U Y W ^ m E \ _ a [ _ a l _ W f W f U W U W µ e S R [ W f U R ^ Y u U Y[ Y ^ l _ a u T W S W f U T _ ´ U S e W f U W U W X ^ u U T EH E G V m d _ W W l S Z S X _ U T S e ^ X Y U R _ d _ a ^ Y ` [ Y ^ e W S e W f U X Y S X S T U [ e S Y d ^ W T ^ a [ S V W R _ a U S e W f U Z S a W U a W Tm U e S Y U W f U T W ^ Y W S e l S Y s E J f U P U T _ u a Q u U a W ^ a [ _ W T Z S a T V R W ^ a W T l _ R R Y U c _ U l [ Y ^ e W T ^ a [ Y U W V Y aS a U Z S X ` l _ W f Z S d d U a W T E

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ~ � ¡ ¢ £ ¤ � ¢ ¢ £

¥ ¦ ¦ § ¨ © ª « ¨

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % # & ' � % ( & ) � % * % + ' $, � - . , , / ¶

g E G V m d _ W S a U Z S X ` S e W f U Z S d X R U W U [ c S R V d U T D ° [ ^ ` T X Y _ S Y W S e _ a ^ R _ a T X U Z W _ S a e S Y e _ a ^ R Y U c _ U l EJ f _ T Z S X ` l _ R R m U Y U c _ U l U [ ^ a [ Y U W V Y a U [ ^ e W U Y e _ a ^ R _ a T X U Z W _ S a q l _ W f W f U P U T _ u a Q u U a W ± TZ S d d U a W T E o U c _ T U W f U Z S a W U a W S e W f U [ S Z V d U a W T U W T ^ T Y U h V _ Y U [ X Y _ S Y W S e _ a ^ R T V m d _ T T _ S a Ei E G V m d _ W W f Y U U T U W T S e Y U c _ T U [ e _ a ^ R c S R V d U T X R V T U R U Z W Y S a _ Z Z S X ` _ a e _ a ^ R e S Y d l _ W f _ a W U a [ ^ ` T^ e W U Y e _ a ^ R _ a T X U Z W _ S a ED E F x L k H o Q J K L M G Q M P b Q K M J H M Q M I H b Q M O Q N GQ E I S a W U a W T v k Y U X ^ Y U W f U J ^ m R U S e I S a W U a W T e S Y U ^ Z f c S R V d U q l _ W f U ^ Z f X Y S [ V Z W S Y T ` T W U d[ U T Z Y _ X W _ S a _ [ U a W _ e _ U [ q _ a W f Y U U X ^ Y W T ^ T e S R R S l T vD E A · ¸ ¹ 8 º P _ Y U Z W S Y ` q R _ T W _ a u W f U a ^ d U T q ^ [ [ Y U T T U T q ^ a [ W U R U X f S a U a V d m U Y T S e W f U P U T _ u aQ u U a W q _ W T I S a T V R W ^ a W T q I S a W Y ^ Z W S Y q G V m Z S a W Y ^ Z W S Y T q ^ a [ d ^ n S Y U h V _ X d U a W T V X X R _ U Y T Ep E A · ¸ ¹ » º L X U Y ^ W _ S a ^ a [ d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T q ^ Y Y ^ a u U [ m ` T ` T W U d ^ a [ T V m [ _ c _ [ U [ m `W f U T X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a G U Z W _ S a E g S Y U ^ Z f Z ^ W U u S Y ` q _ [ U a W _ e ` W f U a ^ d U T q ^ [ [ Y U T T U T q ^ a [W U R U X f S a U a V d m U Y T S e W f U G V m Z S a W Y ^ Z W S Y T ^ a [ T V X X R _ U Y T E K [ U a W _ e ` W f U e S R R S l _ a u v^ E G _ u a _ e _ Z ^ a W [ U T _ u a Z Y _ W U Y _ ^ Em E N _ T W S e U h V _ X d U a W EZ E k ^ Y W T R _ T W e S Y U ^ Z f Z S d X S a U a W E[ E L X U Y ^ W _ a u _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T EU E b ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T e S Y U h V _ X d U a W ^ a [ T ` T W U d T Ee E b ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T e S Y ¼ T X U Z _ ^ R ½ e _ a _ T f U T q _ a Z R V [ _ a u Y U Z S d d U a [ U [ Z R U ^ a _ a ud U W f S [ T ^ a [ d ^ W U Y _ ^ R T q ^ a [ T X U Z _ ^ R X Y U Z ^ V W _ S a T _ [ U a W _ e ` _ a u [ U W Y _ d U a W ^ R ^ u U a W T Ez E A · ¸ ¹ ¾ º k Y S n U Z W [ S Z V d U a W T ^ a [ Z U Y W _ e _ Z ^ W U T q _ a Z R V [ _ a u W f U e S R R S l _ a u v^ E G f S X [ Y ^ l _ a u T ^ a [ X Y S [ V Z W [ ^ W ^ Em E Q _ Y ^ a [ l ^ W U Y m ^ R ^ a Z U Y U X S Y W T EZ E I U Y W _ e _ Z ^ W U T E[ E L Y _ u _ a ^ R T S e l ^ Y Y ^ a W _ U T ^ a [ m S a [ T E® E A · ¸ ¹ ¿ º G Z ^ a U a W _ Y U d ^ a V ^ R ^ a [ X Y S c _ [ U z Z S X _ U T S a [ _ T Z _ a U R U Z W Y S a _ Z k P g e S Y d ^ W ED E F w b Q J H o K Q N G Q M P g K M K G j H G b Q M O Q N GQ E \ V _ R [ _ a u k Y S [ V Z W T q Q X X R _ U [ b ^ W U Y _ ^ R T q ^ a [ g _ a _ T f U T v K a Z R V [ U X Y S [ V Z W [ ^ W ^ q l _ W f W f U Z ^ W ^ R S ua V d m U Y q T _ ´ U q Z S d X S T _ W _ S a q ^ a [ W f U Z S R S Y ^ a [ W U W V Y U [ U T _ u a ^ W _ S a T E K a Z R V [ U _ a e S Y d ^ W _ S a e S Y Y U yS Y [ U Y _ a u Z V T W S d d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U [ X Y S [ V Z W T E\ E K a T W Y V Z W _ S a e S Y I ^ Y U ^ a [ b ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U v _ a Z R V [ U d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y t T _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T e S Y Z R U ^ a _ a u ^ u U a W T^ a [ d U W f S [ T q X Y U Z ^ V W _ S a T ^ u ^ _ a T W [ U W Y _ d U a W ^ R ^ u U a W T ^ a [ d U W f S [ T q ^ a [ ^ Y U Z S d d U a [ U [T Z f U [ V R U e S Y Z R U ^ a _ a u ^ a [ d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U EI E b S _ T W V Y U k Y S W U Z W _ S a ^ a [ r U ^ W f U Y H X S T U [ k Y S [ V Z W T v K a Z R V [ U X Y S [ V Z W [ ^ W ^ R _ T W _ a u ^ X X R _ Z ^ m R UY U e U Y U a Z U T W ^ a [ ^ Y [ T q Z f U d _ Z ^ R Z S d X S T _ W _ S a q ^ a [ [ U W ^ _ R T S e _ a T W ^ R R ^ W _ S a E K a Z R V [ UY U Z S d d U a [ ^ W _ S a T e S Y _ a T X U Z W _ S a T q d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U q ^ a [ Y U X ^ _ Y EP E Q [ [ _ W _ S a ^ R o U h V _ Y U d U a W T v Q T T X U Z _ e _ U [ _ a W f U _ a [ _ c _ [ V ^ R X Y S [ V Z W T X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a G U Z W _ S a T E

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ~ � ¡ ¢ £ ¤ � ¢ ¢ £

¥ ¦ ¦ § ¨ © ª « ¨

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % # & ' � % ( & ) � % * % + ' $, � - . , , /

H E K a Z R V [ U ^ R _ T W _ a u _ a W f U J ^ m R U S e I S a W U a W T e S Y [ U T _ u a [ ^ W ^ q l _ W f ^ W ^ m m U [ e R ` T f U U W ^ a [ ^ T X ^ Z Ue S Y W f U _ a T U Y W _ S a S e [ ^ W ^ ED E F ² H ] O K k b H M J Q M P G ¬ G J H b G b Q M O Q N GQ E g S Y U h V _ X d U a W q S Y Z S d X S a U a W X ^ Y W T S e U h V _ X d U a W X V W _ a W S T U Y c _ Z U [ V Y _ a u Z S a T W Y V Z W _ S a ^ a [S X U Y ^ W U [ m ` W f U L l a U Y q T V m d _ W [ S Z V d U a W T l _ W f _ a D F [ ^ ` T ^ e W U Y ^ Z Z U X W ^ a Z U E\ E H ^ Z f K W U d S e H h V _ X d U a W ^ a [ H ^ Z f G ` T W U d v K a Z R V [ U ^ [ U T Z Y _ X W _ S a S e W f U V a _ W S Y T ` T W U d q ^ a [W f U Z S d X S a U a W X ^ Y W T E K [ U a W _ e ` W f U e V a Z W _ S a q a S Y d ^ R S X U Y ^ W _ a u Z f ^ Y ^ Z W U Y _ T W _ Z T q ^ a [ R _ d _ W _ a uZ S a [ _ W _ S a T E K a Z R V [ U X U Y e S Y d ^ a Z U Z V Y c U T q l _ W f X Y _ d _ a u [ ^ W ^ ^ a [ W U T W T q ^ a [ Z S d X R U W Ua S d U a Z R ^ W V Y U ^ a [ d S [ U R a V d m U Y S e Y U X R ^ Z U ^ m R U X ^ Y W T EI E k ^ a U R m S ^ Y [ I _ Y Z V _ W P _ Y U Z W S Y _ U T v k Y S c _ [ U U R U Z W Y _ Z ^ R T U Y c _ Z U Z f ^ Y ^ Z W U Y _ T W _ Z T q Z S a W Y S R T q ^ a [Z S d d V a _ Z ^ W _ S a T µ W ` X U [ EP E K a Z R V [ U Z S R S Y y Z S [ U [ l _ Y _ a u [ _ ^ u Y ^ d T ^ T _ a T W ^ R R U [ EH E L X U Y ^ W _ a u k Y S Z U [ V Y U T v K a Z R V [ U T W ^ Y W y V X q m Y U ^ s y _ a q ^ a [ Y S V W _ a U a S Y d ^ R S X U Y ^ W _ a u _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T^ a [ T U h V U a Z U T E K a Z R V [ U Y U u V R ^ W _ S a q Z S a W Y S R q T W S X X _ a u q T f V W [ S l a q ^ a [ U d U Y u U a Z ` _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T EK a Z R V [ U T V d d U Y q l _ a W U Y q ^ a [ T X U Z _ ^ R S X U Y ^ W _ a u _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T Eg E b ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U o U h V _ Y U d U a W T v K a Z R V [ U Y S V W _ a U X Y S Z U [ V Y U T ^ a [ u V _ [ U e S Y X Y U c U a W ^ W _ c Ud ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U ^ a [ W Y S V m R U T f S S W _ a u µ [ _ T ^ T T U d m R ` q Y U X ^ _ Y q ^ a [ Y U ^ T T U d m R ` _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T µ ^ a [^ R _ u a d U a W q ^ [ n V T W _ a u q m ^ R ^ a Z _ a u q ^ a [ Z f U Z s _ a u _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T Ei E K a Z R V [ U ^ T U Y c _ Z _ a u ^ a [ R V m Y _ Z ^ W _ a u T Z f U [ V R U q ^ a [ ^ R _ T W S e R V m Y _ Z ^ a W T Y U h V _ Y U [ Ej E K a Z R V [ U W f U d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y t T X Y _ a W U [ S X U Y ^ W _ S a ^ a [ d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T EK E K a Z R V [ U T U h V U a Z U S e S X U Y ^ W _ S a m ` W f U Z S a W Y S R T d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y EÀ E K a Z R V [ U W f U S Y _ u _ a ^ R d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y t T X ^ Y W T R _ T W q _ R R V T W Y ^ W _ S a T q ^ T T U d m R ` [ Y ^ l _ a u T q ^ a [ [ _ ^ u Y ^ d TY U h V _ Y U [ e S Y d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U EÁ E K a Z R V [ U Z S a W Y S R [ _ ^ u Y ^ d T m ` W f U Z S a W Y S R T d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y ^ T _ a T W ^ R R U [ EN E K a Z R V [ U W f U I S a W Y ^ Z W S Y t T Z S S Y [ _ a ^ W _ S a [ Y ^ l _ a u T q l _ W f Z S R S Y y Z S [ U [ X _ X _ a u [ _ ^ u Y ^ d T ^ T _ a T W ^ R R U [ Eb E K a Z R V [ U Z f ^ Y W T S e c ^ R c U W ^ u a V d m U Y T q l _ W f W f U R S Z ^ W _ S a ^ a [ e V a Z W _ S a S e U ^ Z f c ^ R c U q s U ` U [ W S W f Ue R S l ^ a [ Z S a W Y S R [ _ ^ u Y ^ d T EM E K a Z R V [ U ^ R _ T W S e W f U S Y _ u _ a ^ R d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y t T T X ^ Y U X ^ Y W T q Z V Y Y U a W X Y _ Z U T q ^ a [ Y U Z S d d U a [ U [h V ^ a W _ W _ U T W S m U d ^ _ a W ^ _ a U [ _ a T W S Y ^ u U EL E K a Z R V [ U W U T W ^ a [ m ^ R ^ a Z _ a u Y U X S Y W T ^ T T X U Z _ e _ U [ _ a G U Z W _ S a F D ® F F E

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ~ � ¡ ¢ £ ¤ � ¢ ¢ £

¥ ¦ ¦ § ¨ © ª « ¨

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % # & ' � % ( & ) � % * % + ' $, � - . , , / Â

k E Q [ [ _ W _ S a ^ R o U h V _ Y U d U a W T v Q T T X U Z _ e _ U [ _ a W f U _ a [ _ c _ [ V ^ R X Y S [ V Z W T X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a G U Z W _ S a T ED E F Ã G k Q o H k Q o J G Q M P b Q K M J H M Q M I H k o L P O I J GQ E g V Y a _ T f T X ^ Y U X ^ Y W T q d ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U q ^ a [ U W Y ^ X Y S [ V Z W T Ä ^ W W _ Z T W S Z s Å _ a W f U h V ^ a W _ W _ U T T X U Z _ e _ U [ _ aW f U _ a [ _ c _ [ V ^ R T X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a G U Z W _ S a T E\ E P U R _ c U Y W S W f U k Y S n U Z W T _ W U ^ a [ X R ^ Z U _ a ^ R S Z ^ W _ S a ^ T [ _ Y U Z W U [ m ` W f U L l a U Y µ S m W ^ _ a ^ Y U Z U _ X WX Y _ S Y W S e _ a ^ R X ^ ` d U a W ED E D F k o L P O I J r Q o o Q M J K H G Q M P k o L P O I J \ L M P GQ E L m W ^ _ a l ^ Y Y ^ a W _ U T ^ a [ m S a [ T U U Z V W U [ _ a [ V X R _ Z ^ W U m ` W f U Y U T X S a T _ m R U T V m Z S a W Y ^ Z W S Y T qT V X X R _ U Y T q ^ a [ d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y T q l _ W f _ a D F [ ^ ` T ^ e W U Y W f U Z S d X R U W _ S a S e W f U ^ X X R _ Z ^ m R U _ W U d S el S Y s E\ E H U Z V W U ^ a [ ^ T T U d m R U W f U W Y ^ a T e U Y ^ m R U l ^ Y Y ^ a W ` [ S Z V d U a W T ^ a [ m S a [ T e Y S d W f UT V m Z S a W Y ^ Z W S Y T q T V X X R _ U Y T q ^ a [ d ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y T EI E ¯ U Y _ e ` W f ^ W W f U [ S Z V d U a W T ^ Y U _ a W f U X Y S X U Y e S Y d q Z S a W ^ _ a e V R R _ a e S Y d ^ W _ S a q ^ a [ ^ Y U a S W ^ Y _ ´ U [ EP E I S y U U Z V W U W f U T V m d _ W W ^ R T l f U a Y U h V _ Y U [ EH E K a Z R V [ U _ a W f U L X U Y ^ W _ S a T ^ a [ b ^ _ a W U a ^ a Z U b ^ a V ^ R T l _ W f _ a W f U ^ X X Y S X Y _ ^ W U d ^ W U Y _ ^ RT X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a T U Z W _ S a Eg E G V m d _ W X Y _ S Y W S W f U e _ a ^ R Q X X R _ Z ^ W _ S a e S Y k ^ ` d U a W E g S Y _ W U d T S e r S Y s e S Y l f _ Z f ^ Z Z U X W ^ a Z U _ T[ U R ^ ` U [ m U ` S a [ W f U P ^ W U S e G V m T W ^ a W _ ^ R I S d X R U W _ S a q T V m d _ W l _ W f _ a D F [ ^ ` T ^ e W U Y ^ Z Z U X W ^ a Z U qR _ T W _ a u W f U [ ^ W U S e ^ Z Z U X W ^ a Z U ^ T W f U m U u _ a a _ a u S e W f U l ^ Y Y ^ a W ` S Y m S a [ X U Y _ S [ ED E D D k o L À H I J o H I L o P P L I O b H M J GQ E b ^ _ a W ^ _ a S a W f U T _ W U S a U T U W S e W f U e S R R S l _ a u Y U Z S Y [ [ S Z V d U a W T µ Y U Z S Y [ ^ Z W V ^ R Y U c _ T _ S a T S e W f Ur S Y s e S Y ^ R R W Y ^ [ U T vD E P Y ^ l _ a u T Ep E G X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a T Ez E Q [ [ U a [ ^ E® E I f ^ a u U L Y [ U Y T ^ a [ S W f U Y d S [ _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a T W S W f U I S a W Y ^ Z W E° E o U c _ U l U [ G f S X P Y ^ l _ a u T q k Y S [ V Z W P ^ W ^ q ^ a [ G ^ d X R U T Ex E b ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y t T _ a T W Y V Z W _ S a T e S Y ^ T T U d m R ` q _ a T W ^ R R ^ W _ S a q ^ a [ ^ [ n V T W _ a u E\ E H a T V Y U W f U U a W Y _ U T ^ Y U Z S d X R U W U ^ a [ ^ Z Z V Y ^ W U q U a ^ m R _ a u e V W V Y U Y U e U Y U a Z U m ` W f U L l a U Y EI E G W S Y U W f U Y U Z S Y [ [ S Z V d U a W T T U X ^ Y ^ W U e Y S d W f U [ S Z V d U a W T V T U [ e S Y Z S a T W Y V Z W _ S a E

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ~ � ¡ ¢ £ ¤ � ¢ ¢ £

¥ ¦ ¦ § ¨ © ª « ¨

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % # & ' � % ( & ) � % * % + ' $, � - . , , / Æ

P E o U Z S Y [ _ a e S Y d ^ W _ S a Z S a Z V Y Y U a W l _ W f W f U Z S a T W Y V Z W _ S a X Y S u Y U T T q a S W R U T T W f ^ a l U U s R ` EH E G X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a T v N U u _ m R ` d ^ Y s ^ a [ Y U Z S Y [ ^ W U ^ Z f X Y S [ V Z W G U Z W _ S a [ U T Z Y _ X W _ S a S e W f U ^ Z W V ^ RX Y S [ V Z W T _ a T W ^ R R U [ q _ a Z R V [ _ a u W f U e S R R S l _ a u vD E b ^ a V e ^ Z W V Y U Y t T a ^ d U ^ a [ X Y S [ V Z W d S [ U R ^ a [ a V d m U Y Ep E k Y S [ V Z W T V m T W _ W V W _ S a T S Y ^ R W U Y a ^ W U T V W _ R _ ´ U [ Ez E I f ^ a u U T d ^ [ U m ` Q [ [ U a [ ^ ^ a [ d S [ _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a T Eg E o U Z S Y [ P Y ^ l _ a u T ^ a [ G f S X P Y ^ l _ a u T v N U u _ m R ` d ^ Y s U ^ Z f _ W U d W S Y U Z S Y [ W f U ^ Z W V ^ RZ S a T W Y V Z W _ S a _ a Z R V [ _ a u vD E b U ^ T V Y U [ f S Y _ ´ S a W ^ R ^ a [ c U Y W _ Z ^ R R S Z ^ W _ S a T S e W f U V a [ U Y u Y S V a [ V W _ R _ W _ U T ^ a [ ^ X X V Y W U a ^ a Z U T qY U e U Y U a Z U [ W S X U Y d ^ a U a W T V Y e ^ Z U _ d X Y S c U d U a W T E K a Z R V [ U W f U R S Z ^ W _ S a T ^ a [ [ U T Z Y _ X W _ S a S e^ a ` U _ T W _ a u V W _ R _ W ` R _ a U T ^ a [ S W f U Y U _ T W _ a u _ a T W ^ R R ^ W _ S a T S e ^ a ` s _ a [ S Y [ U T Z Y _ X W _ S aU a Z S V a W U Y U [ [ V Y _ a u Z S a T W Y V Z W _ S a E M S W U ^ R R Z f ^ a u U T _ a T _ ´ U q d ^ W U Y _ ^ R q R S Z ^ W _ S a q ^ a [U R U c ^ W _ S a S e ^ R R a U l S Y ^ m ^ a [ S a U [ V a [ U Y u Y S V a [ V W _ R _ W ` R _ a U T ^ a [ X U Y W _ a U a W l S Y s q _ a Z R V [ _ a uT _ W U u Y ^ [ _ a u E P S Z V d U a W W S X S u Y ^ X f ` ^ a [ [ Y ^ _ a ^ u U Z f ^ a u U T E G f S l W f U R S Z ^ W _ S a S e ^ R Rc ^ R c U T q d ^ a f S R U T q U W Z E ^ a [ _ a Z R V [ U [ _ d U a T _ S a T W S X U Y d ^ a U a W e U ^ W V Y U T T V Z f ^ T m V _ R [ _ a uZ S Y a U Y T E M S W U [ _ Y U Z W _ S a S e U ^ Z f a U l c ^ R c U S X U a _ a u E G f S l Z R U ^ Y ^ a Z U T m U W l U U a a U lV W _ R _ W _ U T ^ a [ U _ T W _ a u Z Y S T T U [ R _ a U T E N S Z ^ W U ^ R R m U a [ T q W f Y V T W m R S Z s T q ^ a [ S W f U Y Y U T W Y ^ _ a W T Ep E J f U X R ^ Z U d U a W q T _ ´ U q ^ a [ W ` X U S e ^ a ` e _ Y U U W _ a u V _ T f U Y T Ez E b U ^ T V Y U [ R S Z ^ W _ S a T S e _ a W U Y a ^ R V W _ R _ W _ U T ^ a [ ^ X X V Y W U a ^ a Z U T Z S a Z U ^ R U [ _ a W f U Z S a T W Y V Z W _ S a E® E g _ U R [ Z f ^ a u U T S e [ _ d U a T _ S a ^ a [ [ U W ^ _ R E° E P U W ^ _ R T a S W S a W f U S Y _ u _ a ^ R I S a W Y ^ Z W [ Y ^ l _ a u T Ei E N U u _ m R ` d ^ Y s U [ G X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a T q ^ a [ R U u _ m R ` d ^ Y s U [ o U Z S Y [ P Y ^ l _ a u T ^ a [ G f S X P Y ^ l _ a u TT f ^ R R Z S a T W _ W V W U W f U k Y S n U Z W o U Z S Y [ P S Z V d U a W T _ a X ^ X U Y e S Y d Ej E Q W Z S d X R U W _ S a S e W f U r S Y s S e W f U I S a W Y ^ Z W q W f U I S a W Y ^ Z W S Y T f ^ R R Y U W ^ _ a Z S d X U W U a W [ Y ^ e W _ a uX U Y T S a a U R W S W Y ^ a T e U Y W f U _ a e S Y d ^ W _ S a e Y S d W f U k Y S n U Z W o U Z S Y [ P S Z V d U a W T _ a X ^ X U Y e S Y d W SU [ _ W ^ m R U U R U Z W Y S a _ Z e S Y d ^ W T W S Z Y U ^ W U Ç Q T y \ V _ R W È P S Z V d U a W T S a m ^ T U e _ R U T X Y S c _ [ U [ m ` W f U P U T _ u aQ u U a W E J f U Y U Z S Y [ Z S a T W Y V Z W _ S a [ Y ^ l _ a u T T f ^ R R m U X Y S [ V Z U [ _ a m S W f Q V W S I Q P e S Y d ^ W X R V T ^Y U Z S Y [ k P g Z S X ` S e U ^ Z f [ Y ^ l _ a u E Q V W S I Q P e _ R U T T f ^ R R _ a Z R V [ U ^ R R É o H g q e S a W q _ d ^ u U q T f ^ X U q^ a [ X R S W e _ R U T E k P g e _ R U T T f ^ R R m U T ^ c U [ e V R R T f U U W T _ ´ U E J f U Y U Z S Y [ k Y S n U Z W b ^ a V ^ R T f ^ R R m U _ ab _ Z Y S T S e W r S Y [ e S Y d X R V T ^ Y U Z S Y [ k P g S e W f U U a W _ Y U d ^ a V ^ R E J f U U R U Z W Y S a _ Z d U [ _ ^ Z S a W ^ _ a _ a uW f _ T _ a e S Y d ^ W _ S a l _ R R Z S a T W _ W V W U W f U k Y S n U Z W o U Z S Y [ P S Z V d U a W T _ a [ _ u _ W ^ R e S Y d q T S d U W _ d U TY U e U Y Y U [ W S ^ T W f U Ç Q T y \ V _ R W È P S Z V d U a W T E Q Z Z U X W ^ m R U d U [ _ ^ ^ Y U l Y _ W U y X Y S W U Z W U [ I P y o e S Y d ^ W[ _ T Z T S Y e R ^ T f [ Y _ c U T E G V m d _ W S a U e V R R T _ ´ U X Y _ a W U [ T U W S e [ Y ^ l _ a u T ^ a [ T X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a T S a p F R m El f _ W U m S a [ d ^ [ U e Y S d W f U Q T y \ V _ R W e _ R U T _ a ^ [ [ _ W _ S a W S W f U U R U Z W Y S a _ Z d U [ _ ^ EK E Q T T S Z _ ^ W U [ d ^ W U Y _ ^ R T _ a Z R V [ _ a u m V W a S W R _ d _ W U [ W S W f U e S R R S l _ a u ^ Y U ^ R T S Y U h V _ Y U [ W S m U T V m d _ W W U [^ W X Y S n U Z W Z R S T U y S V W v T f S X [ Y ^ l _ a u T ^ a [ Z V W T f U U W T q o g K T q Z S Y Y U T X S a [ U a Z U ^ a [ d U U W _ a u d _ a V W U T qN H H P T Z S Y U Z ^ Y [ T q Z S a T W Y V Z W _ S a X Y S u Y U T T X f S W S u Y ^ X f T q P H b X U Y d _ W T _ a Z R V [ _ a u u U a U Y ^ W S YX U Y d _ W T q Z U Y W _ e _ Z ^ W U T _ a Z R V [ _ a u g _ a ^ R I U Y W _ e _ Z ^ W U S e L Z Z V X ^ a Z ` q m S _ R U Y ^ a [ U R U c ^ W S Y Z U Y W _ e _ Z ^ W U T qU ^ T U d U a W Y _ u f W T q M ^ W _ S a ^ R i Y _ [ o U m ^ W U Q X X R _ Z ^ W _ S a T q W U T W ^ a [ _ a T X U Z W _ S a [ S Z V d U a W ^ W _ S a_ a Z R V [ _ a u e _ Y U X V d X W U T W [ ^ W ^ q ^ T m U T W S T ^ m ^ W U d U a W X R ^ a T ^ a [ d ^ a _ e U T W T E J f U T U d ^ W U Y _ ^ R T d ^ ` m U

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ~ � ¡ ¢ £ ¤ � ¢ ¢ £

¥ ¦ ¦ § ¨ © ª « ¨

� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �

� � � � � � � � � ! " # $ % # & ' � % ( & ) � % * % + ' $, � - . , , / -

T V m d _ W W U [ _ a U _ W f U Y X ^ X U Y S Y k P g [ _ u _ W ^ R e S Y d ^ W q S Y u ^ a _ ´ U [ m ` T X U Z _ e _ Z ^ W _ S a a V d m U Y q ^ a [ Z R U ^ Y R `R ^ m U R U [ E K e X ^ X U Y Z S X _ U T ^ Y U T V m d _ W W U [ q U ^ Z f m S d V T W m U Z R U ^ Y R ` R ^ m U R U [ ^ T W S T X U Z _ e _ Z Z S a W U a W T EÀ E K e W f U X Y S n U Z W Y U h V _ Y U [ u U S W U Z f a _ Z ^ R q ^ Y Z f U S R S u _ Z ^ R q S Y S W f U Y d _ T Z U R R ^ a U S V T T W V [ _ U T S Y S W f U YY U X S Y W T q W f U T U T f ^ R R ^ R T S m U T V m d _ W W U [ ^ T o U Z S Y [ P S Z V d U a W _ a U _ W f U Y X ^ X U Y S Y [ _ u _ W ^ R e S Y d ^ W EÁ E N ^ m U R _ a u v K a ^ R R Z ^ T U T q X ^ X U Y S Y [ _ u _ W ^ R T V m d _ T T _ S a T d V T W Z S a W ^ _ a W f U e S R R S l _ a u _ a e S Y d ^ W _ S a v\ V _ R [ _ a u q X Y S n U Z W S Y e ^ Z _ R _ W ` a ^ d U q L I k k Y S n U Z W a V d m U Y q T V m d _ T T _ S a [ ^ W U q ^ a [ T X U Z _ e _ Z Z S a W U a W_ a [ U EN E M S Y U c _ U l S Y Y U Z U _ X W S e k Y S n U Z W o U Z S Y [ P S Z V d U a W T m ` W f U P U T _ u a Q u U a W S Y W f U L l a U Y T f ^ R R m U_ a W U Y X Y U W U [ ^ T ^ l ^ _ c U Y S e ^ a ` [ U c _ ^ W _ S a e Y S d W f U I S a W Y ^ Z W P S Z V d U a W T S Y G f S X P Y ^ l _ a u T q S Y _ a^ a ` l ^ ` Y U R _ U c U W f U I S a W Y ^ Z W S Y e Y S d Y U T X S a T _ m _ R _ W ` W S X U Y e S Y d W f U r S Y s _ a ^ Z Z S Y [ ^ a Z U l _ W f W f UI S a W Y ^ Z W P S Z V d U a W T ^ a [ W f U G f S X P Y ^ l _ a u T Eb E O X [ ^ W U W f U S a y T _ W U k Y S n U Z W o U Z S Y [ P S Z V d U a W T S a ^ Y U u V R ^ Y m ^ T _ T E b S a W f R ` X ^ ` d U a W T l _ R R a S Wm U X Y S Z U T T U [ _ e k Y S n U Z W o U Z S Y [ P S Z V d U a W T ^ Y U a S W d ^ _ a W ^ _ a U [ V X W S [ ^ W U EA B > 3 » ; A > 5 Ê = 2 3 0M S W V T U [ EA B > 3 ¾ ; 1 Ë 1 2 = 3 4 5 6M S W V T U [ E1 6 Ê 5 Ì 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

{ | } ~ � � � � � � � � � � � � | | � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �} � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � �� ~ � ¡ ¢ £ ¤ � ¢ ¢ £

¥ ¦ ¦ § ¨ © ª « ¨





CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A 01 7810 - 1

01 7810 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS - Attachment A

A. “No variations in this section for this Project.”.

END OF ATTACHMENT





CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B 01 7820 - 1

01 7820 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS - Attachment B





project.

B. Delete subparagraph 1.02 A. Additional certification is not required.

C. Delete lines1.02 C.1 and 3. Only the final release of liens remains as a requirement

from this paragraph.

D. Delete paragraph 1.03. General knowledge of construction is sufficient.

E. Delete subparagraph 1.05 E. No preliminary submittal is required.

F. In subparagraph 1.11 F, end the first sentence after “construction”, and delete the

lines 1 thru 5. Record changes to the work as clearly as possible to facilitate future work.

END OF ATTACHMENT




SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119 - 1

SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.

2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 003126 "Existing Hazardous Materials Information" for information regarding

asbestos containing materials.

2. Section 011000 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner-occupancy

requirements, and phasing requirements.

3. Section 017300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures.

4. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade

improvements not part of selective demolition.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated

to be salvaged or reinstalled.

B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage,

and deliver to Owner ready for reuse, where indicated. For items scheduled for reuse in this

project, store and protect for reinstallation.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage,

prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise

indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

E. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle

methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless

indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.





1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.

B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones

and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to

Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.

1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.

1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.

2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.

3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials,

demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid

delays.

4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed

by selective demolition operations.

5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.

6. Review areas where hazardous materials are or may be present.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures

proposed for protecting individuals and property for environmental protection, for dust control

and for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.

B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:

1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending

dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.

2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.

3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.

4. Use of elevator and stairs.

5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of

Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.

C. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction,

including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition

operations.

D. Warranties: Documentation indicating that existing warranties are still in effect after completion

of selective demolition.





1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.

Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as

far as practical.

1. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items:

a. A/V Equipment not planned for reuse in the space

b. Furniture.

C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding

with selective demolition.

D. Hazardous Materials: Present in buildings and structures to be selectively demolished. A report

on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. Examine report to become

aware of locations where hazardous materials are present.

1. Hazardous material remediation is specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

2. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials

except under procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

3. Owner will provide material safety data sheets for suspected hazardous materials that are

known to be present in buildings and structures to be selectively demolished because of

building operations or processes performed there.

E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them

against damage during selective demolition operations.

1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.

1.9 COORDINATION

A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.





PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before

beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities

having jurisdiction.

B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition

operations.

B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and

hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing

conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents.

C. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any

element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or

adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations.

1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective

demolition activities.

D. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building

demolition operations.

E. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction

photographs or video.

1. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide

photographs or video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by

salvage operations.

2. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be

reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements,

materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction.

3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and

protect them against damage.





B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify,

disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas

to be selectively demolished.

1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor.

2. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies.

3. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide

temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain

continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.

4. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC

systems, equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed.

a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap

or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.

b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same

or compatible piping material and leave in place.

c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.

d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and

remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and

make equipment operational.

e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove

equipment and deliver to Owner.

f. Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug

remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.

g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible

ductwork material and leave in place.

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent

injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.

1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and

to and from occupied portions of building.

2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of

existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage

and damage to structure and interior areas.

3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are

exposed during selective demolition operations.

4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.

5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling

specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as

required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and

finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of

construction being demolished.

1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.





C. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist.

3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new

construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of

governing regulations and as follows:

1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete

selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting

members on the next lower level.

2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use

cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.

Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and

chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring

existing finished surfaces.

4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At

concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden

space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices

during flame-cutting operations.

5. Maintain fire watch during and for at least twelve hours after flame-cutting operations, or

longer as directed by the Authorities Having Jurisdiction.

6. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.

7. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and

promptly dispose of off-site.

8. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid

free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.

9. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to

impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

10. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in

Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."

B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal

operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other

adjacent occupied and used facilities.

C. Removed and Salvaged Items:

1. Clean salvaged items.

2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers.

3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.

4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner on the URI Kingston

Campus.

5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:

1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.





2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers.

3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new

materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials

necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling

during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable,

protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their

original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved

construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Recycle

or dispose of them according to Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and

Disposal."

1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces

and areas.

3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that

will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste

Management and Disposal."

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective

demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition

operations began.

END OF SECTION 024119




COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 054000 - 1

SECTION 054000 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Load-bearing wall framing.

2. Ceiling joist framing.

3. Soffit framing.


1. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel shapes and connections used

with cold-formed metal framing.

2. Section 092216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for standard, interior non-load-bearing,

metal-stud framing, with height limitations and ceiling-suspension assemblies.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold-formed steel framing;

fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners.

2. Indicate reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping,

bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining

work.

C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For cold-formed steel framing.


A. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

B. Welding certificates.

C. Product Certificates: For each type of code-compliance certification for studs and tracks.





D. Product Test Reports: For each listed product, for tests performed by manufacturer and

witnessed by a qualified testing agency.

1. Steel sheet.

2. Power-actuated anchors.

3. Mechanical fasteners.

4. Clips and accessories.

E. Evaluation Reports: For nonstandard cold-formed steel framing and power-actuated fasteners,

from ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.


A. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM E329 for testing indicated.

B. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency, or in-house

testing with calibrated test equipment, indicating steel sheet complies with requirements,

including base-metal thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical

requirements, and metallic-coating thickness.

C. Code-Compliance Certification of Studs and Tracks: Provide documentation that framing

members are certified according to the product-certification program of the Certified Steel Stud

Association, the Steel Framing Industry Association or the Steel Stud Manufacturers

Association.

D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

2. AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering

products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. AllSteel & Gypsum Products, Inc.

2. ClarkDietrich Building Systems.

3. MarinoWARE.


A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000

"Quality Requirements," to design cold-formed steel framing.

B. Structural Performance: Provide cold-formed steel framing capable of withstanding design

loads within limits and under conditions indicated.





1. Design Loads: Ceiling Framing, 120 psf.

2. Deflection Limits: Design framing systems to withstand design loads without deflections

greater than the following:

a. Interior Load-Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the wall

height under a horizontal load of 5 lbf/sq. ft..

b. Ceiling Joist Framing: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of the span for live loads and

1/360 for total loads of the span.

C. Cold-Formed Steel Framing Standards: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated,

framing shall comply with AISI S100, AISI S200, and the following:

1. Wall Studs: AISI S211.

2. Headers: AISI S212.

3. Lateral Design: AISI S213.

2.3 COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING MATERIALS

A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1003/A1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of grade and

coating designation as follows:

1. Grade: As required by structural performance.

2. Coating: G60.

2.4 LOAD-BEARING WALL FRAMING

A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched,

with stiffened flanges, and as follows:

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch, or as required for structural performance.

2. Flange Width: 1-5/8 inches.

3. Section Properties: As required for structural performance.

B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U-shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched,

with straight flanges, and as follows:

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch, or as required for structural performance.

2. Flange Width: Minimum 1-1/4 inches.

C. Steel Box or Back-to-Back Headers: Manufacturer's standard C-shapes used to form header

beams, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch.


D. Steel Single- or Double-L Headers: Manufacturer's standard L-shapes used to form header

beams, of web depths indicated, and as follows:






2. Top Flange Width: Minimum 1-5/8 inches.

2.5 CEILING JOIST FRAMING

A. Steel Ceiling Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shaped steel sections, of web depths indicated,

unpunched with stiffened flanges, and as follows:



2.6 FRAMING ACCESSORIES

A. Fabricate steel-framing accessories from ASTM A1003/A1003M, Structural Grade, Type H,

metallic coated steel sheet, of same grade and coating designation used for framing members.

B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise

indicated, as follows:

1. Supplementary framing.

2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking.

3. Web stiffeners.

4. Anchor clips.

5. End clips.

6. Gusset plates.

7. Stud kickers and knee braces.

8. Joist hangers and end closures.

9. Hole-reinforcing plates.

10. Backer plates.

2.7 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS

A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A36/A36M, zinc coated by hot-dip process according to

ASTM A123/A123M.

B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, threaded carbon-steel hex-headed bolts, carbon-steel

nuts, and flat, hardened-steel washers; zinc coated by mechanically deposition according to

ASTM B695, Class 50.

C. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the

design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,

based on ICC-ES AC70.

D. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C1513, corrosion-resistant-coated, self-drilling, self-tapping,

steel drill screws.

1. Head Type: Low-profile head beneath sheathing; manufacturer's standard elsewhere.

E. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.





2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A780.

B. Shims: Load-bearing, high-density, multimonomer, nonleaching plastic; or cold-formed steel of

same grade and metallic coating as framing members supported by shims.

2.9 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with

connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications and standards,

manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.

1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates.

2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.

3. Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening,

pneumatic pin fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing

members is not permitted.

a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding,

appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.

b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with screws

penetrating joined members by no fewer than three exposed screw threads.

4. Fasten other materials to cold-formed steel framing by welding, bolting, pneumatic pin

fastening, or screw fastening, according to Shop Drawings.

B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and erection

stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies by means that prevent damage or permanent distortion.

C. Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable

variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows:

1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from

plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of

sheathing or other finishing materials.

2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold-formed steel framing assembly to a maximum out-of-

square tolerance of 1/8 inch.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, conditions, and abutting structural framing for compliance with

requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.





3.2 PREPARATION

A. Install load-bearing shims between the underside of load-bearing wall bottom track and the top

of foundation wall or slab at locations with a gap larger than 1/4 inch to ensure a uniform

bearing surface on supporting concrete or masonry construction.

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cold-formed steel framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be field

assembled.

B. Install cold-formed steel framing according to AISI S200, AISI S202, and manufacturer's

written instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. Install shop- or field-fabricated, cold-formed framing and securely anchor to supporting

structure.

1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce flush,

even, true-to-line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position between

fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch.

D. Install cold-formed steel framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with

connections securely fastened.

1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.

2. Fasten cold-formed steel framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch fastening,

or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted.

a. Comply with AWS D1.3/D1.3M requirements and procedures for welding,

appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work.

b. Locate mechanical fasteners, install according to Shop Drawings, and comply with

requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw penetration.

E. Install framing members in one-piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated for track

or tension members.

F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads equal to those for

which structure was designed. Maintain braces and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire

integrated supporting structure has been completed and permanent connections to framing are

secured.

G. Do not bridge building expansion joints with cold-formed steel framing. Independently frame

both sides of joints.

H. Install insulation, specified in Section 072100 "Thermal Insulation," in framing-assembly

members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at openings, that are

inaccessible on completion of framing work.

I. Fasten hole-reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's approved

or standard punched openings.





3.4 LOAD-BEARING WALL INSTALLATION

A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and

securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as follows:

1. Anchor Spacing: To match stud spacing.

B. Squarely seat studs against top and bottom tracks, with gap not exceeding 1/8 inch between the

end of wall-framing member and the web of track. Fasten both flanges of studs to top and

bottom tracks. Space studs as follows:

1. Stud Spacing: 16 inches or as indicated on Drawings.

C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls or

warped surfaces and similar configurations.

D. Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall-framing continuity. Where studs

cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads.

E. Align floor and roof framing over studs according to AISI S200, Section C1. Where framing

cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads.

F. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to supporting

structure.

G. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above openings.

Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required to transfer load to supporting studs,

complete with clip-angle connectors, web stiffeners, or gusset plates.

1. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame. Fasten jamb

members together to uniformly distribute loads.

2. Install tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor tracks to jamb studs

with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same as full-height wall studs.

H. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to support

fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar work requiring

attachment to framing.

1. If type of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud manufacturer's

written recommendations and industry standards in each case, considering weight or load

resulting from item supported.

I. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced vertically 48 inches, maximum. Coordinate

locations with in wall blocking for wall mounted equipment. Fasten at each stud intersection.

1. Channel Bridging: Cold-rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of

punched studs with a minimum of two screws into each flange of the clip angle for

framing members up to 6 inches deep.

2. Strap Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness

indicated and stud-track solid blocking of width and thickness to match studs. Fasten flat

straps to stud flanges, and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges.





3. Bar Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written

instructions.

J. Install steel sheet diagonal bracing straps to both stud flanges; terminate at and fasten to

reinforced top and bottom tracks. Fasten clip-angle connectors to multiple studs at ends of

bracing and anchor to structure.

K. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web

stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete and

stable wall-framing system.

3.5 JOIST INSTALLATION

A. Install perimeter joist track sized to match joists. Align and securely anchor or fasten track to

supporting structure at corners, ends, and spacings indicated on Shop Drawings.

B. Install joists bearing on supporting frame, level, straight, and plumb; adjust to final position,

brace, and reinforce. Fasten joists to both flanges of joist track.

1. Install joists over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches.

2. Reinforce ends and bearing points of joists with web stiffeners, end clips, joist hangers,

steel clip angles, or steel-stud sections.

C. Space joists not more than 2 inches from abutting walls, and as follows:

1. Joist Spacing: 16 inches maximum, or as required for structural performance.

D. Frame openings with built-up joist headers, consisting of joist and joist track or another

combination of connected joists if indicated.

E. Install joist reinforcement at interior supports with single, short length of joist section located

directly over interior support, with lapped joists of equal length to joist reinforcement.

1. Install web stiffeners to transfer axial loads of walls above.

F. Install bridging at intervals indicated on Drawings and on Shop Drawings]. Fasten bridging at

each joist intersection as follows:

1. Joist-Track Solid Bridging: Joist-track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated,

secured to joist webs.

2. Combination Bridging: Combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness

indicated and joist-track solid blocking of width and thickness indicated. Fasten flat

straps to bottom flange of joists and secure solid blocking to joist webs.

G. Secure joists to load-bearing interior walls to prevent lateral movement of bottom flange.

H. Install miscellaneous joist framing and connections, including web stiffeners, closure pieces,

clip angles, continuous angles, hold-down angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a complete

and stable joist-framing assembly.





3.6 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Install cold-formed steel framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable

tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows:

1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan

location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing

or other finishing materials.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: Owner may engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform

field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.

B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting.

C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect.

D. Cold-formed steel framing will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine

compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.

3.8 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and

installed cold-formed steel framing with galvanized repair paint according to

ASTM A780/A780M and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and

Installer, that ensure that cold-formed steel framing is without damage or deterioration at time

of Substantial Completion.





METAL FABRICATIONS 055000 - 1

SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Steel framing and supports for A/V, mechanical and electrical equipment.

2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified

in other Sections.

B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following:

1. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and miscellaneous hardware

required for installation of specified equipment, systems and assemblies.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint

and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats

are compatible with one another.

B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work.

Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves,

concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in

concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.


A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Metal channel framing, supports and hardware.

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections,

and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.

Provide Shop Drawings for the following:

1. Steel framing and supports for A/V, mechanical and electrical equipment.





2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified

in other Sections.


A. Qualification Data: For professional engineer.

B. Mill Certificates: Signed by stainless-steel manufacturers, certifying that products furnished

comply with requirements.

C. Welding certificates.

D. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers,

certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.

E. Research/Evaluation Reports: For post-installed anchors, from ICC-ES.


A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M,

"Structural Welding Code - Steel."

B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."


A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with

metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 METALS

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise

indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials

without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, cold-formed steel tubing.

D. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4.

1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches or as indicated or required for application.





2. Material: Cold-rolled steel, ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, structural steel, Grade 33; 12 gauge

minimum thickness; un-coated where concealed or in Mechanical Penthouse. Coated

with rust-inhibitive, baked-on, acrylic enamel where exposed.

2.2 FASTENERS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use

and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941,

Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.

1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum.

2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel.

3. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening nickel silver.

4. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze.

B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts,

ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.

C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 325, Type 3; with hex nuts,

ASTM A 563, Grade C3; and, where indicated, flat washers.

D. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts,

ASTM F 593; with hex nuts, ASTM F 594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 1.

E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A 563; and,

where indicated, flat washers.

1. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being

fastened is indicated to be galvanized.

F. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the

load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in

concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified

independent testing agency.

G. Post-Installed Anchors: chemical anchors.

1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with

ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1

stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.

H. Slotted-Channel Inserts: Cold-formed, hot-dip galvanized-steel box channels (struts) complying

with MFMA-4, 1-5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or studs not less than

3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with temporary filler and tee-head bolts,

complete with washers and nuts, all zinc-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as

needed for fastening to inserts.





2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units

only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain

structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of

approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed

surfaces.

C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or

otherwise impairing work.

D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.

E. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or

welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head

(countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

F. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude

water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

G. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws,

and similar items.

H. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring

devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to

complete the Work.

B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise

indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent

construction.

1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated.

2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed.

2.5 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into

surrounding surface.





PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing

metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with

edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and

levels.

B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are

not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.

Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after

fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion

resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no

roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent

surface.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal

fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for

use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and

other connectors.

E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete,

masonry, or similar construction.

F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that come into contact with grout,

concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following:

1. Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint.

2. Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer.

3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported,

including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.

B. Anchor supports for A/V, mechanical and electrical equipment securely to, and rigidly brace

from, building structure.





3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and

abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop

painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.

1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair

galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.





MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061053 - 1

SECTION 061053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Wood blocking and nailers.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension.

B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater size but less than 5 inches nominal

size in least dimension.


A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component

materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.

1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and

certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate

type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained.

2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and

certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include

physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent

testing agency.

3. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before

and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent

testing agency according to ASTM D 5664.

4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of

treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site.


A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES:





1. Preservative-treated wood.

2. Fire-retardant-treated wood.

3. Power-driven fasteners.

4. Post-installed anchors.

5. Metal framing anchors.


A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for fire-

retardant-treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that

periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the classification marking is

representative of the material tested.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation.

Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide

for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is

indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency

certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the

ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.

1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS

A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC3b for exterior

construction as part of roofing assemblies.

1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no

arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX).

B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use

material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material.

C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board

of Review.





D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:

1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar

members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.

2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS

A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, materials shall comply with

requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire-

test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test

method indicated by a qualified testing agency.

B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame-spread

index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant

progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame

front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during

the test.

1. Treatment shall not promote corrosion of metal fasteners.

2. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less

when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where

exterior type is not indicated.

3. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber shall be tested according to

ASTM D 5664, and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according to

ASTM D 6841.

C. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Kiln-dry

plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent.

D. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing

agency.

E. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:

1. Concealed blocking.

2. Plywood backing panels.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER

A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other

construction, including the following:

1. Blocking.

2. Nailers.

3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.

B. Dimension Lumber Items: Construction or No. 2 grade lumber of Any species.





C. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber

of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will

interfere with its attachment and purpose.

D. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to

eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work.

E. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots

capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling.

2.5 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS

A. Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, DOC PS 1, fire-retardant treated, in thickness indicated

or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness.

2.6 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in

this article for material and manufacture.

1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated,

or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating

complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M or of Type 304 stainless steel.

B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.

C. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing: ASTM C 1002 and ASTM C 954, length as

recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened.

D. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities

having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70.

2.7 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS


products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.

2. KC Metals Products, Inc.

3. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.

B. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with

ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation.

1. Use for interior locations unless otherwise indicated.





C. Hot-Dip, Heavy-Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M; Structural Steel (SS), high-

strength low-alloy steel Type A (HSLAS Type A), or high-strength low-alloy steel Type B

(HSLAS Type B); G185 coating designation; and not less than 0.036 inch thick.

1. Use for wood-preservative-treated lumber and where indicated.

D. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304.

1. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame

Construction," unless otherwise indicated.

B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit

carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to

comply with requirements for attaching other construction.

C. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities

requiring backing panels. Install fire-retardant-treated plywood backing panels with

classification marking of testing agency exposed to view.

D. Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install

fasteners through each fastener hole.

E. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.

F. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures,

specialty items, and trim.

1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where

framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips

not more than 16 inches o.c.

G. Provide fire blocking in furred spaces, stud spaces, and other concealed cavities as indicated and

as follows:

1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each floor level, at ceiling, and at not more than 96

inches o.c. with solid wood blocking or noncombustible materials accurately fitted to

close furred spaces.

H. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with

fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with

function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or

optimum joint arrangement.





I. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated

lumber.

1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water.

2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.

J. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install

continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking.

K. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying

with the following:

1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.

2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener.

L. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully

penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials.

Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails

snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated.

3.2 WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILER INSTALLATION

A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated

and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other

work involved.

B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces

unless otherwise indicated.

C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not

less than 1-1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness

of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required.

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite

protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment.

Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.

B. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, miscellaneous rough

carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by

spraying to comply with EPA-registered label.





INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 062023 - 1

SECTION 062023 - INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Interior trim.

2. Interior veneer-plywood soffit paneling.


1. Section 061053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other

carpentry work not exposed to view.

2. Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for priming and backpriming of interior finish

carpentry.

3. Section 099300 “Staining and Transparent Finishing” for clear-finished paneling.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. MDF: Medium-density fiberboard.


A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component

materials, dimensions, profiles, textures, and colors and include construction and application

details.

1. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of

treated materials was reduced before shipment to Project site to levels specified.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product involving selection of colors, profiles, or

textures.

C. Samples for Verification:

1. For each species and cut of lumber and panel products with applied finish, with half of

exposed surface finished, 50 sq. in. for lumber and 8 by 10 inches for panels.






A. Evaluation Reports: For fire-retardant-treated wood, from ICC-ES.

B. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranty.


A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air

circulation. Protect materials from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely

anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

B. Deliver interior finish carpentry materials only when environmental conditions comply with

requirements specified for installation areas. If interior finish carpentry materials must be stored

in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions comply with

requirements specified for installation areas.


A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry materials until

building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, and

HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy

levels during the remainder of the construction period.

B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.

1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,

discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.

2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or

splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is

indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the

American Lumber Standard Committee's Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency

certified by the American Lumber Standard Committee's Board of Review to inspect and grade

lumber under the rules indicated.

1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.

2. For exposed lumber, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece, or omit grade stamp

and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency.

B. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1.





C. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4.

D. MDF: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130.

2.2 INTERIOR TRIM

A. Lumber Trim for Opaque Finish (Painted Finish):

1. Species and Grade: Maple A Finish

2. Maximum Moisture Content: 13 percent.

3. Finger Jointing: Not allowed.

4. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth).

2.3 PANELING

A. Hardwood Veneer Plywood Paneling: Manufacturer's stock hardwood plywood panels

complying with HPVA HP-1.

1. Face Veneer Species and Cut: Plain-sliced red oak to match specified wood doors.

2. Veneer Matching: Selected for similar color and grain.

3. Backing Veneer Species: Any hardwood compatible with face species.

4. Maximum moisture content: 9%

5. Construction: Veneer core.

6. Thickness: 1/8 inch veneer on ¾” plywood.

7. Panel Size: As indicated.

8. Glue Bond: Type II (interior).

9. Finish: As indicated in Section 099300 “Staining and Transparent Finishing”.

10. Finished Edge: Hardwood to match species and finish, in sizes indicated.


A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size,

material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed

where possible.

B. Low-Emitting Materials: Adhesives shall comply with the testing and product requirements of

the California Department of Public Health's "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation

of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."

C. Glue: Aliphatic-resin, polyurethane, or resorcinol wood glue recommended by manufacturer for

general carpentry use.

D. Paneling Adhesive: Comply with paneling manufacturer's written recommendations for

adhesives.

E. Multipurpose Construction Adhesive: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is

recommended for indicated use by adhesive manufacturer.





2.5 FABRICATION

A. Back out or kerf backs of the following members, except those with ends exposed in finished

work:

1. Interior standing and running trim

B. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness to 1/16-inch radius and edges of

lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness to 1/8-inch radius.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation

tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet, moisture

damaged, and mold damaged.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.

B. Before installing interior finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in

installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours unless longer conditioning is recommended by

manufacturer.


A. Do not use materials that are unsound; warped; improperly treated or finished; inadequately

seasoned; too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements; or with defective surfaces,

sizes, or patterns.

B. Install interior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use

concealed shims where necessary for alignment.

1. Scribe and cut interior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as

recommended by manufacturer.

2. Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand


3. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining interior

finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch

maximum offset for reveal installation.





4. Coordinate interior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it.

Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate interior finish

carpentry.

3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION

A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum

lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long, except where necessary.

Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. Miter at returns, miter at

outside corners, and cope at inside corners to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface

contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. Plane backs of casings

to provide uniform thickness across joints where necessary for alignment.

1. Install trim after gypsum-board joint finishing operations are completed.

2. Install without splitting; drill pilot holes before fastening where necessary to prevent

splitting. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. Countersink fastener heads on exposed

carpentry work and fill holes.

3.5 PANELING INSTALLATION

A. Plywood Paneling: Select and arrange panels on each wall to minimize noticeable variations in

grain character and color between adjacent panels. Leave 1/4-inch gap to be covered with trim

at top, bottom, and openings. Install with uniform tight joints between panels.

1. Attach panels to supports with manufacturer's recommended panel adhesive and

fasteners. Space fasteners and adhesive as recommended by panel manufacturer.

2. Conceal fasteners to greatest practical extent.

3. Arrange panels with grooves and joints over supports. Fasten to supports with nails of

type and at spacing recommended by panel manufacturer. Use fasteners with prefinished

heads matching groove color.

3.6 ADJUSTING

A. Replace interior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Interior

finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no

evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.

3.7 CLEANING

A. Clean interior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Restore damaged or

soiled areas and touch up factory-applied finishes if any.

3.8 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during construction.





B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold

damaged.

1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,


2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or






PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 064116 - 1

SECTION 064116 - PLASTIC-LAMINATE-CLAD ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Plastic-laminate-faced architectural cabinets.

2. Wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing plastic-laminate-faced

architectural cabinets that are not concealed within other construction.


1. Section 061053 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood furring, blocking, shims, and

hanging strips required for installing cabinets that are concealed within other construction

before cabinet installation.

2. Section 062023 “Interior Wood Carpentry” for trim at base of cabinets and veneer-

plywood soffit panels.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related

units of Work specified in other Sections to support loads imposed by installed and fully loaded

cabinets.



1. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical-treatment manufacturer and

certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements.

B. Shop Drawings: For plastic-laminate-faced architectural cabinets.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.

2. Show large-scale details.

3. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed

blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections.





4. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for items installed in plastic-laminate

architectural cabinets.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, in manufacturer's

or fabricator's standard size.

D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish.

E. Samples for Verification: For the following:

1. Plastic Laminates: 8 by 10 inches, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish

required.

a. Provide one sample applied to core material with specified edge material applied to

one edge.

2. Exposed Cabinet Hardware and Accessories: One full-size unit for each type and finish.


A. Qualification Data: For Installer and fabricator.

B. Product Certificates: For each type of product.

C. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: Equivalent to AWI Quality Certification Program or

WI Certified Compliance Program.


A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products

similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-

service performance.

1. Shop Certification: Equivalent to AWI's Quality Certification Program accredited

participant or WI's Certified Compliance Program licensee.

B. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products.


A. Do not deliver cabinets until painting and similar finish operations that might damage

architectural cabinets have been completed in installation areas. Store cabinets in installation

areas or in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Field

Conditions" Article.






A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cabinets until building is enclosed, wet-

work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative

humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction

period.

B. Field Measurements: Where cabinets are indicated to fit to other construction, verify

dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate

measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to

avoid delaying the Work.

1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support cabinets by field

measurements before being enclosed/concealed by construction, and indicate

measurements on Shop Drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS

A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork

Standards" for grades of cabinets indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other

requirements.

1. Provide inspections of fabrication and installation together with labels and certificates

from AWI or WI certification program indicating that woodwork complies with

requirements of grades specified.

2. The Contract Documents may contain requirements that are more stringent than the

referenced quality standard. Comply with requirements of Contract Documents in

addition to those of the referenced quality standard.

B. Grade: Custom.

C. Type of Construction: Frameless.

D. Door Style: Flush overlay.

E. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated or if not indicated, as

required by quality standard.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to

the following:

a. Formica Corporation.

b. Pionite; a Panolam Industries International, Inc. brand.

c. Wilsonart LLC.





F. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces:

1. Horizontal Surfaces: Grade HGS.

2. Vertical Surfaces: Grade VGS.

3. Edges: Grade HGS.

4. Pattern Direction: Vertically

G. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces:

1. Surfaces: High-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3, Grade VGS.

a. Edges of Plastic-Laminate Shelves: Grade VGS.

b. For semiexposed backs of panels with exposed plastic-laminate surfaces, provide

surface of high-pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD 3, Grade VGS

H. Concealed Backs of Panels with Exposed Plastic-Laminate Surfaces: High-pressure decorative

laminate, NEMA LD 3, Grade BKL.

I. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures

of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements:

1. As selected by Architect from laminate manufacturer's full range in the following

categories:

a. Patterns, matte finish.

2.2 WOOD MATERIALS

A. Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced quality standard

for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless otherwise indicated.

1. Wood Moisture Content: 8 to 13 percent.

B. Composite Wood Products: Provide materials that comply with requirements of referenced

quality standard for each type of architectural cabinet and quality grade specified unless

otherwise indicated.

1. Medium-Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2, Grade 130.

2.3 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES

A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural

cabinets.



the following:





a. Blum, Julius & Co., Inc.

b. Hettich America L.P.

c. Knape & Vogt Manufacturing Company.

B. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): BHMA A156.9, B01602, [100] [135] [170]

degrees of opening[, self-closing].

C. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, solid metal, 4 inches long, 5/16 inch in diameter.

D. Catches: Magnetic catches, BHMA A156.9, B03141.

E. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports:[BHMA A156.9, B04071; with shelf rests, B04081

F. Shelf Rests: BHMA A156.9, B04013; metal, two-pin type with shelf hold-down clip.

G. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, E07121.

H. Door and Drawer Silencers: BHMA A156.16, L03011.

I. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with

BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated.

1. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630.

J. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class

requirements in BHMA A156.9.


A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln-dried to less

than 15 percent moisture content.

B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage.

Provide metal expansion sleeves or expansion bolts for post-installed anchors. Use nonferrous-

metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts at inside face of exterior walls and at floors.

C. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Contact cement.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate architectural cabinets to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated.

B. Complete fabrication, including assembly and hardware application, to maximum extent

possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for

shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for

scribing, trimming, and fitting.





1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times architectural cabinet

fabrication will be complete.

2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled.

Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be

removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check

measurements of assemblies against field measurements before disassembling for

shipment.

C. Shop-cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive hardware, appliances, electrical work,

and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing-in diagrams to

produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and

burrs.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Before installation, condition cabinets to humidity conditions in installation areas for not less

than 72 hours.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Grade: Install cabinets to comply with quality standard grade of item to be installed.

B. Assemble cabinets and complete fabrication at Project site to extent that it was not completed in

the shop.

C. Anchor cabinets to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with

wafer-head cabinet installation screws.

D. Install cabinets level, plumb, and true in line to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches using

concealed shims.

1. Scribe and cut cabinets to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged

finish at cuts.

2. Install cabinets without distortion so doors fit openings and are accurately aligned. Adjust

hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered

operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated.

3. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, and at ends not more than 16

inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer-head screws sized for not less than 1-1/2-inch penetration

into wood framing, blocking, or hanging.






A. Repair damaged and defective cabinets, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual

defects. Where not possible to repair, replace architectural cabinets. Adjust joinery for uniform

appearance.

B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware.

C. Clean cabinets on exposed and semiexposed surfaces.





ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 072200 - 1

SECTION 072200 - ACOUSTICAL INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Mineral-wool blanket.




A. Product test reports.

B. Research reports.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MINERAL-WOOL BLANKETS

A. Mineral-Wool Blanket, Unfaced: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing);

consisting of fibers; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50,

respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide

ROCKWOOL (ROXUL Inc.); “Rockwool AFB” or a comparable product by one of the

following:

a. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company; Sound Attenuation Fire Batt

b. Thermafiber, Inc.; an Owens Corning company; SAFB (Sound Attenuation Fire

Blankets)




ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 072200 - 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and

applications.

B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice,

rain, or snow at any time.

C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill

voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION

A. Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following

requirements:

1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If

more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a

snug fit between ends.

2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between

edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.

3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or

protected from contact with insulation.

4. For metal-framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced

blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to

flanges of metal studs.


TLB ARCHITECTURE, LLC University of Rhode Island


Broadcast Studio Renovations

JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1

SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Urethane joint sealants.

2. Latex joint sealants.


A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.

B. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required.

1.3 WARRANTY

A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not

comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified

warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or

replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements

specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL

A. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.2 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS

A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, nontraffic-use, plus 25 percent and

minus 25 percent movement capability, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S,

Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.







the following:

a. BASF Corp. - Construction Chemicals.

b. Pecora Corporation.

c. Sika Corporation; Joint Sealants.

d. Tremco Incorporated.

2.3 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING

A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin)

or as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated], and of

size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant

performance.

B. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant

manufacturer.


A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of

sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate

tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants

and sealant backing materials.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces

adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to

comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:

1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.

2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do

not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as

indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience.





C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with

adjoining surfaces.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with ASTM C 1193 and joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation

instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position

required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint

widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants

and backs of joints.

D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time

backings are installed:

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.

2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.

3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow

optimum sealant movement capability.

E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing

begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated. Use tooling

agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or

adjacent surfaces.

1. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated.





ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS 079219 - 1

SECTION 079219 - ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes acoustical joint sealants.


A. Product Data: For each acoustical joint sealant.

B. Samples: For each kind and color of acoustical joint sealant required.

C. Acoustical-Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:

1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation.

2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name.

3. Joint-sealant formulation.

4. Joint-sealant color.



B. Sample warranties.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace acoustical joint sealants that do

not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified

warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish acoustical joint sealants to

repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other

requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion.





PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Provide acoustical joint-sealant products that effectively reduce airborne sound transmission

through perimeter joints and openings in building construction, as demonstrated by testing

representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.

2.2 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS

A. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex acoustical

sealant complying with ASTM C 834.



the following:

a. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.

b. Hilti, Inc.

c. Pecora Corporation.

d. Tremco Incorporated.

e. USG Corporation.

2. Colors of Exposed Acoustical Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from

manufacturer's full range of colors.

B. Primer: Material recommended by acoustical-joint-sealant manufacturer where required for

adhesion of sealant to joint substrates.

C. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants

and sealant backing materials.

D. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces

adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing acoustical joint

sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by acoustical-joint-sealant

manufacturer.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with

adjoining surfaces.





3.2 INSTALLATION OF ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS

A. Comply with acoustical joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions unless more

stringent requirements apply.

B. All joints within Studio and Control Room and where indicated: Seal construction at perimeters,

behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical

joint sealant. Install acoustical joint sealants at both faces of partitions, at perimeters, and

through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919, ASTM C 1193, and manufacturer's written

recommendations for closing off sound-flanking paths around or through assemblies, including

sealing partitions to underside of floor slabs above acoustical ceilings.

C. Acoustical Ceiling Areas: Apply acoustical joint sealant at perimeter edge moldings of

acoustical ceiling areas in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings

before they are installed.



TLBA Project No. 2017.041 Harrington School of Communication and Media


HOLLOW METAL FRAMES 081213 - 1

SECTION 081213 - HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Interior standard steel frames.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to

NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8.



B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations, frame profiles, metal thicknesses, and wall opening

conditions.

C. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for

details and openings as those on Drawings.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS


products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

1. Ceco Door; ASSA ABLOY.

2. Curries Company; ASSA ABLOY.

3. Steelcraft; an Allegion brand.





2.2 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES

A. Construct hollow-metal frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication,

hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified.

B. Interior Frames: SDI A250.8. At locations indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule.

1. Materials: Uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch.

2. Sidelite and Transom Frames: Fabricated from same thickness material as adjacent door

frame.

3. Construction: Full profile welded.

4. Exposed Finish: Prime.

2.3 BORROWED LITES

A. Fabricate of uncoated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch.

B. Construction: Full profile welded.

2.4 FRAME ANCHORS

A. Jamb Anchors:

1. Type: Anchors of minimum size and type required by applicable door and frame

standard, and suitable for performance level indicated.

2. Quantity: Minimum of three anchors per jamb, with one additional anchor for frames

with no floor anchor.

B. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor.

C. Material: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill

phosphatized.

2.5 MATERIALS

A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable

for exposed applications.

B. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.

C. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials.

D. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing."





2.6 FABRICATION

A. Hollow-Metal Frames: Fabricate in one piece except where handling and shipping limitations

require multiple sections. Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or

angles at each joint, fabricated of metal of same or greater thickness as frames.

1. Sidelite and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face

seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at

crossings and to jambs by welding.

2. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers

as follows. Keep holes clear during construction.

a. Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers.

b. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.

B. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal frames to receive templated mortised

hardware, and electrical wiring; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping

according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates.

1. Reinforce frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted door hardware.

2. Comply with BHMA A156.115 for preparing hollow-metal frames for hardware.

C. Glazed Lites: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of

stops and moldings with butted hairline joints.

1. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings so that each

glazed lite is capable of being removed independently.

2. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior frames.

Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal frames.

3. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation

types indicated.

4. Provide stops for installation with countersunk flat- or oval-head machine screws spaced

uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches o.c. from each corner.

2.7 STEEL FINISHES

A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer.

1. Shop Primer: SDI A250.10.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install hollow-metal frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in

place. Comply with approved Shop Drawings and with manufacturer's written instructions.

Comply with SDI A250.11.





B. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent

anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces without damage

to completed Work.

1. Where frames are fabricated in sections, field splice at approved locations by welding

face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on

exposed faces. Touch-up finishes.

2. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening.

C. Floor Anchors: Secure with postinstalled expansion anchors.

1. Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled

expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.

D. Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames.

E. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal frames to the following tolerances:

1. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from

jamb perpendicular to frame head.

2. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to

plane of wall.

3. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel

lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall.

4. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.

F. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 088000 "Glazing" and with hollow-

metal manufacturer's written instructions.

3.2 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP

A. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of

prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.

B. Metallic-Coated Surface Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint

according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Factory-Finish Touchup: Clean abraded areas and repair with same material used for factory

finish according to manufacturer's written instructions.

D. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in

painting Sections.





FLUSH WOOD DOORS 081416 - 1

SECTION 081416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer and hardboard or MDF faces.

2. Shop priming and Factory finishing flush wood doors.

3. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware.


1. Section 088000 "Glazing" for glass view panels in flush wood doors.

2. Section 134900 "Radiation Protection" for lead-lined flush wood doors.


A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include factory-finishing specifications.

B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door;

construction details not covered in Product Data; and the following:

1. Dimensions and locations of blocking.

2. Dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware.

3. Dimensions and locations of cutouts.

4. Undercuts.

5. Requirements for veneer matching.

6. Doors to be factory finished and finish requirements.

7. Fire-protection ratings for fire-rated doors.

C. Samples: For factory-finished doors.

D. Schedule of Doors


A. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification or WI Certified

Compliance Program certificates.





PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS



1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc.

2. Eggers Industries.

3. Graham Wood Doors; ASSA ABLOY Group company.

4. Marshfield DoorSystems, Inc.

2.2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, GENERAL

A. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with AWI's, AWMAC's, and

WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards or WDMA I.S.1-A, "Architectural Wood Flush

Doors."

B. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade:

1. Heavy Duty unless otherwise indicated.

C. Particleboard-Core Doors:

1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-1 or Grade LD-2.

2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as needed to eliminate

through-bolting hardware.

3. Provide doors with glued-wood-stave or structural-composite-lumber cores instead of

particleboard cores for doors indicated to receive exit devices.

2.3 VENEER-FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH

A. Interior Solid-Core Doors:

1. Grade: Premium, with Grade A faces.

2. Species: Red Oak.

3. Cut: Plain sliced (flat sliced).

4. Match between Veneer Leaves: Book match.

5. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Balance match.

6. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by

mullions.

7. Core: Particleboard with glued wood stave where specified.

8. Construction: Five or seven plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit is

abrasive planed before veneering. Faces are bonded to core using a hot press.

9. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: [Center-balance] [Balance] [Running]

match.

10. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening[ or separated only by

mullions].





11. Construction: Seven plies.

2.4 DOORS FOR OPAQUE FINISH

A. Interior Solid-Core Doors:

1. Grade: Premium.

2. Faces: Any closed-grain hardwood of mill option, Hardboard or MDF.

3. Core: Particleboard with Glued wood stave where specified.

4. Construction: Five or seven plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit is

abrasive planed before veneering. Faces are bonded to core using a hot press.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of

referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated.

1. Comply with NFPA 80 requirements for fire-rated doors.

B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.

2.6 SHOP PRIMING

A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises with

one coat of wood primer specified in Section 099123" Interior Painting."

2.7 FACTORY FINISHING

A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication,

including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied,

before finishing.

1. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be

omitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises.

B. Factory finish doors that are indicated to receive transparent finish.

C. Transparent Finish:

1. Grade: Premium.

2. Finish: AWI's, AWMAC's, and WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards" System 10,

UV curable, water based or System 11, catalyzed polyurethane.

3. Staining: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

4. Effect: Semifilled finish, produced by applying an additional finish coat to partially fill

the wood pores.

5. Sheen: Satin.





PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 087100 "Door Hardware."

B. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and

referenced quality standard, and as indicated.

C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.

D. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at

Project site.





DOOR HARDWARE 087100 - 1

SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWARE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Mechanical door hardware for the following:

a. Swinging doors.

2. Cylinders for door hardware specified in other Sections.

3. Electrified door hardware.



B. Shop Drawings: For electrified door hardware.

1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.

2. Include details of interface of electrified door hardware and building safety and security

systems.

C. Samples: For each exposed product in each finish specified.

D. Door hardware schedule.

E. Keying schedule.


A. Sample warranty.


A. Maintenance data.


A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved

by product manufacturers and of an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during





the course of the Work to consult Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and

keying.

1. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedule.

2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for electrified door hardware, including

Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard

units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that

fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion unless otherwise

indicated below:

a. Electromechanical Locks: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

b. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Electrified Door Hardware: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing

agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbfto release the latch. Locks do

not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation.

C. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with the

DOJ's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design" and ICC A117.1 as amended by the Rhode

Island state Building Code.

2.2 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE

A. Provide products for each door that comply with requirements indicated in Part 2 and door

hardware schedule.

1. Door hardware is scheduled in Part 3.

2.3 HINGES

A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Provide template-produced hinges for hinges installed on hollow-metal

doors and hollow-metal frames.





2.4 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES

A. Lock Functions: As indicated in door hardware schedule.

B. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire

doors, and as follows:

1. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch latchbolt throw.

2. Deadbolts: Minimum 1-inch bolt throw.

C. Lock Backset: 2-3/4 inches unless otherwise indicated.

D. Lock Trim:

1. Description: match existing building standard.

2. Levers: Cast.

3. Escutcheons (Roses): Cast.

4. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons.

E. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt complying with

requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved lip extended

to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch.

1. Flat-Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by

manufacturer.

F. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13; Security Grade 1; stamped steel case with steel or brass parts;

Series 1000.

2.5 AUXILIARY LOCKS

A. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.36; Grade ; with strike that suits frame.

B. Narrow Stile Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.36; Grade 1; with strike that suits frame.

2.6 ELECTRIC STRIKES

A. Electric Strikes: BHMA A156.31; Grade 1; with faceplate to suit lock and frame.

2.7 ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKS

A. Electromechanical Locks: BHMA A156.25; Grade 1; motor or solenoid driven; with strike that

suits frame.

1. Type: Mortise deadlocking latchbolt.





2.8 SURFACE BOLTS

A. Surface Bolts: BHMA A156.16.

2.9 EXIT DEVICES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS

A. Exit Devices and Auxiliary Items: BHMA A156.3.

2.10 LOCK CYLINDERS

A. Lock Cylinders: Tumbler type, constructed from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel

silver. Provide cylinder that matches Owner’s Master Key System.

B. Construction Master Keys: Provide cylinders with feature that permits voiding of construction

keys without cylinder removal. Provide 10 construction master keys.

C. Construction Cores: Provide construction cores that are replaceable by permanent cores.

Provide 10 construction master keys.

2.11 KEYING

A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, appendix.

Provide one extra key blank for each lock.

1. Existing System:

a. Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system.

2. Keyed Alike: Key all cylinders to same change key.

B. Keys: Brass.

1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include

the following notation:

a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE."

2.12 OPERATING TRIM

A. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6; match existing.

2.13 SURFACE CLOSERS

A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and

latch speeds controlled by key-operated valves and forged-steel main arm. Comply with

manufacturer's written instructions for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure





to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory-sized closers, adjustable to meet

field conditions and requirements for opening force.

2.14 OVERHEAD STOPS AND HOLDERS

A. Overhead Stops and Holders: BHMA A156.8.

2.15 AUXILIARY DOOR HARDWARE

A. Auxiliary Hardware: BHMA A156.16.

2.16 FINISHES

A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA A156.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following unless

otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations.

1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8.

2. Wood Doors: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood

Flush Doors."

B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where

cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be

painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface

protective trim units with finishing work. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes

have been completed on substrates involved.

C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule, but not fewer than

the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30

inches of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for

door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided.

D. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction

period.

1. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation.

E. Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, above accessible

ceilings. Verify location with Architect.





F. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door

hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic.

G. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed.

H. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed.

3.2 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper

operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended.

Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating

equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.

3.3 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE

Hardware Set 1:

(3) Hinges

Electronic Lockset with Card

Reader

Closer

Silencers

Floor Stop

Hardware Set 2:

(3) Hinges

Lever Lockset, Privacy Function

Closer

Silencers

Floor Stop

Hardware Set 3:

(3 pair) Hinges

Pair surface bolts

Dummy lever

Roller latch

Dead bolt

(2) overhead hold-opens

Silencers

Hardware Set 4:

(3) Hinges

(1) Deadbolt with rosette pull

Overhead hold-open





GLAZING 088000 - 1

SECTION 088000 - GLAZING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Glass for doors and interior borrowed lites.

2. Glazing sealants and accessories.

1.2 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and

face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances.



B. Samples for Films and Graphics.


A. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to

ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS



1. GGI; General Glass International.

2. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope™.

3. Pilkington North America.




GLAZING 088000 - 2


A. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with

16 CFR 1201, Category II.

B. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties

specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated

below:

1. U-Factors: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's

WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F.

2. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center-of-glazing values,

according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program.

3. Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 300.

2.3 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers

and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these

publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards.

1. GANA Publications: "Glazing Manual."

B. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with

certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety

glazing standard with which glass complies.

C. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass that complies with

performance requirements and is not less than the thickness indicated.

2.4 GLASS PRODUCTS

A. Fully Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated)

unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3.

2.5 VINYL FILM and GRPHICS for GLASS:

A. At doors Number 2 and 3, provide frosted film with vinyl graphic letters. Translucent film with

opaque letters.

B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering


1. 3M – Glass and Window Graphics

2. Solyx

3. Oracal




GLAZING 088000 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GLAZING, GENERAL

A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and

other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in

referenced glazing publications.

B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from

Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge

damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance, or

impair appearance.

C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by

preconstruction testing.

D. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.

E. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches.

F. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways

in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to

requirements in referenced glazing publications.

3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces.

B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction

operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry

surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of

dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains.

1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass,

remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer.

Remove and replace glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings.

C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period.

3.3 MONOLITHIC GLASS SCHEDULE

A. Glass Type: Clear fully tempered float glass.

1. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm., safety glazing required.





NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092216 - 1

SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions.

2. Suspension systems for interior ceilings and soffits.




A. Product Certificates: For each type of code-compliance certification for studs and tracks.

B. Evaluation reports for post-installed anchors and power-actuated fasteners.


A. Code-Compliance Certification of Studs and Tracks: Provide documentation that framing

members are certified according to the product-certification program of the Certified Steel Stud

Association, the Steel Framing Industry Association or the Steel Stud Manufacturers

Association.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FRAMING SYSTEMS

A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.

1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless


2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40] [ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60] [Coating

with equivalent corrosion resistance of ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40], hot-dip galvanized


B. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C 645.





1. Steel Studs and Tracks:

a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0329 inch.

b. Depth: 3-5/8 inches unless otherwise indicated.

C. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following:

1. Single Long-Leg Track System: ASTM C 645 top track with 2-inch-deep flanges in

thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top track

and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide

lateral bracing.

2. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes

applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in

thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs.

D. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated.


E. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.0538-inch minimum base-metal thickness, with

minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges.

1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches.

2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch-thick, galvanized steel.

F. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.


2. Depth:1-1/2 inches.

G. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch-deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound

transmission.

1. Configuration: hat shaped.

2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards.

1. Fasteners for Steel Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power,

and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.

B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide[ one of] the following:

1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt),

nonperforated.

2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener

penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size.





PART 3 - EXECUTION


A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754.

1. Gypsum Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 841 that apply

to framing installation.

2. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 1063

that apply to framing installation.

3. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 844 that

apply to framing installation.

4. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply

to framing installation.

B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely

fastened.

C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim,

grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.

D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.

E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing

members. Frame both sides of joints independently.

3.2 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES

A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than

spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.

B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior

walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.

C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.

D. Install tracks at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports

or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at

suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling.

1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to

produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished

assemblies.

2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install

track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.

a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated.





b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch

clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished

assembly.

c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead

structure.

3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required

for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to

match framing required above door heads.

4. Curved Partitions:

a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs.

b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along

arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6

inches o.c.

E. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than

1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.





GYPSUM BOARD 092900 - 1

SECTION 092900 - GYPSUM BOARD

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Interior gypsum board.


1. Section 054000 “Cold Formed Metal Framing” for load-bearing steel framing.

2. 092216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for non-structural steel framing and suspension

systems that support gypsum board panels.



1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather,

condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack

panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging.


A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board

manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent.

B. Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.

C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,


2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or






PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL

A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and

that correspond with support system indicated.

2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A. Gypsum Board, 5/8” Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M.

1. Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. With moisture- and mold-

resistant core and paper surfaces.



the following:

a. American Gypsum.

b. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC.

c. National Gypsum Company.

d. USG Corporation.

3. Thickness: 5/8 inch.

4. Long Edges: Tapered.

5. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274

B. Flexible Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Manufactured to bend to fit radii and to be

more flexible than standard regular-type gypsum board of same thickness.



the following:

a. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC.

b. National Gypsum Company.

c. USG Corporation.

2. Thickness: 1/4 inch. Minimum two layers required.

3. Long Edges: Tapered.

2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES

A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.

1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper-faced

galvanized-steel sheet.





2. Shapes:

a. Cornerbead.

b. LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.

c. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges.

2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.

B. Joint Tape:

1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper.

C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible

with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.

1. Prefilling: At open joints or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting-

type taping compound.

2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and

trim flanges, use setting-type taping or drying-type, all-purpose compound.

a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.

3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping or drying-type, all-purpose

compound.

4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping or drying-type, all-purpose

compound.

2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and

manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated.

1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from

0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.

2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by

panel manufacturer.

C. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: Refer to Section 072200 “Acoustical Insulation”.

D. Acoustical Sealant: Refer to Section 079219 “Acoustical Joint Sealants”





PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and support framing, with

Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance

of the Work.

B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold

damaged.


3.2 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL

A. Comply with ASTM C 840.

B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid

abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels

not less than one framing member.

C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with

not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.

D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate

supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered

edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not

make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.

E. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings,

etc.), except in chases braced internally.

1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke

ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area.

2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.

3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof

slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow

1/4- to 3/8-inch-wide joints to install sealant.

F. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural

abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge

trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural

surfaces with acoustical sealant.

G. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to

open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.

H. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily

installed after panels have been installed on one side.





3.3 APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A. Install interior gypsum board in the following locations:

1. Wallboard Type: As indicated.

2. Type X, Mold Resistant: All GWB except flexible GWB.

3. Flexible Type: Apply in double layer at curved assemblies.

B. Single-Layer Application:

1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest

extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated.

2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) unless otherwise

indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints.

a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses

of panels.

b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise

indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.

3. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.

C. Curved Surfaces:

1. Install panels horizontally (perpendicular to supports) and unbroken, to extent possible,

across curved surface plus 12-inch-long straight sections at ends of curves and tangent to

them.

2. For double-layer construction, fasten base layer to studs with screws 16 inches o.c.

Center gypsum board face layer over joints in base layer, and fasten to studs with screws

spaced 12 inches o.c.

3.4 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES

A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same

fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written

instructions.

B. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations:

1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated.

2. LC-Bead: Use at exposed panel edges.

3. Curved-Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings.

3.5 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD

A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations,

fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for

decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.

B. Prefill open joints or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas.





C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not

intended to receive tape.

D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to

ASTM C 840:

1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated.

2. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated.

a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior

Painting."

3.6 PROTECTION

A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other

non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall

application.

B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight,

construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.

C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to,


2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or






ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095113 - 1

SECTION 095113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for interior ceilings.



B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.


A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, and coordinated with each

other, using input from installers of the items involved.

B. Product test reports.

C. Research reports.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Seismic Performance: Suspended ceilings shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions

determined according to ASCE/SEI 7.

B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing

agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Flame-Spread Index: Class A according to ASTM E 1264.

2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.





2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armstrong World

Industries, Inc; Ultima High NRC, Square Lay-in or a comparable product by one of the

following:

1. CertainTeed Corporation.

2. USG Corporation.

B. Classification: Wet-formed mineral fiber with DuraBrite acoustically transparent membrane.

C. Color: White.

D. Light Reflectance (LR): 0.87.

E. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): 35.

F. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): 0.80.

G. Articulation Class (AC): 170.

H. Edge/Joint Detail: Square.

I. Thickness: 7/8 inch.

J. Modular Size: As indicated on Drawings.

2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM


Industries, Inc; Prelude XL or a comparable product by one of the following:


2. USG Corporation.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M,

Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements.

B. Impact Clips: Manufacturer's standard impact-clip system designed to absorb impact forces

against acoustical panels.

C. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed to secure acoustical panels in

place during a seismic event.





2.5 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM

A. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not

indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with

seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that

used for exposed flanges of suspension-system runners.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at

opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders unless


B. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install acoustical panel ceilings according to ASTM C 636/C 636M, seismic design

requirements, and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and

where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.

1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of

moldings before they are installed.

2. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.

3. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows:

a. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans.

b. Install panels with pattern running in one direction parallel to [long] [short] axis of

space.

c. Install panels in a basket-weave pattern.

4. Install impact and seismic clips in areas indicated; space according to panel

manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated.





ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 095123 - 1

SECTION 095123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Acoustical tiles for interior ceilings.

2. Fully concealed, direct-hung, suspension systems.


1. Section 095113 "Acoustical Panel Ceilings" for ceilings consisting of mineral-base and

glass-fiber-base acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems.



B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 6 inches in size.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For components with factory-applied finishes.

D. Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish required,

prepared on Samples of sizes indicated below:

1. Acoustical Tiles: Set of full-size Samples of each type, color, pattern, and texture.

2. Concealed Suspension-System Members: 6-inch-long Sample of each type.


A. Product Test Reports: For each acoustical tile ceiling, for tests performed by manufacturer and

witnessed by a qualified testing agency.

B. Evaluation Reports: For each acoustical tile ceiling suspension system and anchor and fastener

type, from ICC-ES.






A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Deliver acoustical tiles, suspension-system components, and accessories to Project site and store

them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from

moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other

causes.

B. Before installing acoustical tiles, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized

moisture content.


A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical tile ceilings until spaces are enclosed and

weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and

ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project

when occupied for its intended use.

B. Work includes repairs and modifications to existing concealed spline ceiling system. Verify

components required for the proper execution of the Work to match the existing ceiling system

in function and appearance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Source Limitations:

1. Suspended Acoustical Tile Ceilings: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling tile and its

suspension system from single source from single manufacturer.


A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing


1. Flame-Spread Index: Class A according to ASTM E1264.


2.3 ACOUSTICAL TILES



1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.


3. USG Corporation.

B. Acoustical Tile Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard tiles of configuration indicated that

comply with ASTM E1264 classifications as designated by type, form, pattern, acoustical

rating, and light reflectance to match existing.

C. Color: White.

D. Edge/Joint Detail: Square, kerfed, and rabbeted; tongue and grooved; or butt.

E. Thickness: Match existing, but not less than 5/8”.

F. Modular Size: 12 by 12 inches.

2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM <Insert drawing designation>




2. USG Corporation.

B. Metal Suspension-System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard, direct-hung, fully

concealed, metal suspension system and accessories of type, structural classification, and finish

indicated that complies with applicable requirements in ASTM C635/C635M.

2.5 ACCESSORIES

A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C635/C635M,

Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements.

1. Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type and material indicated below, with holes or loops

for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a

load equal to five times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing

according to ASTM E488/E488M or ASTM E1512 as applicable, conducted by a

qualified testing and inspecting agency.

a. Type: Postinstalled expansion or Postinstalled bonded anchors.

b. Corrosion Protection: Carbon-steel components zinc plated according to

ASTM B633, Class SC 1 (mild) service condition.





c. Corrosion Protection: Stainless-steel components complying with ASTM F593 and

ASTM F594, Group 1 Alloy 304 or 316.

2. Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application

indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory

devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain, without

failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by

testing according to ASTM E1190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting

agency.

B. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires as follows:

1. Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.

2. Size: Wire diameter sufficient for its stress at three times hanger design load

(ASTM C635/C635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but

not less than 0.135-inch-diameter wire.

C. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.

D. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.

E. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide; formed with 0.04-inch-thick,

galvanized-steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation; with

bolted connections and 5/16-inch-diameter bolts.

F. Seismic Stabilizer Bars: Manufacturer's standard perimeter stabilizers designed to accommodate

seismic forces.

G. Seismic Struts: Manufacturer's standard compression struts designed to accommodate lateral

forces.

H. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed to secure acoustical tiles in-place

during a seismic event.

2.6 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM





3. Chicago Metallic Corporation.

4. USG Corporation.

B. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not

indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations complying with seismic

design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used

for of suspension-system runners.





1. For circular penetrations of ceiling, provide edge moldings fabricated to diameter

required to fit penetration exactly.

2. Finish: Painted to match existing color.

2.7 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT

A. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Section 079219 "Acoustical Joint Sealants."

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing and substrates to which

acoustical tile ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements

specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and for

compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting

performance of the Work.

B. Examine acoustical tiles before installation. Reject acoustical tiles that are wet, moisture

damaged, or mold damaged.


3.2 PREPARATION

A. Testing Substrates: Before adhesively bonding tiles to wet-placed substrates such as cast-in-

place concrete or plaster, test and verify that moisture level is below tile manufacturer's

recommended limits.

B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical tiles to balance border widths at

opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width tiles at borders unless

otherwise indicated, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans.

C. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS

A. Install suspended acoustical tile ceilings according to ASTM C636/C636M seismic design

requirements, and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows:

1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling

plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system.





2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces

by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.

3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger

spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard

suspension-system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in

form of trapezes or equivalent devices.

4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a

minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly to structure or to inserts, eye

screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not

deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.

5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing

members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and

appropriate for both the structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger

involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to

age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.

6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten

hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or

power-actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete.

7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required,

install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires.

8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs.

9. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members.

10. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from

hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of

each member.

11. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within

performance limits established by referenced standards.

C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four

tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers without

attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into

concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors.

D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and

where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical tiles.

1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of

moldings before they are installed.

2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more

than 3 inches from ends. Miter corners accurately and connect securely.

3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.

E. Install suspension-system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another.

Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.

F. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical tiles as follows:

1. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans.

2. Install tiles with pattern to match existing.





G. Install acoustical tiles in coordination with suspension system and exposed moldings and trim.

Place splines or suspension-system flanges into kerfed edges of tiles so tile-to-tile joints are

interlocked.

1. Fit adjoining tiles to form flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut tiles for accurate fit at borders

and around penetrations through ceiling.

2. Hold tile field in compression by inserting leaf-type, spring-steel spacers between tiles

and moldings, spaced 12 inches o.c.

3. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts according to requirements indicated for fire-

resistance-rated assembly.

3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Suspended Ceilings: Install main and cross runners level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet

non-cumulative.

B. Moldings and Trim: Install moldings and trim to substrate and level with ceiling suspension

system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, non-cumulative.

3.5 ADJUSTING

A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical tile ceilings, including trim and edge moldings. Comply

with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage.

B. Remove and replace tiles and other ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and

repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage.





RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096513 - 1

SECTION 096513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Vinyl base.

2. Vinyl molding accessories.



B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 VINYL BASE




2. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; a division of Burke Industries Inc.

3. Johnsonite; a Tarkett company.

B. Product Standard: ASTM F 1861, Type TV (vinyl, thermoplastic).

1. Group: I (solid, homogeneous).

2. Style and Location:

a. Style A, Straight: Provide in areas with carpet.

b. Style B, Cove: Provide in areas with resilient floor coverings.

C. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch.

D. Height: 4 inches.

E. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length.

F. Outside Corners: Preformed.

G. Inside Corners: Preformed.





H. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer’s full range of options.

2.2 VINYL MOLDING ACCESSORY

A. Description: Vinyl reducer strip for resilient floor covering and transition strips.

B. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range of options.

2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS

A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based or

blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient-product

manufacturer for applications indicated.

B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient-product manufacturer for resilient

products and substrate conditions indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of

resilient products.

B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching

compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.

C. Do not install resilient products until materials are the same temperature as space where they are

to be installed.

D. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient

products.

3.2 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base.

B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other

permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.

C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of

adjacent pieces aligned.

D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in

continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.





E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation.

F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient

base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.

G. Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces.

3.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories.

B. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates

throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor covering that would

otherwise be exposed.


A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products.

B. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion.





RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096519 - 1

SECTION 096519 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY


1. Vinyl composition floor tile.


A. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and pattern specified.

B. Product Data: For each product used.




A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are competent in

techniques required by manufacturer for floor tile installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For resilient floor tile, as determined by testing identical

products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency.

1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.

2.2 VINYL COMPOSITION FLOOR TILE – Within Studio


Industries, Inc; Premium Excelon, Stonetex or a comparable product by one of the following:

1. Johnsonite; a Tarkett company.

2. Mannington Mills, Inc.





B. Tile Standard: ASTM F 1066, Class 2, through pattern.

C. Wearing Surface: Smooth.

D. Thickness: 0.125 inch.

E. Size: 12 by 12 inches.

F. Colors and Patterns:

1. V-01, Within Studio 204: Charcoal 52161.

2. V-02, Corridor 252: East of curve, match Existing.

3. V-03, Corridor 252: Accent tile west of Curve to be selected from manufacturer’s

full range of options.

2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS

A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland-cement-based or

blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by floor tile manufacturer

for applications indicated.

B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by floor tile and adhesive manufacturers to suit

floor tile and substrate conditions indicated.

C. Floor Polish: Provide protective, liquid floor-polish products recommended by floor tile

manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Prepare substrates according to floor tile manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion

of resilient products.

B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710.

1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.

2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and

that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by floor

tile manufacturer. Do not use solvents.

3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by floor tile manufacturer.

Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale

recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9 pH.

C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching

compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.





D. Do not install floor tiles until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be

installed.

1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient floor tile and installation

materials into spaces where they will be installed.

E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient

floor tile.

3.2 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor tile.

B. Lay out floor tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor

offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using

cut widths that equal less than one-half tile at perimeter.

1. Lay tiles square with room axis.

C. Match floor tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as

manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed

tiles.

1. Lay tiles with grain direction alternating in adjacent tiles (basket-weave pattern).

D. Scribe, cut, and fit floor tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent

fixtures including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames.

E. Extend floor tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. Extend floor tiles

to center of door openings.

F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting

by repeating on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking

device.

G. Adhere floor tiles to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a

completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing

of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.

H. Floor Polish: Remove soil, adhesive, and blemishes from floor tile surfaces before applying

liquid floor polish.

1. Apply three coat(s).





TILE CARPETING 096813 - 1

SECTION 096813 - TILE CARPETING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes modular carpet tile.



B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture required.



B. Sample warranty.




A. Installer Qualifications: Certified by the International Certified Floorcovering Installers

Association at the Commercial II certification level.

1.6 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty for Carpet Tiles: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of

carpet tile installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.






PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE CARPET TILE at Control Room

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Staticworx,

Shadow FX carpet tile or comparable product by another company.

B. Color and Pattern: Shadow FX SDC Patterns.

C. Fiber Type: Staticworx Helix 44 Denier Conductive Fiber.

D. kV rating: AATCC 134-1996 electrostatic propensity: less than .4kV (400 volts). Tested at

12% Relative Humidity at 70 degrees F.

E. Groundable Path: Copper Ground Strip with frequency of 1:1000 sf

F. Backing Systems: Permanent static dissipative backing.

G. Installation: Non-directional

2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES

A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, hydraulic-cement-based

formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer.

B. Adhesives: Staticworx approved conductive adhesives.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. General: Comply with CRI's "CRI Carpet Installation Standards" and with carpet tile

manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive

carpet tile.

B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written

instructions, to fill cracks, holes, depressions, and protrusions in substrates. Fill or level

cracks, holes and depressions 1/8 inch wide or wider, and protrusions more than 1/32 inch

unless more stringent requirements are required by manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Concrete Substrates: Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances

that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without

using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by adhesive and carpet tile

manufacturers.

D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet tile.





3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Carpet shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions

and recommendations (Staticworx, Inc. Installation Guidelines); maintain uniformity of

direction and lay of pile.

B. Apply floor adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance with manufacturer’s instruc-

tions. Butt carpet tile edges firmly together to form seams without gaps. Remove adhe-

sive promptly from face of carpet.

C. Where carpet meets dissimilar floor surface, proper edge molding shall be used.

D. Install edge moldings where carpet edge is exposed and at transitions to other floor

coverings. Edge moldings shall be securely anchored to substrate.

E. Apply base at all adhered carpet installations, to walls, columns, pilasters, casework,

and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required.

1. Install base in lengths as long as practical, with preformed corner units.

2. Tightly bond base to backing throughout length of each piece, with continuous

contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces.

3. On masonry surfaces, of other similar irregular surfaces, fill voids along top edge

of wall base with base manufacturer’s recommended adhesive filler material.

F. Grounding –copper grounding strips be placed accessible to electrical ground at the

west wall of Control Room 205.

3.4 RESTORATION

A. Any damage done to point, walls, woodwork, floors, and/or similar finishes as a result

of this work, shall be the responsibility of the carpet contractor.

B. Required repairs shall be made by the proper trade contracted on the work of this pro-

ject that shall make the necessary repairs and shall be completed at no additional cost to

the Owner.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Upon completion of the installation, remove all waste materials, tools and equipment.

B. Using commercial vacuums, thoroughly vacuum the entire floor surface to the Archi-

tect’s satisfaction.

C. Remove spots or replace carpet where spots cannot be removed.

D. Remove debris, sorting pieces to be saved from scraps to be disposed of.

1. Usable pieces of carpet are to be returned to their original packaging and left on

the job site and placed in an orderly manner in such areas as designed by the

Owner.

2. Dispose of smaller pieces as construction waste.

E. Provide protection methods and materials needed to ensure that carpeting will be with-

out deterioration or damage at time of substantial completion.





3.6 TESTING AND CERTIFICATION

A. Upon project completion, the manufacturer or the manufacturer’s designated representative

shall test the resistive properties of the floor using an ohm-meter per the test method ANSI/ESD

S7.1-2005. Resistance measurements shall be performed from the surface of tiles to the

groundable point and from one point on the tile surface to a second point on the same tile

surface. The test results shall be confirmed in writing certifying that the flooring resistance

properties measure in the static dissipative range (no less than 1.0 X 106 and no greater than 1.0

X 109 ohms.) Certification letter shall reference compliance with space specific recognized

grounding standards:

1. ATIS 0600321-2010 Alliance of Telecommunications Industry Standards

3.7 EXTRA STOCK

A. Upon completion of installation, deliver a minimum of 5 percent of each type, color,

and pattern of carpet, exclusive of material required to properly complete installation or

of usable pieces described previously in this Section.

B. Furnish accessory components as required.

C. Furnish replacement materials from the same production runs as installed materials.

D. Package replacement materials with protective covering with identifying labels.

E. Store extra stock where directed by Owner.





SOUND-ABSORBING WALL UNITS 098433 - 1

SECTION 098433 - SOUND-ABSORBING WALL UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes shop-fabricated, sound-absorbing acoustical panel units tested for acoustical

performance.



B. Shop Drawings: For unit assembly and installation.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.


A. Product certificates.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Units shall comply with "Surface-Burning Characteristics"

or "Fire Growth Contribution" Subparagraph below, or both, as determined by testing identical

products by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction:

1. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84 or UL 723; testing by a

qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable

testing agency.

a. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.

b. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less.





2. Fire Growth Contribution: Comply with acceptance criteria of local code and authorities

having jurisdiction when tested according to NFPA 265 Method B Protocol or

NFPA 286.

2.2 SOUND-ABSORBING WALL UNITS

A. Sound-Absorbing Wall Panel: Manufacturer's standard panel construction consisting of facing

material stretched over front face of edge-framed core and bonded or attached to edges and back

of frame.

B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Acoustical

Solutions, Inc.; Alphasorb Sound Barrier Acoustic Panels or a comparable product by one of the

following:

1. Acoustical Panel Systems (APS, Inc.).

2. Panel Solutions, Inc.

3. Working Walls, Inc.

a. Core-Face Layer: Manufacturer's standard sound absorbing material.

4. Edge Construction: Manufacturer's standard chemically hardened core with no frame.

5. Edge Profile: Bevel.

6. Corner Detail in Elevation: Square with continuous edge profile indicated.

7. Reveals between Panels: Recessed reveals as indicated on Drawings.

8. Facing Material: Fabric selected from full range of options of Guilford of Maine FR701,

Style 2100.

9. Acoustical Performance: Sound absorption NRC of 0.85 according to ASTM C 423 for

Type A mounting according to ASTM E 795.

10. Nominal Core Thickness: 2 1/8 inches.

2.3 MATERIALS

A. Core Materials: Manufacturer's standard.

B. Facing Material: Fabric from same dye lot; color and pattern as selected by Architect from

manufacturer's full range.

C. Mounting Devices: Concealed on back of unit, recommended by manufacturer to support

weight of unit.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. Standard Construction: Use manufacturer's standard construction unless otherwise indicated;

with facing material applied to face, edges, and back border of dimensionally stable core; and

with rigid edges to reinforce panel perimeter against warpage and damage.

B. Core-Face Layer: Evenly stretched over core face and edges and securely attached to core; free

from puckers, ripples, wrinkles, or sags.





C. Facing Material: Apply fabric facing fully covering visible surfaces of unit; with material

stretched straight, on the grain, tight, square, and free from puckers, ripples, wrinkles, sags,

blisters, seams, adhesive, or other visible distortions or foreign matter.

1. Fabrics with Directional or Repeating Patterns or Directional Weave: Mark fabric top and

attach fabric in same direction so pattern or weave matches in adjacent units.

D. Dimensional Tolerances of Finished Units: Plus or minus 1/16 inch.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install units in locations indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, install units with vertical

surfaces and edges plumb, top edges level and in alignment with other units, faces flush, and

scribed to fit adjoining work accurately at borders and at penetrations.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installation of units using type of mounting

devices indicated. Mount units securely to supporting substrate.

C. Align fabric pattern and grain with adjacent units.

3.2 CLEANING

A. Clip loose threads; remove pills and extraneous materials.

B. Clean panels on completion of installation to remove dust and other foreign materials according

to manufacturer's written instructions.





INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1

SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according

to ASTM D 523.

B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees,

according to ASTM D 523.

C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to

ASTM D 523.

D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees,

according to ASTM D 523.

E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.


A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application

instructions.

1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category

specified, with the proposed product highlighted.

B. Samples: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:





1. Benjamin Moore & Co.

2. Dulux (formerly ICI Paints); a brand of AkzoNobel.

3. Glidden Professional.

4. Pratt & Lambert.

5. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).

B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated

into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in the Interior Painting Schedule for

the paint category indicated.

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL

A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its

"MPI Approved Products Lists."

B. Material Compatibility:

1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and

substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by

manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat

manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range

1. Seventy-five percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements

for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing

finishes and primers.

C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural

Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.





B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are

not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item,

provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to

reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI

Architectural Painting Specification Manual."

B. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks,

roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color

breaks.

C. Steel Substrates:

1. Latex over Shop-Applied Quick-Drying Shop Primer System [MPI INT 5.1X]:

a. Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for shop application, MPI #275.

b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat.

c. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 2)[, MPI #44].

D. Wood Substrates: Wood Trim and Doors.

1. Latex over Latex Primer System MPI INT 6.3T:

a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, MPI #39.


c. Topcoat: Latex, interior (MPI Gloss Level 2)[, MPI #44].

E. Gypsum Board Substrates:

1. Latex over Latex Sealer System MPI INT 9.2A:

a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior, MPI #50.


c. Topcoat: Latex, interior, flat (MPI Gloss Level 1), MPI #53.





STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING 099300 - 1

SECTION 099300 - STAINING AND TRANSPARENT FINISHING

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and application of wood stains and transparent finishes on

the following substrates:

1. Interior Substrates:

a. Dressed lumber (finish carpentry or woodwork).

b. Wood-based panel products.


1. Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for opaque finishes.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to

ASTM D523.

B. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees,

according to ASTM D523.

C. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D523.

D. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D523.

E. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D523.


A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application

instructions.

1. Include printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category

specified, with the proposed product highlighted.

2. Indicate VOC content.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product.

C. Samples for Verification: For each type of finish system and in each color and gloss of finish

required.

1. Submit Samples on representative samples of actual wood substrates, 8 inches square]

[or] [8 inches long].

2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system.

3. Label each coat of each Sample.

4. Label each Sample for location and application area.

D. Product List: Cross-reference to finish system and locations of application areas. Use same

designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials[, from the same product run,] that match products installed and that are

packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Stains and Transparent Finishes: [5] <Insert number> percent, but not less than [1 gal.]

<Insert number> of each material and color applied.


A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each finish system indicated and each color selected to verify

preliminary selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to

set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of

each type of finish system and substrate.

a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft..

b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.

2. Final approval of stain color selections will be based on mockups.

a. If preliminary stain color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of

additional stain colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.


A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient

temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.

1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.





2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.


A. Apply finishes only when temperature of surfaces to be finished and ambient air temperatures

are between 50 and 95 deg F.

B. Do not apply finishes when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at temperatures less than 5

deg F above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS



1. Benjamin Moore

2. PPG Paints.

3. Pratt & Lambert

4. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).

B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated

into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in wood finish systems schedules

for the product category indicated.

2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its

"MPI Approved Products List."

B. Material Compatibility:

1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and

substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by

manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by

manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

C. Stain Colors: Match wood doors.





PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements

for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Interior Wood Substrates: 13 percent for lumber and 9 percent

for veneer-panels, when measured with an electronic moisture meter.

C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing

finishes and primers.

D. Proceed with finish application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Beginning finish application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and

conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural

Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable. If

removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied

protection before surface preparation and finishing.

1. After completing finishing operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to

reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

C. Clean and prepare surfaces to be finished according to manufacturer's written instructions for

each substrate condition and as specified.

1. Remove dust, dirt, oil, and grease by washing with a detergent solution; rinse thoroughly

with clean water and allow to dry. Remove grade stamps and pencil marks by sanding

lightly. Remove loose wood fibers by brushing.

2. Remove mildew by scrubbing with a commercial wash formulated for mildew removal

and as recommended by stain manufacturer.

D. Interior Wood Substrates:

1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer.

2. Apply wood filler paste to open-grain woods, as defined in "MPI Architectural Painting

Specification Manual," to produce smooth, glasslike finish.

3. Sand surfaces exposed to view and dust off.

4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic

wood filler. Sand smooth when dry.





3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply finishes according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI

Architectural Painting Specification Manual."

1. Use applicators and techniques suited for finish and substrate indicated.

2. Finish surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed

surfaces.

B. Apply finishes to produce surface films without cloudiness, holidays, lap marks, brush marks,

runs, ropiness, or other surface imperfections.


A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from

Project site.

B. After completing finish application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered materials by

washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from finish application. Correct damage by

cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an

undamaged condition.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or

defaced finished wood surfaces.

3.5 INTERIOR WOOD -FINISH-SYSTEM SCHEDULE

1. Polyurethane Varnish over Stain System MPI INT 6.4E:

a. Stain Coat: Stain, semitransparent, for interior wood, MPI #90.

1) PPG: Maxithane Wood Stain

2) Pratt & Lambert: Tonetic Interior Wood Stain

3) Sherwin Williams: Minwax

b. First Intermediate Coat: Polyurethane varnish matching topcoat.

c. Second Intermediate Coat: Polyurethane varnish matching topcoat.

d. Topcoat: Varnish, interior, polyurethane, oil modified, satin (MPI Gloss

Level 4), MPI #57.

1) PPG: Polyurethane varnish

2) Benjamin Moore: Lenmar polyurethane

3) Sherwin Williams: Minwax polyurethane





VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 101100 - 1

SECTION 101100 - VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Visual display board assemblies.


1. Section 097723 "Fabric-Wrapped Panels" for tackable, fabric-covered panels mounted on

walls.



1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components

and profiles, finishes, and accessories for visual display units.

2. Include electrical characteristics for motorized units.

B. Shop Drawings: For visual display units.

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachment to other work.

2. Include sections of typical trim members.

C. Samples for Verification: For each type of visual display unit indicated.

1. Visual Display Panel: Not less than 8-1/2 by 11 inches, with facing, core, and backing

indicated for final Work. Include one panel for each type, color, and texture required.

2. Trim: 6-inch- long sections of each trim profile.


A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.

B. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.






A. Maintenance Data: For visual display units to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and

approved by manufacturer.


A. Deliver factory-fabricated visual display units completely assembled in one piece. If dimensions

exceed maximum manufactured unit size, or if unit size is impracticable to ship in one piece,

provide two or more pieces with joints in locations indicated on approved Shop Drawings.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install visual display units until spaces are

enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is

complete, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and

humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

1.9 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty for Porcelain-Enamel Face Sheets: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace

porcelain-enamel face sheets that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty

period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Surfaces lose original writing and erasing qualities.

b. Surfaces exhibit crazing, cracking, or flaking.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of visual display unit from single source from single

manufacturer.

A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing


1. Flame-Spread Index: 25 or less.


2.3 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARD ASSEMBLY <Insert drawing designation>

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the

following:

1. Claridge Products and Equipment, Inc.

2. EverWhite.

3. Marsh Industries, Inc.

4. Peter Pepper Products, Inc.

B. Visual Display Board Assembly: Factory fabricated with field or factory fabricated trim.

1. Assembly: Markerboard.

2. Corners: Square.

3. Width: As indicated on Drawings.

4. Height: As indicated on Drawings.

5. Mounting Method: Direct to wall.

C. Markerboard Panel: Porcelain-enamel-faced markerboard panel on core indicated.

1. Color: White.

D. Factory-Applied Wood Trim: Red oak, not less than 1/2 inch thick; of size and shape indicated

on Drawings with transparent finish.

E. Field-Applied Wood Trim: Comply with requirements specified in Section 062023 "Interior

Finish Carpentry."

F. Joints: No joints.

2.4 MATERIALS

A. Porcelain-Enamel Face Sheet: PEI-1002, with face sheet manufacturer's standard two- or three-

coat process.

2.5 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS

A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,

temporary protective covering before shipping.





B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations

in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved

Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for

installation tolerances, surface conditions of wall, and other conditions affecting performance of

the Work.

B. Examine roughing-in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of connections

before installation of motorized, sliding visual display units.

C. Examine walls and partitions for proper preparation and backing for visual display units.

D. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth where sliding visual display units will

be installed.

E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation.

B. Clean substrates of substances, such as dirt, mold, and mildew, that could impair the

performance of and affect the smooth, finished surfaces of visual display boards.

C. Prepare surfaces to achieve a smooth, dry, clean surface free of flaking, unsound coatings,

cracks, defects, projections, depressions, and substances that will impair bond between visual

display units and wall surfaces.

D. Prime wall surfaces indicated to receive visual display units and as recommended in writing by

primer/sealer manufacturer and visual display unit manufacturer.

E. Prepare recesses for sliding visual display units as required by type and size of unit.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install visual display surfaces in locations and at mounting heights indicated on

Drawings, or if not indicated, at heights indicated below. Keep perimeter lines straight, level,

and plumb. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and

accessories necessary for complete installation.

B. Field-Assembled Visual Display Board Assemblies: Coordinate field-assembled units with

grounds, trim, and accessories indicated. Join parts with a neat, precision fit.





C. Factory-Fabricated Visual Display Board Assemblies: Adhere to wall surfaces with egg-size

adhesive gobs at 12 inches o.c., horizontally and vertically. Provide additional fasteners as

recommended by the manufacturer.

D. Visual Display Board Assembly Mounting Heights: Install visual display units at mounting

heights indicated on Drawings, or if not indicated, at heights indicated below.

1. Mounting Height 36 inches above finished floor to top of chalktray.


A. Clean visual display units according to manufacturer's written instructions. Attach one

removable cleaning instructions label to visual display unit in each room.

B. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas.

C. Cover and protect visual display units after installation and cleaning.





DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 1

SECTION 101419 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Cast dimensional characters.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Illuminated: Illuminated by lighting source integrally constructed as part of the sign unit.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Furnish templates for placement of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by

other installers.



B. Shop Drawings: For signs.

1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work.

2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other

installers, and accessories.

3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, and layout for each sign at least half

size.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign assembly, exposed component, and exposed

finish.

1. Include representative Samples of available typestyles and graphic symbols.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the

required finish(es), in manufacturer's standard size unless otherwise indicated and as follows:





1. Dimensional Characters: Full-size Sample of each type of dimensional character.

2. Exposed Accessories: Full-size Sample of each accessory type.

3. Full-size Samples, if approved, will be returned to Contractor for use in the Project.


A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.


A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer of products or an entity that employs installers and

supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.


A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of electrical service embedded in permanent construction

by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on

Shop Drawings.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in

materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.


a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering.

b. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components.


PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS

A. Cast Characters: Characters with uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and

profiles, and as follows:







the following:

a. ASI Sign Systems, Inc.

b. Gemini Incorporated.

c. Matthews International Corporation; Bronze Division.

d. Metal Arts.

2. Character Material: Cast bronze>.

3. Character Height: 6-inches.

4. Thickness: Manufacturer's standard for size of character.

5. Finishes:

a. Integral Metal Finish: Bronze anodized. Color to be selected from manufacturer’s

full range of standard options.

6. Mounting: Stud Mount.

7. Typeface: Times Roman.

2.2 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTER MATERIALS

A. Bronze Castings: ASTM B584, alloy recommended by manufacturer and finisher for finish

indicated.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs,

noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following:

1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed.

2. Sign Mounting Fasteners:

a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of

sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast

integrally into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated.

b. Projecting Studs: Threaded studs with sleeve spacer, welded or brazed to back of

sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast

integrally into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated.

1. Preassemble signs and assemblies in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble

signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly





mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from

view after final assembly.

2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist

water penetration and retention.

3. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding and brazing. Provide welds

and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean

exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.

4. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are

inconspicuous.

5. Internally brace dimensional characters for stability, to meet structural performance

loading without oil-canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners.

6. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to

existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where

possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish.

7. Castings: Fabricate castings free of warp, cracks, blowholes, pits, scale, sand holes, and

other defects that impair appearance or strength. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff

castings to remove seams, gate marks, casting flash, and other casting marks before

finishing.




B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.

Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of

approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

C. Directional Finishes: Run grain with long dimension of each piece and perpendicular to long

dimension of finished trim or border surface unless otherwise indicated.

D. Organic, Anodic, and Chemically Produced Finishes: Apply to formed metal after fabrication

but before applying contrasting polished finishes on raised features unless otherwise indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with

requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

B. Verify that sign-support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps or

irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated.

C. Verify that electrical service is correctly sized and located to accommodate signs.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.





3.2 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's

written instructions.

1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign

surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance.

2. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that

would impair installation.

B. Mounting Methods:

1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of

sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.

a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for

displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface,

embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully

sets.

b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install

washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.

2. Projecting Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of

sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.

a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for

displaced adhesive. Place spacers on studs, place sign in position, and push until

spacers are pinched between sign and substrate, embedding the stud ends in holes.

Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets.

b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place spacers on studs, place sign in position with

spacers pinched between sign and substrate, and install washers and nuts on stud

ends projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.


A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed characters and signs that do not comply with

specified requirements. Replace characters with damaged or deteriorated finishes or

components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair

procedures.

B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.

C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's

written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean

condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner.





ROOM-IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE 101423 - 1

SECTION 101423 - ROOM-IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes room-identification signs that are directly attached to the building.


1. Section 088000 "Glazing" for vinyl graphics on glass.

2. Section 101419 "Dimensional Letter Signage" for pin-mounted letter signage.

3. Section 108316 “Banners” for sheet vinyl banner graphics.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Accessible: In accordance with the accessibility standard.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Furnish templates for placement of sign-anchorage devices embedded in permanent

construction by other installers.



B. Shop Drawings: For room-identification signs.

1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work.

2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other

installers, and accessories.

3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille,

and layout for each sign at least half size.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign assembly, exposed component, and exposed

finish.





1. Include representative Samples of available typestyles and graphic symbols.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the

required finish(es), in manufacturer's standard size unless otherwise indicated and as follows:

1. Room-Identification Signs: Full-size Sample.

2. Full-size Samples, if approved, will be returned to Contractor for use in Project.

E. Product Schedule: For room-identification signs. Use same designations indicated on Drawings

or specified.


A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.


A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals.





A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices embedded in permanent

construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate

measurements on Shop Drawings.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in

materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.


a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering.

b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image.

c. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components.






PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Accessibility Standard: Comply with applicable provisions in the USDOJ's "2010 ADA

Standards for Accessible Design" and ICC A117.1.

2.2 ROOM-IDENTIFICATION SIGNS

A. Room-Identification Sign: Sign system with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and

characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as

follows:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide ASI Sign

Systems, Inc; ASI / Modulex Sign Systems or a comparable product by another

manufacturer.

1. Materials: Interior signs consisting of sign panels with integrated photopolymer raised

lettering and Braille, painted panels mounted on a powder coated perforated steel chassis.

Raster tactile text is not acceptable. Non-tactile signs shall have screened printed text.

a) Photopolymer: Signs with raised tactile graphics shall be produced utilizing a 1/32”

thick synthetic light-sensitive photo emulsion as one rigid phenolic piece of material.

Laminated polymer materials not acceptable. Photopolymer manufactured by Jet

USA Corp., Collingdale, PA, or approved equal. Photopolymer shall be an appropri-

ate thickness to achieve 3/16” thick finish panel coplanar with non-raised adjacent

panels.

b) Braille: All room numbers and room names, where required on the sign schedule,

shall have Grade 2 Braille translations.

c) Paint: All sign plaques shall receive one coat of filling primer and two coats of satin

acrylic catalyzed polyurethane paint. Catalyzed polyurethane paint shall be MAP, as

manufactured by Matthews Paint Company, Kenosha, WI, or approved equal. Cus-

tom color matches will be required as specified in the construction drawings. Exact

colors will be determined during the submittal phase.

d) Screen-printing: All screen-printed graphics, including raised lettering of plaques,

except Braille, shall be screen-printed in a contrasting color so as to meet the color

contrast requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act. All non-tactile text shall be

screen-printed. No vinyl lettering on plaques will be accepted except where specified.

Screen-printing ink shall be ER Series, catalyzed epoxy ink as manufactured by Naz

Dar Corp., Chicago, IL, or approved equal.

e) Letter Style: Shall be fonts, as specified in the construction drawings.

f) Graphics: All text, symbols and graphics shall be reproduced utilizing computer

generated digital art. Match pictogram symbols as shown in the drawings.

g) Acrylic/Phenolic (CNC) computer numeric controlled precision cut panels: Provide

acrylic/phenolic materials for room signs specified to have painted finishes.

h) Sign types that are specified to use metals with finishes such as; satin anodized,

brushed, etched or engraved metals to be produced from aluminum. Chem-metals or





other laminate type materials are not acceptable. (Architect to select finish and mate-

rial of M1)

i) Chassis Cold rolled, low carbon steel, die perforated 18 ga. Sheet with high tempera-

ture cured powder coating. Sign panels to be secured with pin tabs and press tabs

where interchangeable. Sign panels to have precise fit (1/32” gap+/- .007”) with con-

sistent space tolerances between plates as defined in the construction drawings. All

sign panel plates and parts to be manufactured as consistent interchangeable compo-

nents and will allow for the replacement of identically sized part components as

needed to upgrade and change message plates, donor plates, or note bar as shown in

drawings after the system has been installed.

2. Mounting:

a. Mounting Method A: Install with backer plate and screws, as indicated.

Mounting Method B: Install with vinyl backer sheet and foam tape, as indicated.

3. Text and Typeface: The sign system is comprised of two font types, Sans serif and serif.

Arial Regular, a sans serif font, is to be utilized on all accessible signage including sign

types for Room Names. Sabon Roman, a serif font, is to be utilized for non-accessible

signage including Minor Space.

a. Braille to be ¼”, Grade II Braille

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs,

noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following:

1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed.

2. Sign Mounting Fasteners:

a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of

sign material or screwed into back of sign assembly unless otherwise indicated.

b. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of

head indicated, and installed in predrilled holes.

B. Two-Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high-bond, foam-core tape, 0.045 inch thick, with

adhesive on both sides.

2.4 FABRICATION

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated.

1. Preassemble signs and assemblies in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble

signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly

mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from

view after final assembly.





2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist

water penetration and retention.

3. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are

inconspicuous.

4. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to

existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where

possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish.

B. Subsurface-Applied Graphics: Apply graphics to back face of clear face-sheet material to

produce precisely formed image. Image shall be free of rough edges.

C. Subsurface-Etched Graphics: Reverse etch back face of clear face-sheet material. Fill resulting

copy with manufacturer's standard enamel. Apply opaque manufacturer's standard background

color coating over enamel-filled copy.

D. Signs with Changeable Message Capability: Fabricate signs to allow insertion of changeable

messages as follows:

1. For snap-in changeable inserts beneath removable face sheet, furnish one suction or other

device to assist in removing face sheet. Furnish initial changeable insert. Subsequent

changeable inserts are by Owner.

2. For slide-in changeable inserts, fabricate slot without burrs or constrictions that inhibit

function. Furnish initial changeable insert. Subsequent changeable inserts are by Owner.

3. For frame to hold changeable sign panel, fabricate frame without burrs or constrictions

that inhibit function. Furnish initial sign panel. Subsequent changeable sign panels are by

Owner.




B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.

Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of

approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's

written instructions.

1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign

surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance.

2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard.





3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that

would impair installation.

B. Accessibility: Install signs in locations on walls as indicated on Drawings and according to the

accessibility standard.

C. Mounting Methods: As indicated


A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified

requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot

be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.

C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's

written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean

condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner.





BANNERS 108316 - 1

SECTION 108316 - BANNERS

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Decorative banners for interior installation.



1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components

and profiles, and finishes for banners.

2. Include edge- and corner-reinforcement descriptions, hardware, fittings, and mounting

accessories.

B. Shop Drawings: For each type of banner.

1. Include elevations, materials, fabrication, dimensions, mounting heights, clearances, and

installation details.

2. Detail colors and graphic layout and content. Show text message, font, and spacing.

3. Show methods of instalation. Identify items that are provided by other trades.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of banner.

1. Include Samples of banner components, graphics, hardware, and accessories involving

color and finish selection.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of the following products, prepared on Samples of size

indicated below:

1. Banner Fabric: 12-inch-square section of fabric from dye lot to be used for the Work,

with specified treatments applied. Mark face of fabric.

2. Graphics: 12-inch-square section showing graphics. Show complete pattern repeat, if any.

3. Seam, Edge, and Corner Condition: 12-inch-long section showing seam, edge, and corner

treatment.

4. Exposed Hardware Finishes: Samples, not less than 3 inches square.

5. Accessories: Full-size units.




BANNERS 108316 - 2

E. Product Schedule: For banners.


A. Qualification Data: For Installer.

B. Product Certificates: For each type of banner.


A. Maintenance Data: For banners to include in maintenance manuals.





A. Store banners rolled over rigid tubes; do not fold banners.


A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install banners until spaces are enclosed and weathertight,

wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work at and above ceilings is complete, and ambient

temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when

occupied for its intended use.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS


A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Passes applicable test method in NFPA 701 as determined

by testing identical products by a qualified testing agency.

1. Permanently attach label to fabric of banner assembly indicating whether fabric is

inherently and permanently flame resistant or is treated with flame-retardant chemicals

and whether it requires retreatment after cleaning or after a designated time period of use.

2.2 FABRIC BANNER






BANNERS 108316 - 3

1. Anything Display Marketing Displays; a division of NHB Internet Services, LLC.

2. Joseph Merritt and Company, Hartford, CT

3. Signs & Decal Corp.

B. Base Banner Material: As follows:

1. Fabric Type: Vinyl-coated polyester mesh’ Vinyl laminate over polyester or nylon or

Vinyl laminate over fiberglass mesh.

2. Style: Stitched Hems, four sides.

3. Fabric Weight: 15 oz, smooth vinyl

4. Height and Width: As indicated on Drawings.

5. Color: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors and color densities with

printed graphics including URI Logo and Message. Digital file will be provided of

graphics.

6. Applied Treatment: Flame resistant as required to achieve requirements.

C. Graphics Application: Silk-screen printing, Heat color transfer, Inkjet or Electrostatic printing.

1. Extent: One-sided graphics application.

2. Text Message: To be Determined.

D. Fasteners: Provide hook & Loop fasteners to affix banner to wall.

1. Provide continuous strip along top and bottom edges.

2.3 FABRICATION

A. Construction: Single-sided banner.

1. Reinforcement: Reinforce wear points and hardware attachment points with concealed

nonwoven mesh or polypropylene mesh webbing.

2. Perimeter Hems: Fold under and double stitch the perimeter hems. Reinforce top hems by

double folding and double stitching the webbing reinforcement into minimum 2-inch

wide hem formed by face fabric turned under.

3. Fabric Edges and Seams: Manufacturer's standard hemming and seaming method.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for

supporting members, blocking, inserts, installation tolerances, clearances, and other conditions

affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.




BANNERS 108316 - 4

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install banners at locations and in position indicated, securely connected to supports, in proper

relation to adjacent construction, and according to fabricator's written instructions.

B. Use fasteners and installation accessories as necessary for securing banners to wall and for

properly transferring load to permanent construction.





CURTAINS AND DRAPES 122200 - 1

SECTION 122200 - CURTAINS AND DRAPES

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY


1. Studio Drapes.

2. Studio Drapery tracks.


A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Drapery Tracks: Include maximum weights of drapes that can be supported.

2. Fabrics.

3. Textile treatments.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Drapery Tracks: Show installation and anchorage details and locations of controls.

2. Drapes: Show sizes, locations, and details of installation.

C. Samples: As follows:

1. Drapery Tracks: 18 inches long, with carriers, controls, and accessories.

2. Drapery Fabrics: For each color and pattern indicated, full width by 36 inches long, from

dye lot to be used for the Work and with specified textile treatments applied. Show

complete pattern repeat if any. Mark top and face of fabric.

3. Textile Trims: For each color and pattern indicated, 18 inches long.

4. Drape Fabrication: For each heading, fabric, color, and pattern indicated, a complete full-

size panel to verify details of fabrication and thread colors.

D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated.

E. Samples for Verification: As follows:

1. Drapery Tracks: 18 inches long, with carriers, controls, and accessories.





2. Drapery Fabrics: For each color and pattern indicated, full width by 36 inches long, from

dye lot to be used for the Work and with specified textile treatments applied. Show

complete pattern repeat if any. Mark top and face of fabric.

3. Textile Trims: For each color and pattern indicated, 18 inches long.

4. Drape Fabrication: For each heading, fabric, color, and pattern indicated, a complete full-

size panel to verify details of fabrication and thread colors.

F. Product Schedule: For drapes and drapery tracks. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.


A. Coordination Drawings: For drapery track installation; reflected ceiling plans drawn to scale

and coordinating track installation with openings and ceiling-mounted items, on which the

following items are shown:

1. Suspended ceiling components.

B. Product Certificates: For each drapery fabric treated with flame retardant, signed by fabric

supplier and indicating treatment durability and cleaning procedures required to maintain

treatment effectiveness.


A. Maintenance Data: For products installed to include in maintenance manuals.


A. Installer Qualifications: For drapes and drapery tracks, fabricator of drapes.


A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions by field measurements before drape fabrication and

indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.

B. Scheduling: Do not deliver or install drapes until after other finish work, including painting, is

complete and spaces are otherwise ready for occupancy.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 DRAPERY TRACKS

A. Manually Operated Track:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide I. Weiss

Theatrical Solutions; No. 300 or a comparable product by one of the following:





1. S&K Theatrical Draperies

2. NorthEast Stage

2. Track shall be 11-gauge extruded aluminum I-beam construction consisting of a center

rib and top, intermediate and bottom flanges.

1. Lengths and Configurations: As required for drapery indicated on Drawings.

2. Support Capability: Weight of drape indicated mounted on track length indicated.

3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard.

3. Each curtain carrier shall be spaced on 12" centers and shall be of steel construction to

include two nylon-tired ball bearing wheels rolling on two separate parallel treads. Each

carrier shall contain a free moving plated swivel to accommodate curtain snap hook. Two

rubber bumpers shall be attached to each carrier to function as noise reducers.

4. Tracks shall be rigidly supported from wall brackets on four-foot maximum centers, or as

recommended by the manufacturer.

5. I. Weiss No. 300 track assemblies shall be provided in lengths as required. Provide (2)

parallel assemblies

6. Mounting Brackets: Aluminum, of type suitable for fastening track to wall surface

indicated and designed to support weight of track assembly and drape plus force applied

to operate track.

1. Mounting Surface: Wall.

2. Size: Adjustable.

7. Installation Fasteners: Sized to support track assembly and drape, and fabricated from

metal compatible with track, brackets, and supporting construction. Provide two fasteners

to fasten each bracket to supporting construction.

8. Operation: Baton or Cord complying with WCMA A 100.1.

1. Pulley Mounting Location: Wall.

2. Draw: Two-way, center opening.

9. Carriers: Coordinate with drapery headings indicated.

10. End Stops: Manufacturer's standard with track end cap.

11. Pulleys: Heavy duty.

2.2 DRAPES

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide I. Weiss Theatrical

Solutions, Synthetic Velour – 22 ounce IFR Polyester Drapery or comparable product by

another manufacturer.

1. S&K Theatrical Draperies





2. NorthEast Stage

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each color and pattern of drapery fabric and trim from one dye lot.

C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For fabrics treated with fire retardants, provide products

that pass UFAC Class 1 and NFPA 701 as determined by testing of fabrics that were treated

using treatment-application method intended for use for this Project by a testing and inspecting

agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Drape:

1. Fabric types: Synthetic Velour - 22-ounce IFR Polyester. Standard color as selected by

owner’s representative.

2. Flame Retardancy: Cotton fabrics and other flammable fabrics must be chemically mill

treated for flame retardancy according to the requirements of the National Fire Protection

Association’s NFPA #701.

3. Seams: Seams between widths shall be single stitched without puckers using Nylon

thread of matching color. All fabrics with a grain or pile shall have all widths of fabric

running in the same direction.

4. Top Finish: 3" Nylon webbing shall be double stitched to the top of the curtain with 1" of

face fabric turned under the webbing.

a. Brass Anodized Black rustproof grommets shall be inserted in pleat centers (12"

centers on flat curtains).

b. Track-mounted curtains shall be sewn to heavy nylon webbing supplied full body

snap hooks that are attached to the main header webbing with a nylon straps and two

rivets per strap.

5. Bottom Hems:

a. Valances and borders shall have 4" bottom hems.

b. All full height curtains shall have 6" bottom hems

c. All Curtains having fullness sewn in shall be fabricated with complete separate interior

chain pockets filled with #8 plated jack chain. Chain pockets shall be stitched so that the

chain will ride 2" above the finished bottom edge of the curtain, and tack stitched every

8ft to ensure chain will not shift.

d. Curtains with no fullness or not installed on curtain tracks shall have an additional pipe

pocket sewn into the bottom hem. Curtains shall contain a nylon lined pipe pocket sewn

inside the bottom hem OR, a nylon pocket can be sewn to the back at the hem, at the top

so that that a small light lock flap remains. All curtains with pockets are to be furnished

with an equal length of 1/2" pipe batten, threaded and coupled every 10 feet.

6. Side Hems:.

a. All side hems shall be 2".

7. Lining:

a. Not Required





8. Color:

a. Selected from manufacturer’s full range of options.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DRAPERY TRACK INSTALLATION

A. Install track systems according to manufacturer's written instructions, level and plumb, and at

height and location in relation to adjoining openings as indicated on Drawings. Ensure blocking

is in place prior to beginning installation.

B. Isolate metal parts of tracks and brackets from concrete, masonry, and mortar to prevent

galvanic action. Use tape or another method recommended in writing by track manufacturer.

3.2 DRAPE INSTALLATION

A. Where drapes abut overhead construction, hang drapes so that clearance between headings and

overhead construction is 1/4 inch.

B. Where drapes extend to floor, install so that bottom hems clear finished floor by not more than 1

inch and not less than 1/2 inch.

C. Where drapes extend to windowsill, install so that bottom hems hang above sill line and clear

sill line by not more than 1/2 inch.

3.3 ADJUSTING

A. After hanging drapes, test and adjust each drapery track to produce unencumbered, smooth

operation.

B. Steam and dress down drapes as required to produce crease- and wrinkle-free installation.

C. Remove and replace drapes that are stained or soiled.





FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING 126100 - 1

SECTION 126100 - FIXED AUDIENCE SEATING

PART 1 - GENERAL




1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes fixed, chair-type seating with the following:

1. Floor / wall mounting.

2. Fold Down seats with flex spring seats and fabric back and seat cushion.


1. Section 012300 "Alternates"

1.3 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

A. Seat Requirements:

1. Chair: Deliver and install a fixed auditorium seat in accordance with

drawings.

2. Dimensions are nominal and are based on the current product information

available

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with “Conditions of the Con-

tract” and Division 1 Submittals Procedures section.

B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers product data, including product specification

sheets, for specific products.

C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing seating layout, seat-numbering

scheme, chair sizes and aisle widths.

D. Samples: Submit selection and verification samples of finishes, colors and tex-

tures for each exposed material.





E. Quality Assurance Submittals; Submit the following;

1. Certificates: Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying mate-

rials comply with specify performance characteristics and criteria and

physical requirements.

2. Installer Qualifications: Submit certification indicating installer is quali-

fied to install manufacturers seating.

3. Bidder Qualifications: Submit certification, prior to drawing completion,

indicating site has been inspected for any conditions that may effect the

assembly or installation of products required.

1.5 WARRANTY

A. Project Warranty: Refer to “Conditions of the Contract” to project warranty pro-

visions.

B. Manufactures Warranty; Submit, for Owners acceptance, manufacturers standard

warranty documents executed by authorized company official. Manufactures

warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owners may have

under Contract Documents.

1. Warranty period; (5) year warranty on defect and workmanship, com-

mencing on Date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 SEATING SYSTEM

A. Basis of Design Manufacturer: Sedia Systems, Inc.

B. Contact; 1820 W. Hubbard Suite 300, Chicago, IL 60622

Phone 312-212-8010 Fax 312-226-1199

C. Seating Systems; Sedia Systems. Provide chairs with manufacturers features

specified in Part 2 Products Description herein.

1. Sedia Systems JumpSeat 90

D. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

1. Seat Specifications: 0.78” inches thick 13 ply Baltic Birch plywood seat

and back panel. Standard birch face with clear coat lacquer with antimi-

crobial product protection. Seat consist of 2 major plywood panels and 9

plywood slats precision shaped to +/- .1 degrees providing in use seat an-

gle of 5.0 degrees (+/- .5 Degrees). Dual 6” wide spring steel mechanism

returns seat to original closed position. Automatic seat return must be





tested to 300,000 cycles and static load of 600lbs. Upholstery utilizing

1.00” seat and back in high density polyurethane foam.

2. Seat Base Assembly: Floor mount in 19.00” x 4.50” x 0.24” steel plate

with 0.45” dia. holes for mounting. U-shaped upright support of heavy

gauge steel with height of 8.49” fits between seat and back plywood.

Chair attached with compression fit of 4 screws clamping through seat and

back around base.

3. Paint: All metal parts are cleaned and multi-stage Powder Coated.

PART 3 – INSTALLATION, EXECUTION AND WORKMANSHIP

3.1 MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS

A. Comply with bulletins, product catalog, installation instructions and product car-

ton instructions for installation

3.2 EXAMINATION

A. Site Verification: Prior to installation verify, with installer present, that substrates

and conditions comply with the requirements for construction tolerances.

B. Repair: Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Installation: Install following manufacturers printed instructions for installation

and using manufacturer recommended hardware and fasteners.

B. Repair: Repair minor abrasions and imperfections in painted surfaces with a coat-

ing that matches the factory- applied finish.

C. Replace: Replace any fabric damaged during installation.

31 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Cleaning: Clean Product in accordance with manufacturer instruction prior to

Owner’s acceptance. Remove construction debris, including cartons from project

site and legally dispose of debris.

B. Protection: Protect installed product and finished surfaces from damage during

construction.


Architectural Engineers, Inc. University of Rhode Island

AEI Project No. 18002.00 Harrington School of Communication and Broadcast Studio Renovations

FIRE PROTECTION 21 00 00-1

SECTION 210001

FIRE PROTECTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 3

1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS ............................................................................................................. 3

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK .......................................................................................................... 3

1.03 SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................................. 4

1.04 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................... 5

1.06 DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................ 5

1.07 MODIFICATIONS IN LAYOUT ................................................................................................... 6

1.08 SITE VISIT .................................................................................................................................. 6

1.09 EXISTING CONDITIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK ................................................................ 6

1.10 CODES, STANDARDS, AUTHORITIES AND PERMITS .................................................................. 6

1.11 GUARANTEE AND 24 HOUR SERVICE ...................................................................................... 7

1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS ................................................................................................................ 8

1.13 BULLETINS, MANUALS, AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, AND PROTECTION ........................ 8

1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS .................................................................................................. 9

1.15 SPRINKLER WORKING PLANS ................................................................................................... 9

1.16 WATER SUPPLY TEST DATA (MODIFY ARTICLE TO SUIT JOB) ................................................. 10

PART 2 - PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................................. 11

2.01 MANUFACTURERS ...................................................................................................................... 11

2.02 PIPING, FITTINGS AND JOINTS .............................................................................................. 11

2.03 JOINING MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. 12

2.04 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ESCUTCHEONS ................................................................................. 12

2.05 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS ....................................................................................................... 12

2.06 PIPE AND HANGER SUPPORTS ............................................................................................... 12

PART 3 - EXECUTION ............................................................................................................................. 13

3.01 EXAMINATION ....................................................................................................................... 13

3.02 PIPE APPLICATIONS ................................................................................................................ 13

3.03 PIPING INSTALLATIONS .......................................................................................................... 13




3.04 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................. 13

3.05 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATIONS .......................................................................................... 14

3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ..................................................................................................... 14

3.07 TESTING ................................................................................................................................. 14

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS




SECTION 210001

FIRE PROTECTION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS

A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.


B. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following:

1. Sprinkler system.

2. Sprinkler heads, piping, fittings and valves.

3. Preparation of complete "Fire Protection Working Drawings" and calculations.

4. Tests of all piping, systems, devices and alarms.

5. Sleeves, escutcheons, hangers and supports.

6. Flow tests.

7. Miscellaneous steel supports.

8. Shop drawings and submittals.

9. Permits, fees and inspections.

10. System and equipment start-ups; instructions.

11. Drilling for installation of inserts.

12. Core drilling for the Work of this Section.

13. Coordination drawings and record drawings and similar requirements.

14. Hoisting Equipment: The Fire Protection subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition all mechanical hoisting equipment, operating personnel and rigging that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work of this Section. The requirements of Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, in relation to hoisting and rigging being the responsibility of the General Contractor, do not apply to the work of this Section.

15. Staging, Planking and Scaffolding: The Fire Protection subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition, all staging, planking and scaffolding up to eight feet in height that is necessary for the proper execution of the Work in this Section. The General Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain in safe and adequate condition all staging, planking and scaffolding above eight feet in height.

C. Alternates: Not Applicable.




D. Items to be Installed Only: Not Applicable.

E. Items to Be Furnished Only: Furnish the following items for installation by the designated Sections:

1. Section 033000 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE:

a) Lintels, sleeves, anchors, inserts, plates and similar items for fire protection systems.

F. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections.

1. Section 078413 – PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING for coordination of floor and wall penetrations with firestopping contractor.

2. Section 092116 – GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES for coordination with gypsum ceilings.

3. Section 095113 – ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS for coordination with acoustical ceilings.

4. Section 230001 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING for coordination with HVAC piping and ductwork.

5. Section 260001 - ELECTRICAL WORK for fire alarm devices.

G. Perform work and provide material and equipment as shown on Drawings and as specified or indicated in this Section of the Specifications. Completely coordinate work of this Section with work of other trades and provide a complete and fully functional installation.

H. Drawings and Specifications form complimentary requirements; provide work specified and not shown, and work shown and not specified as though explicitly required by both. Although work is not specifically shown or specified, provide supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, devices and materials obviously necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation.

I. Give notices, file plans, obtain permits and licenses, pay fees and backcharges, and obtain necessary approvals from authorities that have jurisdiction as required to perform work in accordance with all legal requirements and with Specifications, Drawings, Addenda and Change Orders, all of which are part of Contract Documents.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Comply with requirements specified in Section 013300 – SUBMITTALS PROCEDURES.

B. Material and equipment requiring Shop Drawing Submittals shall include but not be limited to:

1. Fire Protection Products:

a) Sprinkler heads.

b) Pipe and fittings.

c) Hangers and supports.




1.04 DEFINITIONS

A. As used in this Section, "provide" means "furnish and install" and "POS" means "Provided Under Other Sections". "Furnish" means "to purchase and deliver to the project site complete with every necessary appurtenance and support," and "Install" means "to unload at the delivery point at the site and perform every operation necessary to establish secure mounting and correct operation at the proper location in the project."

1.05 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Listing of Drawings does not limit responsibility of determining full extent of work required by Contract Documents. Refer to Architectural, HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, Structural, and other Drawings and other Sections that indicate types of construction in which work shall be installed and work of other trades with which work of this Section must be coordinated.

B. Except where modified by a specific notation to the contrary, it shall be understood that the indication and/or description of any item, in the drawings or specifications or both, carries with it the instruction to furnish and install the item, regardless of whether or not this instruction is explicitly stated as part of the indication or description.

C. Items referred to in singular number in Contract Documents shall be provided in quantities necessary to complete work.

D. Drawings are diagrammatic. They are not intended to be absolutely precise; they are not intended to specify or to show every offset, fitting, and component. The purpose of the drawings is to indicate a systems concept, the main components of the systems, and the approximate geometrical relationships. Based on the systems concept, the main components, and the approximate geometrical relationships, the contractor shall provide all other components and materials necessary to make the systems fully complete and operational.

E. Information and components shown on riser diagrams but not shown on plans, and vice versa, shall apply or be provided as if expressly required on both.

F. Data that may be furnished electronically by the Designer (on computer tape, diskette, or otherwise) is diagrammatic. Such electronically furnished information is subject to the same limitation of precision as heretofore described. If furnished, such data is for convenience and generalized reference, and shall not substitute for Designer's sealed or stamped construction documents.

1.06 DISCREPANCIES IN DOCUMENTS

A. Where Drawings or Specifications conflict or are unclear, advise Designer in writing before Award of Contract. Otherwise, Designer's interpretation of Contract Documents shall be final, and no additional compensation shall be permitted due to discrepancies or unclarities thus resolved.

B. Where Drawings or Specifications do not coincide with manufacturers' recommendations, or with applicable codes and standards, alert Designer in writing before installation. Otherwise, make changes in installed work as Designer requires within Contract Price.

C. If the required material, installation, or work can be interpreted differently from drawing to drawing, or between drawings and specs, this contractor shall provide that material, installation, or work which is of the higher standard.




D. It is the intent of these contract documents to have the contractor provide systems and components that are fully complete and operational and fully suitable for the intended use. There may be situations in the documents where insufficient information exists to precisely describe a certain component or subsystem, or the routing of a component. In cases such as this, where the contractor has failed to notify the Designer of the situation in accordance with Paragraph (A) above, the contractor shall provide the specific component or subsystem with all parts necessary for the intended use, fully complete and operational, and installed in workmanlike manner either concealed or exposed per the design intent.

E. In cases covered by Paragraph (D) above, where the contractor believes he needs engineering guidance, he shall submit a sketch identifying his proposed solution and the Designer shall review, note if necessary, and approve the sketch.

1.07 MODIFICATIONS IN LAYOUT

A. HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, and Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic. They indicate general arrangements of mechanical and electrical systems and other work. They do not show all offsets required for coordination nor do they show the exact routings and locations needed to coordinate with structure and other trades and to meet Architectural requirements.

B. In all spaces, prior to installation of visible material and equipment, including access panels, review Architectural Drawings for exact locations and where not definitely indicated, request information from Designer.

C. Check Contract Drawings as well as Shop Drawings of all subcontractors to verify and coordinate spaces in which work of this Section will be installed.

D. Maintain maximum headroom at all locations. All piping and associated components to be as tight to underside of structure as possible.

E. Make reasonable modifications in layout and components needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades and to coordinate according to Paragraphs A, B, C, D above. Systems shall be run in a rectilinear fashion.

F. Where conflicts or potential conflicts exist and engineering guidance is desired, submit sketch of proposed resolution to Designer for review and approval.

1.08 SITE VISIT

A. Before submitting bid, visit and carefully examine site to identify existing conditions and difficulties that will affect work of this Section. No extra payment will be allowed for additional work caused by unfamiliarity with site conditions that are visible or readily construed by experienced observer.

1.09 EXISTING CONDITIONS AND PREPARATORY WORK

A. Before starting work in a particular area of the project, visit site and examine conditions under which work must be performed including preparatory work done under other Sections or Contracts or by the User Agency. Report conditions that might affect work adversely in writing through Contractor to Designer. Do not proceed with work until defects have been corrected and conditions are satisfactory. Commencement of work shall be construed as complete acceptance of existing conditions and preparatory work.

1.10 CODES, STANDARDS, AUTHORITIES AND PERMITS




A. Perform work strictly as required by rules, regulations, standards, codes, ordinances, and laws of local, state, and Federal governments, and other authorities that have legal jurisdiction over the site. Materials and equipment shall be manufactured, installed and tested as specified in latest editions of applicable publications, standards, rulings and determinations of:

B. Local and state building, plumbing, mechanical, electrical, fire and health department codes.

C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

D. American Insurance Association (A.I.A.) (formerly National Board of Fire Underwriters).

E. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA).

F. Factory Mutual Association (FM).

G. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL).

H. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

I. Material and equipment shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), and approved by ASME for intended service.

J. When requirements cited in this Specification conflict with each other or with Contract Documents, most stringent shall govern work. Designer may relax this requirement when such relaxation does not violate ruling of authorities that have jurisdiction. Approval for such relaxation shall be obtained in writing.

K. Most recent editions of applicable specifications and publications of the following organizations form part of Contract Documents:

L. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

M. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).

N. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA).

O. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

P. American Water Works Association (AWWA).

Q. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).

R. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA).

S. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

1.11 GUARANTEE AND 24 HOUR SERVICE

A. Guarantee Work of this Section in writing for one year following the date of beneficial occupancy by the User Agency. The guarantee shall repair or replace defective materials, equipment, workmanship and installation that develop within this period, promptly and to Designer's satisfaction and correct damage caused in making necessary repairs and replacements under guarantee within Contract Price.

B. In addition to guarantee requirements of Division 01 and of Subparagraph A above, obtain written equipment and material warranties offered in manufacturer's published data without exclusion or limitation, in User Agency's name.

C. Replace material and equipment that require excessive service during guarantee period as defined and as directed by Designer.

D. Provide 24 hour service beginning on the date the project is first beneficially occupied by the User Agency, whether or not fully occupied, and lasting until the termination of the guarantee




period. Service shall be at no cost to the User Agency. Service can be provided by this contractor or a separate service organization. Choice of service organization shall be subject to Designer and User Agency approval. Submit name and a phone number that will be answered on a 24 hour basis each day of the week, for the duration of the service.

E. Submit copies of equipment and material warranties to Designer before final payment.

F. At end of guarantee period, transfer manufacturers' equipment and material warranties still in force to User Agency.

G. This Paragraph shall not be interpreted to limit User Agency's rights under applicable codes and laws and under this Contract.

H. Part 2 Paragraphs of this Specification may specify warranty requirements that exceed those of this Paragraph.

I. Use of systems provided under this Section for temporary services and facilities shall not constitute Final Acceptance of work nor beneficial use by User Agency, and shall not institute guarantee period.

J. Provide manufacturer's engineering and technical staff at site to analyze and rectify problems that develop during guarantee period immediately. If problems cannot be rectified immediately to Owner’s Project Manager's satisfaction, advise Designer in writing, describe efforts to rectify situation, and provide analysis of cause of problem. Designer will suggest course of action.

1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Comply with requirements specified in Section 017700 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT.

B. Drawings shall show record condition of details, sections, riser diagrams, control changes and corrections to schedules. Schedules shall show actual manufacturer and make and model numbers of final equipment installation.

1.13 BULLETINS, MANUALS, AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, AND PROTECTION

A. Obtain at time of purchase of equipment, three copies of operation, lubrication and maintenance manuals for all items. Assemble literature in coordinated manuals with additional information describing combined operation of field assembled units, including as built wiring diagrams. Manual shall contain names and addresses of manufacturers and local representatives who stock or furnish repair parts for items or equipment. Divide manuals into three sections or books as follows:

1. Directions for and sequence of operation of each item of Fire Protection systems. Sequence shall list valves, switches, and other devices used to start, stop and control system. Detail procedure to be followed in case of malfunctions.

2. Detailed maintenance and trouble shooting manuals containing data furnished by manufacturer for complete maintenance. Include copy of balancing report.

3. Lubrication instructions detailing type of lubricant, amount, and intervals recommended by manufacturer for each item of equipment. Include additional instructions necessary for implementation of first class lubrication program. Include approved summary of lubrication instructions in chart form, where appropriate.

A. Furnish three copies of manuals to Designer for approval and distribution to Owner’s Project Manager. Deliver manuals no less than 30 days prior to acceptance of equipment to permit User Agency's personnel to become familiar with equipment and operation prior to acceptance.




B. Provide framed and glazed charts as follows: mount as directed by Designer.

1. Flow diagrams from first part of manual as described above.

2. Valve directory.

3. Lubrication chart from third part of manual.

C. Operating instructions: Upon completion of installation or when Owner’s Project Manager accepts portions of building and equipment for operational use, instruct User Agency's operating personnel in any or all parts of various systems. Instructions shall be performed by factory trained personnel. User Agency shall determine which systems require additional instructions. Duration of instructions shall take equipment through complete cycle of operation (at least five working days). Make adjustments under operating conditions.

D. Each contractor shall be responsible for his work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and accepted. Carefully store materials and equipment which are not immediately installed after delivery to site. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plug during construction to prevent entry of obstructing material.

E. Each separate contractor shall protect the work and material of other trades that might be damaged by his work or workmen and make good all damage thus caused.

1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A. Refer to Section 013100 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT, COORDINATION AND COMMISSIONING for coordination drawing requirements.

B. Coordination Drawings include but are not necessarily limited to:

1. Structure.

2. Partition/room layout.

3. Ceiling tile and grid.

4. Light fixtures.

5. Access panels.

6. Sheet metal, heating coils, boxes, grilles, diffusers, etc.

7. All heating piping and valves.

8. Smoke and fire dampers.

9. Soil, waste and vent piping.

10. Roof drain piping.

11. Major electrical conduit runs, panelboards, feeder conduit and racks of branch conduit.

12. Above ceiling miscellaneous metal.

13. Sprinkler piping and heads.

1.15 SPRINKLER WORKING PLANS

A. Definition: Working plans are the installation shop drawings required by NFPA Standard 13 and normally prepared by the installing sub-contractor.

B. Prepare working plans according to the requirements of NFPA Standard 13. Working plans and hydraulic calculations shall be prepared by a NICET-certified Level III or IV automatic




sprinkler system engineering technician or be stamped by a professional engineer registered in the jurisdiction of the Project.

C. Working Plans shall be stamped and signed by a Professional Engineer when required by the approving authority.

D. Submit working plans to the authorities having jurisdiction for approval, including:

E. Building Department.

F. Fire Department.

G. User Agency's Insurance Underwriter.

H. Designer.

I. Deviation from the approved plans will require re-approval by the reviewing authorities.

J. Prepare sprinkler head layout plans on reflected ceiling plans for submission to the Designer before submission of the working plans.

K. Submit working plans and hydraulic calculations to the Designer in one complete package, after review by the other authorities having jurisdiction. Plans submitted without review stamps or hydraulic calculations will be returned without review.

1.16 WATER SUPPLY TEST DATA

A. The following water supply data is included as information available to bidders only and shall not be used for final design calculations. Perform hydrant flow test under the work of this Section for water supply characteristics to be used for hydraulic calculations.

B. A hydrant flow test was performed ........................2005, .by .................at A.M.

C. Flow Test Results: Pressure Hydrant:

D. Location:

E. Elevation:

F. Static Pressure:

G. Residual Pressure:

H. Flow at PSI:

I. Estimated Flow at 20 PSI:

1.17 WELDER REQUIREMENTS

A. Before any welding is performed, Contractor shall submit three copies of the welding procedure specification for all metals included in the Work together with proof of qualifications as outlined in ANSI B31.1, ANSI B31.5 and ASME Boiler Code Section IX.

B. Before any welder or operator shall perform any welding the Contractor shall submit three copies of the Welder's Performance Qualification Record in conformance with ANSI B31.1 and ANSI B31.5, and ASME Section IX, showing that the welder was tested under the accepted procedure specification submitted by the Contractor. In addition the Contractor shall submit each welder's assigned number, letter, or symbol which shall be used to identify the work of the welder which shall be affixed immediately upon completion of the weld. Welders making defective welds after passing a qualification test shall be required to take a re-qualification test.

C. Welders failing the re-qualification tests shall not be permitted to work under this contract.




D. Welding procedures, welders, and welding operators previously qualified by test may be accepted for this contract without re-qualification provided that all the conditions specified in ANSI B31.1 and ANSI B31.5 are met before a procedure is used.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering fire protection system products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Grooved Mechanical Couplings:

a) Stockham

b) Victaulic

2. Sprinkler Heads:

a) Automatic Sprinkler Corp. Of America

b) Central Sprinkler Corp.

c) Firematic Sprinkler Devices, Inc.

d) Globe Fire Equipment Co.

e) Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc.

f) ITT Grinnell

g) Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.

h) Star Sprinkler Corp.

i) Viking Corp.

2.02 PIPING, FITTINGS AND JOINTS

A. Sprinkler Piping:

1. Steel: 2 inches and smaller: ASTM 135 Schedule 40 black steel with threaded joints; larger than 2 inches: ASTM 135 Schedule 10 lightwall with roll grooved joints or Schedule 4O black steel with grooved or threaded joints. Sizes 1-inch through 3-inches may be Allied galvanized XL threadable lightwall steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings.

B. Fittings:

1. Ductile Iron: ASTM A-536.

2. Malleable Iron: ANSI B16.3.

3. 3. Steel: ANSI B16.11.

4. Cast Iron: ANSI B16.4. (Not for use in dry system.)

C. Grooved Fittings and Couplings:

1. Grinnell Fig. 7000, Gustin-Bacon No. 105 or Victaulic Style 75.

2. Compatibility: Couplings and fittings shall be of a single manufacturer or shall be certified as compatible by both manufacturers.




2.03 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Welding Materials: Comply, with Section II, Part C, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the pipe being welded.

1. Brazing Filter Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification Bag1 (Silver).

2. Solder Filter Metals: ASTM B 32, 95-5 Tin Antinomy.

B. Gasket Materials: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid or gas to be handled, and design temperatures and pressures.

2.04 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ESCUTCHEONS

A. All pipes passing through floors, walls, or partitions shall be provided with sleeves having an internal diameter of approximately one inch larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or insulation on covered lines.

B. Sleeves through floors and through exterior, structural and fire-rated construction shall be hot-dipped galvanized Schedule 40 steel pipe.

C. Sleeves through partitions and non-fire-rated construction shall be 25 gauge galvanized steel with lock longitudinal seams, or approved plastic pipe.

D. Inserts shall be individual or strip type of pressed steel construction with accommodation for removable nuts and threaded rods up to 3/4 inch diameter, permitting lateral adjustment. Individual inserts shall have an opening at the top to allow reinforcing rods up to 2 inch diameter to be passed through the insert body. Strip inserts shall have attached rods with hooked ends to allow fastening to reinforcing rods.

E. Unless otherwise specified herein, escutcheons shall be cast brass chrome plated type and provided with a set screw to properly hold escutcheon in place.

F. Where piping passes below grade beams, provide a ductile iron sleeve three sizes larger than the pipe being served. Sleeve shall be a minimum of six feet in length.

G. The void between sleeves and piping passing through all interior above grade fire rated partitions and floor slabs shall be filled with a two hour fire rated mastic.

2.05 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS

A. Sprinkler Heads: fusible link type, and style as indicated or required by the application. Unless otherwise indicated, provide heads with nominal 2 inch discharge orifice, for “Ordinary” temperature range.

B. Sprinkler Heads Finishes: Provide heads with the following finishes:

1. Upright, Pendent, and Sidewall Styles: chrome plated in finish spaces, exposed to view; rough bronze finish for heads in unfinished spaces and not exposed to view. Heads shall be wax-coated where installed exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive fumes.

2. Concealed Style: rough brass, with painted white cover plate.

C. Sprinkler Head Cabinet and Wrench: finished steel cabinet, suitable for wall mounting, with hinged cover and space for 6 spare sprinkler heads on the project.

2.06 PIPE AND HANGER SUPPORTS




A. Provide pipe supports, sway braces, hangers, and clamps conforming to NFPA 13 and listed by UL and approved by FM.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine rough-in for fire hose valves and cabinets to verify actual locations of piping connections prior to installing cabinets.

B. Examine walls for suitable conditions where cabinets are to be installed.

C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PIPE APPLICATIONS

A. Install piping in accordance with NFPA 13 for sprinkler systems.

B. Install Schedule 40 steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2-inch and smaller, and with welded joints for 2-1/2 inch and larger.

C. Install Schedule 40 steel pipe with roll-grooved ends and grooved mechanical couplings for piping 2-inch and smaller.

3.03 PIPING INSTALLATIONS

A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location and arrangement of piping systems. So far as practical, install piping as indicated.

1. Deviations from approved “Working Plans” for sprinkler piping, require written approval of the authority having jurisdiction. Written approval shall be on file with the Designer prior to deviating for the approved “Working Plans.”

B. Install sprinkler piping to provide for system drainage in accordance with NFPA 13.

C. Use approved fittings to make all changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes.

D. Install unions in pipes 2-inch and smaller, adjacent to each valve. Unions are not required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved mechanical couplings.

E. Install flanges or flange adaptors on valves, apparatus, and equipment having 2-1/2 inch and larger connections.

F. Hangers and Supports: Comply with the requirements of NFPA 13. Hanger and support spacing and locations for piping joined with grooved mechanical couplings shall be in accordance with the grooved mechanical coupling manufacturer’s written instructions, for rigid systems. Provide protection from damage where subject to earthquake in accordance with NFPA 13.

G. Make connections between underground and above-ground piping using an approved transition piece strapped or fastened to prevent separation.

H. Install mechanical sleeve seal at pipe penetrations in basement and foundation walls. Refer to Section 220000 – PLUMBING.

3.04 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION




A. Welded Joints: AWS D10.9, Level AR-3.

B. Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join pipe, fittings, and valves as follows:

1. Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint.

2. Align threads at point of assembly.

3. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads.

4. Assemble joint to appropriate thread depth. When using a wrench on valves, place the wrench on the valve end into which the pipe is being threaded.

5. Damaged Threads: Do no use pipe with threads which are corroded, or damaged. If a weld opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of pipe shall not be used.

6. Flanged Joints: Align flanges surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer.

7. Mechanical Grooved Joints: Cut or roll grooves on pipe ends dimensionally compatible with the couplings.

8. Brazed Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS “Brazing Manual.”

a) WARNING: Some filler metals contain compounds which produce highly toxic fumes when heated. Avoid breathing fumes. Provide adequate ventilation.

9. Soldered Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the Copper Development Association “Handbook for Fire Sprinkler Systems.”

10. End Treatment: After cutting pipe lengths, remove burrs and fins from pipe ends.

3.05 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATIONS

A. Use proper tools to prevent damage during installations.

3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems in accordance with NFPA 13.

B. Replace piping system components which do not pass the test procedures specified, and retest repaired portion of the system.

3.07 TESTING

A. Testing and flushing of the fire protection systems shall be done at the expense of this Subcontractor and with equipment furnished by him. Testing shall be done in the presence of duly authorized inspectors and representatives of the Designer and Owner’s Project Manager within forty-eight (48) hour notice given those authorities. Prior to testing, the system shall be thoroughly flushed with clean water.




B. The system shall be repaired and retested until made perfect, without additional expense to Owner.

C. To test piping, subject it to a three-hour hydraulic test of 200 psi, and as required by N.F.P.A. and the User Agency's Insurance Underwriter. Piping shall be repaired until such tests show no leaks. Where required, and depending on the building timing and schedule, the system may be required to be tested without final swing elbows and heads installed. In this case, a second test will be required upon installation of swing elbows and heads.

D. Material and test certificates must be signed by the Owner’s Project Manager prior to and upon completion of testing. Final test reports must be approved in writing by local authorities.

E. Results of tests shall be recorded and submitted using the forms in NFPA #13, for review by the Engineer. The Material and Test Certificate shall also be sent to the Owner’s Project Manager and User Agency's Insurance Underwriter.

F. Provide all necessary and appropriate personnel to participate in and coordinate fire protection systems with all fire alarm testing, or other systems testing which may interface with fire protection system. Participation shall include all preliminary testing, walk-through testing prior to official walk-through testing and any re-testing if required.

G. Where Insurance company approval is required, the Sprinkler Contractor shall be sure that plans are reviewed with insurance company.



HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 00 00-1

SECTION 23 00 00 - HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections within DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, which are hereby made a part of this Section of the Specifications.

1.02 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Work included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section and without limiting the generality thereof includes:

1. Remove ductwork and extend new to new diffusers in TV Studio, Control Room, and Green Room.

2. Provide prebalance of all systems affected by this work (refer to mechanical drawings) for review by the engineer prior to any procurement or fabrication. This includes air handlers and exhaust fans. Balance report shall include amperage readings, static pressure readings, and airflows at equipment and at outlets.

3. Testing and balancing of all systems that are modified by this work (refer to mechanical drawings). Balance report shall include amperage readings, static pressure readings, and airflows at equipment and at outlets.

4. Clean existing remaining ductwork, fans, coils and unit.

5. Replace belts and filters of all units affected by this work.

6. New split system for equipment room with wall mounted indoor unit, roof mounted outdoor unit, refrigerant pipe/insulation, and controls.

7. New digital thermostats and connections to existing DDC systems

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 DUCTWORK AND AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT

A. Reference Standards

1. Material, construction and installation shall meet requirements of most recent editions of the following standards and references, except for more stringent requirements specified or shown on Drawings:

Standard As Applicable To

International Mechanical Code - 2009 HVAC systems. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible

Sheet Metal Ductwork; Duct Liners; Adhesives; Fasteners; Flexible Ductwork.

SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual

Duct Leakage Testing

ADC and TIMA Flexible Duct Performance Standards

Flexible Ductwork




B. General

1. Provide supporting and hanging devices necessary to attach entire HVAC system including ductwork and equipment, and to prevent vibration.

2. Provide vertical and horizontal supports as required by codes to meet minimum applicable earthquake resistance standards.

3. Ductwork shall be free from vibration under all conditions of operation. Dimensions shown on Drawings for lined ductwork are net inside dimensions. Increase ductwork to accommodate lining requirements.

4. Pipe or conduit crossing duct:

a. No pipe, conduit, hanger, Architectural element nor structural member shall pass through duct without Engineer ’s written approval.

b. Where it is impossible to re-route pipe or conduit and when written approval has been obtained, increase duct size to maintain constant cross-sectional area at point of interference. Provide streamlined enclosure for pipe or conduit, as illustrated in SMACNA.

5. When making offsets and transformations necessary to accommodate structural conditions, preserve full cross-sectional area of ductwork shown on Drawings.

6. Ductwork shall have pressure-velocity classifications as follow:

DUCT CONSTRUC- TION CLASS

STATIC PRESSURE

RATING

PRESSURE

SMACNA SEAL

CLASS

SMACNA LEAKAGE

CLASS

VELOCITY

2" 2" Pos. or Neg. B 12 2500 fpm or less

a. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, the following pressure classifications shall be used for the types of ductwork listed below: 2" Class: All ductwork.

7. Sealing Requirements for Class B, Leakage Class 12, Galvanized, Non-Welded Aluminum or Non-Welded Stainless Steel, Ductwork.

a. Transverse Joints

1) During assembly seal all flanged transverse joints with sealing tape of quality equal to Hardcast Inc. 1902-FR. Corners shall be sealed as described by SMACNA and when applicable per manufacturer's published procedures.

2) Seal all non-flanged transverse joints with Hardcast Inc. Versa Grip 102 or approved equal.

b. Longitudinal Seams

1) Seal all longitudinal seams during ductwork fabrication with Hardcast Inc. Cold Seal 1001 or approved equal.

8. Support

a. Space hangers as required by SMACNA (8 ft max) for horizontal duct on 8 ft. centers, unless concentrated loadings require closer spacing.

b. Support vertical duct on each floor or slab it penetrates.

c. Supports for ductwork and equipment shall be galvanized unless specified otherwise.

9. Connections




a. Connect inlets and outlets of air handling units and fans to ductwork with flexible connections unless fan has vibration isolator mounts inside unit with flexible connections and no external vibration isolators. Exception: Do not use flex on life safety smoke exhaust fans.

b. Indoors, flexible connections shall be neoprene-coated fibrous glass fire retardant fabric, by Ventfabrics, or Durodyne. Outdoors, flexible connections shall be Dupont hypalon- coated fibrous glass fire-, weather-, and UV-resistant by Ventfabrics or Durodyne.

c. Secure flexible connections tightly to air handlers with metal bands. Bands shall be same material as duct construction.

d. Connections from trunk to branch ducts shall be as detailed on Drawings.

10. Construction

a. No sharp metal edges shall extend into air streams.

b. Install drive slips on air-leaving side of duct with sheet metal screws on 6" centers.

11. Joints

a. Longitudinal lock seams shall be double-locked and flattened to make tight joints.

b. Make transverse joints, field connections, collar attachments and flexible connections to ducts and equipment with sheet metal screws or bolts and nuts. Do not use rivets and staples.

12. Prefabricated Transverse Duct Joints

a. Transverse joints in galvanized sheet metal ductwork may be made with galvanized gasketed frame and angle duct joint system by Ductmate, TDF, TDC or approved equal. Angles shall be at least 20 gauge. Prefabricated transverse duct joints shall not be used for duct 16 GA. and heavier, nor for duct 23 GA. or lighter.

b. Secure angles to duct with screws (using clutched arbor) or spot-welds spaced as recommended by manufacturer for duct pressure class.

13. Elbows and Bends

a. Elbows and bends for rectangular ducts shall have centerline radius of 1-1/2 times duct width wherever possible. Elbows for grease exhaust and fume hood exhaust shall be full radius. Vanes or mitered duct are not allowed.

b. Where centerline radius is less than 1-1/2 times duct width (on supply, return and exhaust ductwork), elbows shall be radius throat (square throat allowed when turning around column or other close objects) with radius heel. For elbows whose width is greater than 48 inches and/or where shown on plans, provide splitter vanes. Install vanes in accordance with SMACNA. Where multiple elbows are separated by less than ten duct diameters use splitter (full length) vanes.

c. For round ductwork provide stamped elbows, with centerline radii equal to 1-1/2 times duct diameter, or gored elbows as follows:

Elbow Angle No. of Gores 0°-36° 2 37°-72° 3 73°-90° 5

d. Elbows for flat oval ducts shall have centerline radii equal to 1-1/2 times duct diameter in plane of bend, or gored elbows with gores as specified for round ducts.

14. Access Panels/Doors




a. Provide proper pressure and leakage rated, gasketed, duct mounted access panels/doors for the following items with minimum sizes, as indicated. Access doors shall be of double wall construction - doors in insulated ducts shall be insulated. Gauges of door materials, no. of hinges, no. and type of door locks shall be as required by the SMACNA Duct Construction Standards. Hinged doors are not acceptable, screwed or bolted access panels are not acceptable. Doors shall be chained to frame with a minimum length of 6" to prevent loss of door. For seal Class A, access doors shall be leakage rated, neoprene gasketed UL 94 HF1 listed, DUCTMATE "sandwich" or approved equal. Door metal shall be the same as the attached duct material. For grease and high temperature ducts, door assembly shall be rated for 2300°F. The minimum sizes are:

1) Fire dampers - 12" x 12", or larger.

2) Combination Fire/Smoke dampers - 12" x 12", or larger.

3) Smoke dampers - 6" x 6" minimum.

4) Automatic control dampers - 6" x 6" minimum.

5) Manual volume dampers 2 sq. ft. and larger - 6" x 6" minimum.

6) Inlet side to all coils - 12" x 12", or larger.

7) Suction and discharge sides of inline fans - 24" x 24" minimum.

8) At additional locations indicated on drawings, or specified elsewhere - 12" x 12" minimum.

b. Generally access doors are not shown on the drawings, but shall be provided in accordance with the above.

15. Extractors shall have adjusting rod and locknut on outside of duct.

16. Connections to roof fans:

a. Shall be at least 22 ga. galvanized steel soldered watertight.

b. Solder side seams at least 12" up from bottom.

c. Provide suitable dielectric gaskets to join dissimilar materials.

d. All duct connecting to fans shall be lined for 20’ or as shown on drawings, whichever is longer.

17. Duct Pressure Tests

a. Pressure test ducts after takeoffs and wall penetrations are in place and before applying exterior insulation. Correct any leaks.

b. Pressure and leak test 25% of duct work at 150% of duct construction class pressure. Duct shall be constructed so there is no joint or structural failure at the test pressure. Coordinate section of duct to be tested with engineer.

18. Duct Leakage Tests

a. Leak testing shall be per SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. Provide orifice assembly including straightening vanes, orifice-plate mounted in straight tube with properly located pressure taps, and U-tube manometer or other device as specified by SMACNA. Orifice assembly shall be calibrated accurately and shall come with calibration curve. Leakage classes shall be as previously specified. Submit leak test report (per SMACNA format) for Engineer review. Drawings of ductwork tested shall also be submitted with report, indicating presence of takeoffs, wall penetrations, joints, etc. Test 25% of ductwork and coordinate location with engineer.

19. Materials

a. Sheet metal ducts shall be constructed of hot-dipped galvanized sheet metal with G90 Commercial coating according to ASTM 527 unless specified otherwise.




b. Stainless steel (SS) ductwork shall be 18 gauge for kitchen hoods; and as required by SMACNA for other ducts. Materials shall be 316/No. 4 finish for exposed duct, 304/No. 1 finish for concealed ducts. Joints and seams shall be welded as required by SMACNA Guidelines for Welding Sheetmetal.

c. Aluminum ductwork shall be Alclad 3003-1414 or alloy 5052-H32, of thickness required by the SMACNA duct construction standards with Alloy 6061 bracing angles, and Pittsburgh lock longitudinal corner and double side seaming. Aluminum ductwork shall be utilized in shower/locker rooms.

d. Flexible Ductwork

1) Flexible ductwork, connecting to uninsulated or unlined duct, shall be polyester core with corrosion-resistant helical wire reinforcing. The polyester core shall be minimum two ply and shall have a minimum thickness of 0.0017". Flex duct shall be U.L. rated for 6" W.C. positive pressure, 2" W.C. negative pressure with a maximum velocity of 4000 FPM. Flexduct must be listed as a Class 1 Connector according to UL 181 and shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A - maximum ASTM E-84 fire hazard rating shall be 25 flame spread, 50 fuel contributed and 50 smoke developed. Uninsulated flexible duct shall be equivalent to Wiremold, Type WB, or Flexmaster Types 2 and 4 (not type 9).

2) Flexible duct connected to insulated or lined duct shall also be insulated and shall be equivalent to Wiremold Type WK or Flexmaster Types 2 or 4 (not type 9), with 1-1/2", 3/4 lb. density fiberglass insulation and an aluminized reinforced vapor barrier.

3) Submittals shall include data on no. of polyester plies and minimum thickness of polyester core, in addition to other data listed above required to ensure that submitted product meets the requirements of these specifications by Thermaflex, Owens-Corning, Wiremold, or Genflex.

4) If flexduct other than the model numbers of the vendors listed above is submitted, a sample of the flex shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Engineer shall have sole discretion in determining whether the submitted flex is equivalent to that of the named vendors above.

5) Unless otherwise indicated, flexible duct shall not exceed 5'-0" long.

C. 2" and Lower Pressure Class Ductwork - Rectangular

1. Ducts wider than 19" with more than 10 square feet of unbraced panel shall be beaded or cross-broken.

2. Internal stiffening struts shall only be used upon prior written approval of the Engineer.

3. Make changes in duct size with tapered connections as required by SMACNA. Changes shall NOT exceed 30°from line of air flow. Take-off to the diffusers shall be 45° leading edge type or Bellmouth type.

4. Transverse joints shall be TDF/TDC or slip joints; use flat or standing seam according to SMACNA. Where duct size requires standing seam but space restrictions dictate flat seam, notify Engineer prior to fabrication.

D. 2" and Lower Pressure Class Ductwork - Round

1. Joints

a. Longitudinal joints shall be spiral seam, butt welded, lap and seam welded, or ACME lock-grooved seam. Snap lock seams shall be used on ½" w.g. pressure class duct only.

b. Transverse joints shall be beaded sleeve joint or other approved joints listed in SMACNA. Use three or more sheet metal screws at 15" uniform intervals along circumference of joints.

2. Branch fittings shall be conical tee (Buckley or equal) or combination tee as shown in




SMACNA.

E. Flexible Rigid Duct

1. Flexible ductwork shall be Flexmaster Triple-Lock Buck Duct Flexible Air Duct (insulated or non-insulated) as manufactured by Buckley Associates or equal (617-878-5000). Flexible duct, non-insulated, shall be Underwriters Laboratory Listed UL 181 Class 0 air duct and constructed in accordance with NFPA Standards 90A and 90B. It shall have a smoke/flame spread rating of 50/25.

2. Duct shall be made from a tape of dead soft aluminum sheet, spiral wound into a tube and spiral corrugated to provide strength and stability. The joint shall consist of a triple lock mechanically performed without the use of adhesives to make a durable airtight seam. A double lock is not acceptable.

3. Flexible duct connected to insulated or lined duct shall also be insulated. Flexmaster insulated flex shall have a gray Fire Retardant Polyethylene outer jacket with a ½ lb. density, 1-1/2" thick fiberglass insulation blanket, factory wrapped. Flexible Duct, insulated, shall be Underwriters Laboratory Listed and constructed in accordance with NFPA standards 90A and 90B. It shall have a smoke/flame spread rating of 50/25.

4. The flexible duct shall be supported as required.

5. Flexible duct work shall be rated at 12" positive pressure. Duct from 3 to 16" shall have a negative pressure of 12", 8" for duct work 18 and 20.

6. All flexible duct shall be individually cartoned and labeled for delivery to the job site for maximum protection.

7. Submittals shall include data on minimum thickness of aluminum core, in addition to other data listed above, required to ensure that submitted product meets the requirements of these specifications.

8. Provide sealing compound for installation. See further paragraphs in this specification and details for other installation requirements.

F. Volume Dampers

1. Provide Young Regulator manual adjustable rectangular opposed blade dampers for duct heights less than 12" with factory-installed locking hand quadrants extended 2" for all dampers installed in externally insulated duct:

a. On each supply, return and general exhaust duct take-off.

b. At each take-off to register, grille or diffuser (not all are shown on drawing).

2. Dampers are manufactured approximately 5/16" smaller in width and 1/8" smaller in height than size of duct in which they are installed; e.g., nominal damper size is 24" x 10"; actual size is approximately 23-11/16" x 9-7/8".

3. Damper frame shall be constructed of #6063 extruded aluminum reinforced channel with minimum thickness of .050". Opposed damper blades shall be #6063 extruded aluminum with minimum thickness of .050" and shall include reinforcing ribs. Each blade shall be supported in the damper frame by individual Teflon axle bearings, and shall be driven by stainless steel connecting slide linkage controlled by 3/8" square steel control shaft.

4. Note: All required volume dampers are not indicated on drawings but dampers shall be provided as necessary for systems balancing and as stated in this specification section.

5. Dampers 12" and larger in height shall be opposed multi-blade equal to Greenheck, Nailor, or Vent Products.

6. Where dampers are inaccessible, use Young Regulator or equal locking type ceiling regulators and miter gear or worm gear for all horizontal dampers. Bearing coupling for bottom duct control may be used for shaft on vertical blade dampers. The 3/8" rod between ceiling regulator and damper shall be provided by contractor. This method is preferred over providing access panels in ceilings.

7. Damper blades shall be two gauges heavier than adjoining ductwork, and shall be riveted to supporting rods. Hem over edges parallel to rods.

8. Brackets shall be galvanized metal, secured to ductwork with sheet metal screw with




locking quadrant arms (see seal class section for additional requirements). Provide 2" handle extension for all dampers on externally insulated ductwork.

9. Note: All required volume dampers are not indicated on Drawings but dampers shall be provided as necessary for system balancing.

G. Diffusers, Registers and Grilles

1. Provide diffusers, registers and grilles for supply, return and exhaust outlets, of size, type and design shown on Drawings. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Anemostat, Krueger, Metalaire or Titus.

2. Equipment shall be tested and rated per ASHRAE 91-70.

3. Equipment shall handle air quantities at operating velocities:

a. With maximum diffusion within space supplied or exhausted.

b. Without objectionable air movement as determined by Engineer.

c. With sound pressure level not to exceed NC 30.

4. Supply, return and exhaust outlets shall have opposed blade volume dampers operable from front.

5. Supply registers shall have two sets of directional control blades.

6. Diffusers within same room or area shall be of same type and style to provide Architectural uniformity.

7. Diffusers, registers and grilles shall be furnished with gaskets and installed with faces set level and plumb, tightly against mounting surface.

8. Finish shall be as directed by Engineer.

9. Coordinate diffusers, registers and grilles with ceiling and wall construction. Refer to Architectural Drawings for exact lengths and for framing and mitering arrangements that may differ from those shown on HVAC Drawings.

H. Branch Duct Take-off Fittings

1. Contractor shall provide Buckley Bellmouth Take-offs or equal at all branch duct locations.

2. Bellmouth Fitting shall be Model BMD with damper or equal. In areas where sufficient duct height is not available, the contractor shall provide the Buckley Mini-mouth fitting, Model M-BMD with damper or the flat oval Bellmouth, Model FOBMD with damper or equal.

3. Bellmouths shall be constructed of heavy-duty galvanized steel. Bellmouths shall include an air-tight Neoprene gasket to ensure a tight fitting with minimal leakage. Pre-drilled holes shall be provided for quick mounting. Bellmouth shall be as manufactured by Buckley Associates or equal (617-878-5000) or equal.

4. Standard damper hardware to be constructed of 26-gauge galvanized material with a quadrant damper and tight-fitting gasketing to ensure minimal leakage at damper pivot points.

5. Optional heavy-duty hardware shall be provided at locations of higher static pressure where shown on the drawings.

6. Ninety-degree take-offs are not permitted on this project.

2.02 DUCT INSULATION

A. General

1. Insulation shall be Certain-Teed, Knauf, Manville or Owens Corning. Install insulation, mastics, adhesives, coatings, covers, weather-protection and other work exactly as required by manufacturer's recommendations. Materials shall meet requirements of Adhesive and Sealant Council Standards and SMACNA.




2. Apply insulation after systems have been tested, proved tight and approved by Engineer. Remove dirt, scale, oil, rust and other foreign matter prior to installation of insulation.

3. Leaks in vapor barrier or voids in insulation will not be accepted.

4. ASTM E-84 minimum fire hazard ratings shall be 25 flame spread, 50 fuel contributed and 50 smoke developed.

5. Where ducts are insulated, flexible connections to ducts shall be insulated.

6. Insulate standing seams with same material and thickness as duct.

7. Acoustically lined ductwork shall not be insulated externally, except as noted otherwise.

8. Return ductwork in ceiling plenums shall not be insulated.

9. Insulation shall be continuous through wall and ceiling openings and in sleeves.

10. Transmission rates of vapor barriers shall not exceed 0.02 perms.

11. Do not insulate fibrous glass duct.

B. Concealed Rectangular, Flat Oval and Circular Ductwork

1. Insulate supply and fresh air ducts and plenum in concealed spaces and return duct with 2" thick (R-6 minimum) fibrous glass duct wrap, with foil-kraft flame resistant vapor barrier.

2. Insulation density shall be 3/4 lb/cf and maximum K-factor shall be 0.30 at 75°F mean temperature.

3. If insulation does not have pre-cut lap, make lapped butt joints by cutting 2" strip of insulation away from vapor barrier. Apply 6" strips of approved adhesive on 16" centers and wrap duct with insulation. Staple lapped joint with outward-clinching staples. Seal stapled joints air-tight with approved vapor barrier mastic or pressure-sensitive tape.

4. For rectangular duct 24" or larger in any dimension, augment application method specified in item 3 with approved mechanical fasteners, such as weld pins with speed washers, on 18" centers on bottom of duct.

5. Cover breaks in vapor material with patches of same material, secured with adhesive and staples. Seal staples with approved vapor barrier coating.

6. Fill voids in insulation at jacket penetrations and seal with vapor barrier coating.

7. Seal and flash terminations and punctures with fibrous glass cloth between two coats of vapor barrier coating.

8. Terminate vapor barrier and extend insulation at standoff brackets.

2.03 SPLIT SYSTEM

1. GENERAL

a. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

b. Provide one refrigerant line filter drier and outside pressure taps in each refrigerant circuit on brazed tubing refrigerant piping systems.

2. Manufacturers

a. American Standard

b. Trane

c. York

d. Daikin / McQuay

e. Mitsubishi

3. FAN COIL UNIT




a. Fabricated exterior unit casing shall be constructed with minimum of 18 gauge galvanized steel, painted with epoxy based enamel paint. Provide color chart for color selection by Architect.

b. All are to be double wall with a minimum 2 inch microbial resistant and cleanable foam insulation liner with an R value of 12 or greater. Unit access panels must be removable.

c. Fabricate fan deck of galvanized steel.

d. Primary Drain Pan:

1) Unit(s) shall have a fire retardant, closed cell foam insulated, rust-inhibiting IAQ stainless steel drain pan across the full width of the unit, extending from the cooling coil to the end of the unit.

2) Drain connection shall be minimum 7/8-inch outside diameter, copper construction.

3) Arrange coil and drain pan connections on the side of the unit as shown on the Drawings.

e. Each unit shall be provided with integral mounting brackets adequate to support the unit’s weight.

f. Each unit shall be provided with a one (1) inch discharge and inlet duct collar.

g. Furnish access doors as required to service all elements of the unit from each side of the unit, not from the bottom.

h. Fan(s) shall be direct drive with centrifugal, single width wheel mounted on vibration isolators.

i. Fan wheel design must meet Fan Efficiency Grade requirements and tested and certified in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AMCA Standard 205-12.

j. Fan motors that are 1 hp or less shall be Electronically Commutated Motor (ECM) motor with an Electronic Speed Control (ESC) module. Fan motors greater than 1 hp shall be three-phase, suitable for Variable Speed Drive (VFD) service in total compliance with Section 20 05 13.

4. Coils

a. Coils shall be comprised of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes. If the cooling coils are used to cool mixed air (outside air and return air) the coil shall be comprised of copper fins mechanically bonded to copper tubes.

b. Test all coils for maximum system design working pressure and or static pressure based on the type of refrigerant being used.

c. Heating and cooling coils shall be sized as required to meet or exceed industry standards, capacities, and notes, on the Drawings.

5. Air cooled condensing units

a. Provide air cooled condensing units as scheduled. Units shall be self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and pre-wired suitable for outdoor use consisting of cabinet, compressors, condensing coil and fans, integral sub-cooling coil, controls, liquid receiver and screens.

b. Provide corrosion resistant materials for unit parts which come in contact with refrigerant.

c. Provide timer conduits to prevent rapid cycling of compressor.

d. Fabricate cabinet from galvanized steel, equipped with removable access doors or panels with quick fasteners. The cabinet and framing shall be protected from environmental elements using a powder coat or epoxy paint finish capable of withstanding 500-hour salt spray exposure per ASTM B117.

e. Compressor: [Hermetically sealed scroll with capacity modulation] or [semi-hermetic] type with positive lubrication, crank case heater, un-loader for capacity




modulation, motor over load protection, service valves, filter drier, suction and discharge valves, with gauge ports, and high and low pressure safety controls.

f. Condenser:

1) Coils shall be made from seamless copper tubing with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and capable of withstanding 500-hour salt spray exposure per ASTM B117.

2) Provide condenser fans which discharge, vertically and that have direct drive fans resiliently mounted with guard and motor.

g. Provide unit with high and low pressure cutouts for compressor, non-recycling pump down, reset relay and oil pressure safety control (7 1/2 ton units and larger).

h. Provide anti-short cycle timer for loss of power conditions to protect the compressor.

i. Low suction pressure cut out switch to reduce probability of pulling non condensable gases into the refrigerant system.

6. Piping

a. Copper Tube and Fittings:

1) Drawn-Temper Copper Tube per ASTM B 280, Type ACR, clean, dry and capped.

2) Annealed-Temper Copper Tube per ASTM B 280, Type ACR, clean, dry and capped. Annealed copper tubing shall not be used for piping larger than 0.625 O.D.

3) Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.

4) Bronze Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification BAg-7 (50% silver), BCuP5 (15% Silver).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 STARTUP, TESTING AND BALANCING

A. General

1. Provide qualified personnel, equipment, apparatus and services for start-up, testing and balancing of mechanical systems, to performance data shown in schedules, as specified, and as required by codes, standards, regulations and authorities having jurisdiction including City Inspectors, Owners and Engineer. Note that some ATC start-up procedures listed below require the cooperation of the balancing contractor and the rooftop unit manufacturer's representative (if rooftop units are involved) and some balancing procedures require the cooperation of the ATC contractor and the rooftop units manufacturer representative (if appropriate). Ensure that all contractors are present on site during the entire time that these procedures take place. Note that some procedures listed below have a distinct order of precedence, e.g., the testing of the temperature control system shall not occur until major pieces of mechanical equipment have been started up and testing is complete. Ensure that any listed orders of precedence for procedures are followed.

2. Startup, testing and balancing shall not diminish guarantee requirements.

3. Notify Engineer and authorities involved at least two weeks before startup testing and balancing begins.

4. Do not cover or conceal work before testing and inspection and obtaining approval.




5. Instruments for testing and balancing shall have been calibrated within one month prior to testing and balancing. Calibration shall be traceable to NBS Standards. Provide Photostat of certificate of calibration to Engineer ’s representative at meeting demonstrating balancing procedures mentioned in Paragraph 4 above.

6. Leaks, damage and defects discovered or resulting from startup, testing and balancing shall be repaired or replaced to like-new condition with acceptable materials. Tests shall be continued until system operates without adjustments or repairs.

7. Report on reporting forms, submitted to Engineer for approval in advance, and on forms provided by Engineer.

8. For each piece of equipment, copy nameplate data and include in report.

9. Submit six copies of testing and balancing reports to Engineer for approval.

10. Provide capacity and performance of equipment by field testing. Install equipment and instruments required for testing, thermo-wells and gauge connections at no additional cost to OWNER.

11. Qualified representative of equipment manufacturer shall be present at test.

12. Startup, testing and balancing procedures outlined below are the minimum effort required for the project. Contractor shall use any additional procedures he feels will be necessary to properly startup, test and balance the job.

B. Equipment Startup

1. Start up the following pieces of equipment in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions and with manufacturers representative present:

a. Existing AHU’s.

b. Existing fan.

c. Split system.

C. Air Balancing

1. General

a. Provide qualified personnel, equipment and services for balancing and adjusting of mechanical systems. Submit resumes at demonstration of balancing meeting.

b. Personnel shall be experienced and qualified to perform, record, and evaluate all procedures contained here and/or as outlined on drawings.

c. For each air handler on job, provide, under the work of the mechanical section, one spare sheave of size to be determined after traverses are complete.

d. Submit procedures, recording forms, and test equipment for review prior to balancing, as described in Paragraph A.4 above.

1) Balancing procedure or sequence is contained herein.

2) Recording forms used for balancing must be submitted to Designer for approval before balancing is started.

a) Failure to submit forms will result in rejection of entire submittal. b) Submit description of balancing equipment being used.

3) Balancing shall not begin until system has been installed complete and capable of normal operation.

4) Independent balancing agency shall have the following qualifications:

a) Agency is known to have specialized in balancing commercial HVAC system for at least 3 years.

b) Agency shall provide proof of qualifications to Designer ’s satisfaction. Qualification shall include submitted at least three sample balancing reports prepared for commercial HVAC system over 100,000 ft2 in floor area.

c) Agency employed balancing technicians shall be qualified to balance HVAC system to Designer ’s satisfaction. Submit




resume of technician. d) At least one balancing technician shall remain on from start to

acceptance of final balance report. e) Agency shall be approved by Designer. f) Balancing shall be performed by one of the following agencies:

(1) Airflow Associates (2) E. Barrett (3) John Coffey and Associates (4) Leonhardt (5) Scott TBA Inc. (Manchester, NH) (6) Wings Air Balance (Brandford, CT)

2. Air System Balancing

a. Testing agency shall balance, adjust and test motors, systems, air moving equipment and distribution, exhaust systems, as follows:

1) Adjust blower rpm to design requirements and record. Test and record motor full load amperes.

2) Test and record system static pressure, suction and discharge.

3) Adjust as required to deliver air volumes at inlets within 10% of design flow.

b. Compile test data and submit to Designer for approval.

c. If questions arise, tests or portions of tests shall be repeated in presence of Designer.

END OF SECTION



ELECTRICAL WORK 26 00 00 - 1

SECTION 26 00 00 - ELECTRICAL WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Attention is directed to the CONTRACT AND GENERAL CONDITIONS and all Sections

within DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS which are hereby made a part of this

Section of the Specifications.


A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this

Section, including but not limited to the following:

1. Receptacles

2. Wiring and conduit

3. Panelboards

4. Dual channel raceway

5. Retractable cord reel

6. Lighting and lighting control

7. TV Studio Dimming Control Panel

8. Poke-thru floor boxes

9. Cable tray

10. Communications outlets and cabling

11. Core drilling cutting and patching for the Work of this Section.

12. Modifications to existing door access system

13. Modifications to existing intrusion detection system

14. Modifications to existing fire alarm system

15. Coordination drawings and record drawings and similar requirements.

16. Demolition of wiring and conduit.

17. Firestopping

18. Provide all hoisting, staging and rigging necessary for work.

B. Alternates: Not Applicable.

C. Comply with requirements specified in Section 013300 – SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS.

D. Shop Drawing: Submittals shall include but not be limited to:

1. Wiring and cables.

2. Conduit.

3. Panelboards

4. Receptacles

5. Dual channel raceway

6. Poke-thru floor boxes

7. Cable tray




8. Communications outlets and cabling

9. TV Studio Dimming Control Panel

10. Retractable cord reel

11. Lighting and lighting control

12. Wiring and conduit

13. Fire alarm devices

14. Door access systems devices

15. Fire alarm devices

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Except where modified by a specific notation to the contrary, it shall be understood that the

indication and/or description of any electrical item in the drawings or specifications for

electrical work carries with it the instruction to furnish, install and connect the item as part of

the electrical work, regardless of whether or not this instruction is explicitly stated.

B. It shall be understood that the specifications and drawings for electrical work are

complimentary and are to be taken together for a complete interpretation of the electrical work

except that indications on the drawings, which refer to an individual element of work, take

precedence over the specifications where they conflict with same.

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with all applicable federal and state laws, and all local codes, by-laws and ordinances.

B. Where provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the

latter shall govern. Where the contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or

regulations, the contract provisions shall govern unless the Designer rules otherwise.

C. Request inspections from authorities having jurisdiction, obtain all permits and pay for all fees

and inspection certificates as applicable and/or required. All permits and certificates shall be

turned over to the Owner at the completion of the work. Copies of permits shall be given to the

resident engineer prior to the start of work.

D. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, materials and workmanship and equipment

performance shall conform with the latest edition of the following standards, codes,

specifications, requirements and regulations:

1. State Building Code

2. State Electrical Code

3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

4. Local Town Regulations and By-laws

5. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL)

6. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA)

7. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

E. All electrical work shall meet or exceed any other state and local codes and/or authorities

having jurisdiction including all other standards indicated herein.




1.5 COORDINATION

A. Prior to roughing any electrical work to door hardware, conduct a meeting with GC, door

hardware supplier, and Tyco to review all connections to door hardware, door access system

and confirm vision of labor and all wiring connection. Provide written meeting minutes to

confirm actions and decision.

B. HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, and Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic. They indicate

general arrangements of mechanical and electrical systems and other work. They do not show

all offsets required for coordination nor do they show the exact routings and locations needed to

coordinate with structure and other trades and to meet architectural requirements.

C. Work shall be performed in cooperation with other trades on the project and so scheduled as to

allow speedy and efficient completion of the work.

D. Furnish to other trades advance information on locations and sizes of all frames, boxes, sleeves

and openings needed for their work, and also furnish information and shop drawings necessary

to permit trades affected by the work to install same properly and without delay.

E. If any electrical work has been installed before coordination with other trades so as to cause

interference with the work of such trades, all necessary adjustments and corrections shall be

made by the electrical trades involved without extra cost to Owner.

F. Where conflicts or potential conflicts exist and engineering guidance is desired, submit sketch

of proposed resolution to Designer for review and approval.

G. Protect all materials and work of other trades from damage which may be caused by the

electrical work, and repair all damages without extra cost to Owner.

H. The electrical contractor shall review and coordinate with related work not included in this

Section and to be performed under other Sections:

1. SECTION 017329 Cutting and Patching.

4. SECTION 079200 Joint Sealants.

5. SECTION 083100 Access Panels.

6. SECTION 087100 Door Hardware

1.6 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION

A. Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor shall furnish and install various electrical items relating

to the heating and ventilating equipment and control apparatus. The Electrical Subcontractor

shall be required to connect power wiring to this equipment unless noted otherwise.

B. The Heating and Ventilating and Electrical Subcontractors shall coordinate their respective

portions of the work, as well as the electrical characteristics of the heating and ventilating

equipment.

C. All power wiring and local disconnect switches will be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor

for the line voltage power. All control and interlocking wiring shall be the responsibility of the

Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor.




D. 120V and above power wiring sources extended and connected to heating and ventilating

control panels, transformers and switches shall be the responsibility of the Electrical

Subcontractor. All low voltage thermostat, zone valve and any switch wiring shall be the

responsibility of the Heating and Ventilating Subcontractor.

1.7 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. The arrangement of all electrical work shown on the drawings is diagrammatic only and

indicates the minimum requirements of the work. Conditions at the building including actual

measurements shall determine the details of the installation. All work shall be laid out and

installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and patching.

B. Check the architectural plans and specifications before ordering any material and equipment.

Any discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Designer for his determination prior to

proceeding with the work.

1.8 SLEEVES, INSERTS

A. Furnish and install all sleeves, inserts, anchor bolts and similar items to be set into masonry or

concrete, as required for mechanical and electrical work. Internal diameter of sleeve shall be 2"

larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or insulation covered line passing through it.

1.9 ACCESSIBILITY

A. Install all work such that parts requiring periodic inspection, operation, maintenance and repair

are readily accessible.

B. Furnish all access panels appropriate to particular conditions, to be installed by trades having

responsibility for the construction of actual walls, floors or ceilings at required locations.

1.10 SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORTING STEEL

A. Provide all supplementary steelwork required for mounting or supporting equipment and

materials.

B. Steelwork shall be firmly connected to building construction as required.

C. Steelwork shall be of sufficient strength to allow only minimum deflection in conformity with

manufacturer's published requirements.

D. All supplementary steelwork shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner parallel to

floor, wall and ceiling construction; all turns shall be made at forty-five and ninety degrees,

and/or as dictated by construction and installation conditions.

E. All manufactured steel parts and fittings shall be galvanized.




1.11 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Provide all tools and equipment required for the fabrication and installation of the mechanical

and electrical equipment at the site.

1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS, PROJECT CLOSEOUT

A. Comply with requirements specified in Section 017000 – CONTRACT CLOSEOUT.

B. This trade shall submit the record set for approval by the fire and building departments in a

form acceptable to the departments, when required by the jurisdiction.

C. Drawings shall show record condition of details, sections, riser diagrams, control changes and

corrections to schedules. Schedules shall show actual manufacturer and make and model

numbers of final equipment installation.

1.13 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY

A. Guarantee Work of this Section in writing for two (2) years following the date of Substantial

Completion. The guarantee shall repair or replace defective materials, equipment, workmanship

and installation that develop within this period, promptly and to Designer's satisfaction and

correct damage caused in making necessary repairs and replacements under guarantee within

Contract Price.


A. The requirements of the State Building Code and local regulations establish the minimum

acceptable quality of workmanship and materials, and all work shall conform thereto unless

more stringent requirements are indicated or specified herein.

B. All work shall comply with the latest editions of the codes as referenced herein.

C. Follow manufacturer's directions for articles furnished, in addition to directions shown on

drawings or specified herein.

D. Protect all work, materials, and equipment from damage during process of work. Replace all

damaged or defective work, materials and equipment without additional cost to Owner.

E. All equipment and materials for permanent installation shall be the products of recognized

manufacturers and shall be new.

F. Equipment and materials shall:

1. Where normally subject to Underwriters Laboratory Inc. listing or labeling services, be so

listed or labeled.

2. Be without blemish or defect.

3. Not be used for temporary light and power purposes.

4. Be in accordance with the latest applicable NEMA standards.




5. Be products which will meet with the acceptance of all authorities having jurisdiction

over the work. Where such acceptance is contingent upon having the products examined,

tested and certified by Underwriters or other recognized testing laboratory, the product

shall be so examined, tested and certified.

G. Except for conduit, conduit fittings, outlet boxes, wire and cable, all items of equipment or

material of one generic type shall be the product of one manufacturer throughout.

H. For items which are to be installed but not purchased as part of the electrical work, the electrical

work shall include:

1. The coordination of their delivery.

2. Their unloading from delivery trucks driven into any point on the property line at grade

level.

3. Their safe handling and field storage up to the time of permanent placement in the

project.

4. The correction of any damage, defacement or corrosion to which they may have been

subjected. Replacement if necessary shall be coordinated with Contractor who originally

purchased the item.

5. Their field make up and internal wiring as may be necessary for their proper operation.

6. Their mounting in place including the purchase and installation of all dunnage,

supporting members, and fastenings necessary to adapt them to architectural and

structural conditions.

7. Their connection to building wiring including the purchase and installation of all

termination junction boxes necessary to adapt and connect them to this wiring. Included

also shall be the purchase and installation of any substitute lugs or other wiring

terminations as may be necessary to adapt their terminals to the building wiring as called

for and to the connection methods set forth in these specifications.

I. Items which are to be installed but not purchased as part of the electric work shall be carefully

examined upon delivery to the project. Claims that any of these items have been received in

such condition that their installation will require procedures beyond the reasonable scope of the

electric work will be considered only if presented in writing within one week of the date of

delivery to the project of the items in question. The electric work includes all procedures,

regardless of how extensive, necessary to put into satisfactory operation, all items for which no

claims have been submitted as outlined above.

1.15 PHASING, DEMOLITION AND MAINTAINING EXISTING SERVICES

A. Where Phasing requires disconnection and reconnection of fire alarm devices, include costs for

authorized Gamewell/FCI technician to take fire alarm system out of service and upon

reconnections, text and reactive fire alarm system according to Kingston Fire Department

requirements. The building shall not be allowed to be without fire alarm system operation

during working hours. Contractor shall develop a fire alarm impairment plan and submit to

Kingston Fire Department for review and approval.

B. During the execution of the work, required relocation, etc., of existing equipment and systems

in the existing building areas where new work is to be installed or new connections are

scheduled to be made, shall be performed by the Electrical Subcontractor, as required by job

conditions and as determined by the Designer in the field, to facilitate the installation of the new




system, while demolition, relocation work or new tie ins will be performed. Outages required

for construction purposes shall be scheduled for the shortest practical periods of time for

mutually agreeable periods of time, after each of which the interruption shall cease and the

service shall be restored. Any outages of service shall be approved by Owner, prior to

commencing the work. No outages or shutdowns of service shall occur without the written

authorization of the Owner prior to commencing the work. Give notice of any scheduled

shutdowns, a minimum of weeks in advance. Owner shall make their best efforts to meet this

request without adversely affecting the electric service to the existing building.

C. Prior to any deactivation and relocation or demolition work, consult the drawings and arrange a

conference with the Designer and the Owner in the field to inspect each of the items to be

deactivated, removed or relocated. Care shall be taken to protect all equipment designated to be

relocated and reused or to remain in operation and be integrated with the new systems.

D. All deactivation, relocation and temporary tie ins of electrical systems and equipment shall be

provided by the Electrical Subcontractor. All demolition and removal of electrical systems and

equipment designed to be demolished shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor. Place

all demolished electrical materials except hazardous materials (PCB lighting ballasts,

fluorescent lamps, etc.).

E. Owner reserves the right to inspect the material scheduled for removal and salvage any items he

deems usable as spare parts.

F. Requirements of section 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING

1.16 FIRESTOPPING

A. Provide all fire stopping in accordance with Section 07 84 00 Firestopping.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Product specifications are written in such a manner so as to specify what materials may be used

in a particular location or application and therefore do not indicate what is not acceptable or

suitable for a particular location or application. As an example: non-metallic sheathed cable is

not specified; therefore, it is not acceptable.

B. For purpose of establishing a standard of quality and not for purpose of limiting competition,

the basis of this Specification is upon specified models and types of equipment and materials, as

manufactured by specified manufacturers.

C. In all cases, standard cataloged materials and systems have been selected. Materials such as

lighting fixtures specially manufactured for this particular project and not part of a

manufacturers standard product line will not be acceptable. In the case of systems, the system

components shall be from a single source regularly engaged in supplying such systems. A

proposed system made up of a collection of various manufacturers products will be

unacceptable.




D. Where Specifications list manufacturer's names and/or "as approved" or "approved equal” by

Designer, other manufacturers equipment will be considered if equipment meets Specification

requirements and has all features of the specified items as are considered essential by Designer.

E. All materials shall be new and shall be UL listed.

2.2 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS

A. Raceways - General:

1. No raceway shall be used smaller than 3/4" diameter. No conduit shall have more than

three (3) 90° bends in any one run, and where necessary, pull boxes shall be provided.

Intermediate metal conduit is not allowed.

2. Thin wall conduit (EMT), conforming to, and installed in accordance with, Article 346 of

NFPA 70 shall be zinc coated steel, conforming to industry standards. EMT shall be

used for all interior circuiting.

3. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit shall be used for connection to motors and HVAC

equipment. All flexible connections shall include a grounding conductor.

2.3 WIRING MATERIALS

A. Building Wire and Cable shall be copper with 600V insulation, THWN for branch circuitry and

XHHW for feeders.

B. Conductors shall be of soft drawn 98% minimum conductivity properly refined copper, solid

construction where No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded construction where No. 8 AWG and

larger.

C. Exterior of wires shall bear repetitive markings along their entire length indicating conductor

size, insulation type and voltage rating.

D. Exterior of wires shall be color coded, so as to indicate a clear differentiation between each

phase and between each phase and neutral. In all cases, grounded neutral wires and cables shall

be identified by the colors white or gray. In sizes and insulation types where factory applied

colors are not available, wires and cables shall be color coded by the application of colored

plastic tapes in overlapping turns at all terminal points, and in all boxes in which splices are

made. Colored tape shall be applied for a distance of 6 inches along the wires and cables, or

along their entire extensions beyond raceway ends, whichever is less.

E. Final connections to motors shall be made with 18" of neoprene sheathed flexible conduit.

F. Minimum branch circuit conductor size shall be No. 12 AWG installed in conduit. Motor

control circuit wiring shall be minimum No. 14 AWG installed in conduit.

G. Other wires and cables required for the various systems described elsewhere in this section of

the Specifications shall be as specified herein, as shown on the Contract Drawings, or as

recommended by the manufacturer of the specific equipment for which they are used, all

installed in conduit.




2.4 WIRING MATERIALS - 600V OR LESS SYSTEMS

A. Conductors shall be copper with 600V insulation, THWN for branch circuitry and XHHW for

feeders.

B. Conductors shall be of soft drawn 98% minimum conductivity properly refined copper, solid

construction where No. 10 AWG and smaller, stranded construction where No. 8 AWG and

larger.

C. Exterior of wires shall bear repetitive markings along their entire length indicating conductor

size, insulation type and voltage rating.

D. Exterior of wires shall be color coded, so as to indicate a clear differentiation between each

phase and between each phase and neutral. In all cases, grounded neutral wires and cables

shall be identified by the colors white or gray. In sizes and insulation types where factory

applied colors are not available, wires and cables shall be color coded by the application of

approved colored plastic tapes in overlapping turns at all terminal points, and in all boxes in

which splices are made. Colored tape shall be applied for a distance of 6 inches along the wires

and cables, or along their entire extensions beyond raceway ends, whichever is less.

E. Final connections to motors shall be made with 18" of neoprene sheathed flexible metal conduit.

F. Minimum conductor size shall be No. 12 AWG installed in conduit. Motor control circuit

wiring shall be minimum No. 14 AWG installed in conduit.

G. Wiring materials shall be manufactured by Triangle, Republic, Anaconda, General Cable, or

equal.

2.5 OUTLET, JUNCTION, PULL BOXES, AND WIRING TROUGHS FOR ALL SYSTEMS

A. Pull and Junction Boxes: Where necessary to terminate, tap off, or redirect multiple raceway

runs or to facilitate conductor installation, furnish, and install appropriately designed boxes.

B. Boxes installed in dry locations shall be fabricated from code gauge steel assembled with

corrosion resistant machine screws. Box size shall be as required by Code. Where intermediate

cable supports are necessary because of box dimensions, provide insulated removable core

brackets to support conductors. Junction boxes are to be equipped with barriers to separate

circuits. Where splices are to be made, boxes shall be large enough to provide ample work

space. All conductors in boxes are to be clearly tagged to indicate characteristics. Boxes shall

be supported independently of raceways. Junction boxes in moist or wet areas shall be

galvanized type. Boxes larger than 4 inches square shall have hinged covers. Boxes larger than

12 inches in one dimension will be allowed to have screw fastened covers, if a hinged cover

would not be capable of being opened a full 90 degrees due to installation location.

C. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: Provide for wet locations, corrosive locations, and all

locations where RGS conduit is required. Boxes shall be NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, Type FD,

with gasketed cover. Boxes installed inside or under mechanical equipment housing, such as

under exhaust fan domes, shall be utilize wet location requirements.




2.6 WIRING DEVICES

A. Provide wiring device type plates for all wall mounted devices. All wall plates shall be smooth

high impact nylon for all public areas, offices, classrooms, etc color as directed by the Designer.

Provide galvanized steel for all Utility, Electric and Mechanical Rooms.

B. Wiring devices standard for the project (i.e., with no specific type indicated) shall conform to

the following:

1. Visible part colors of wiring devices shall be as directed by the Designer for all public

areas, offices, classrooms etc. Provide brown devices for all Utility, Electrical and

Mechanical Rooms.

2. Exclude compact or "despard" type devices.

C. Standard duplex convenience receptacles shall be 125 volt, 20 amps, three wire (two circuit

wires plus ground), "U bar" ground NEMA slot configuration 5 20R, specification grade with a

one-piece ground assembly. Receptacles shall be mounted 18" to center line above finished

floor unless noted otherwise.

1. Equal to Hubbell No. HBL5362.

2. Where indicated on plans provide receptacles with ground fault current interrupters, UL

class A, 20A, 125V to be equal to Hubbell No. GF5352.

D. Nonstandard convenience receptacles and special purpose power supply receptacles shall be as

listed on plans.

E. Devices and device plates for flush wall devices which are not integrally equipped with same,

shall be as directed by the Designer.

F. For unfinished spaces, plates for surface mounted wall devices which are not integrally

equipped with same, shall be galvanized sheet steel, formed raised type which does not overlap

box. Where for switches, such plates shall have toggle guards.

G. Where more than one wiring device is indicated in the same location, the devices shall be

mounted in gangs under a common wall plate.

H. Mount duplex convenience and power receptacles vertically with grounding posts at top of

device unless otherwise indicated. Locate grounding post to left when horizontal mounting is

indicated.

I. Wiring devices and associated hardware shall be manufactured by Arrow Hart, Leviton, or Pass

and Seymour.

2.7 DUAL CHANNEL RACEWAY

A. Two-Compartment Surface Metal Raceway: Equal to Wiremold "4000” series with White

finish Two-piece construction with snap-on cover, capable of being divided into two separate

wiring compartments to facilitate installation of power and low tension wiring. Fabricate from

cold-rolled steel and finish with factory applied epoxy paint. White finish.




1. Base Section: Fabricate from steel 0.050 inch minimum thickness and furnish in 10 foot

long sections.

2. Cover Section: Fabricate from steel 0.040 inch minimum thickness and furnish in 5 foot

lengths.

3. Dimensions: Approximately 1.75 inches high by 4.75 inches wide, when assembled.

B. Fittings and Accessories: Furnish fittings for end feeds, blank ends to close ends, clips, side and

end transition connectors, elbows, couplings, and all other fittings and accessories required for a

complete installation.

C. Fittings for Wiring Devices: Provide covers, housing and mounting brackets to facilitate

installation of the wiring devices (receptacles, switches, circuit breakers, and similar devices) in

the surface metal raceway. Type of devices, locations and spacing are shown on the drawings.

2.8 RETRACTABLE CORD REEL

A. Hubble HB45123TL20 or equal, 20A, NEMA 5-20R receptacle, 45 feet SJEO cable, retractable

reel

2.9 POKE-THRU FLOOR BOXES

A. Two compartment, flush poke-thru assembly, 4” core, two hour rated equal to Wiremold

Evolution series,

B. Two (2) compartments for power and communications, all recessed 4" (102mm) below the floor

level, providing maximum protection and device longevity.

C. Die-cast aluminum cover assemblies. The cover also features sliding doors that allow cables to

neatly egress from the unit, protecting cables while reducing tripping hazards.

D. “Step-on-it” installation. Quick and easy installation without the need for additional fasteners

or a second installer.

E. TopGuard™ Protection meet and exceed UL scrub water exclusion requirements for tile, carpet,

and wood covered floors.

F. Meets ADA Accessibility Guidelines. Wide trim flange is designed to meet the ADA

Accessibility Guidelines as it pertains to ADA Standard 4.5 which addresses changes in floor

and ground surface levels. The poke-thru trim flanges are beveled so the slope is no greater than

1:2 ratio

G. Suitable for use in air handling spaces. In accordance with Sec 300-22(C) of the National

Electrical Code.

H. UL Listed and UL Fire Classified to U.S. and Canadian safety standards. UL Fire rated for up to

2-hour rated floors maintains the fire classification of the floor.




2.10 CABLE TRAY:

A. Cable Tray Materials: Metal, suitable for indoors, and protected against corrosion by

electroplated zinc galvanizing, complying with ASTM B 633, Type 1, not less than 0.000472

inch (0.012 mm) thick.

a. Basket Cable Trays: 6 inches (150 mm) wide and 2 inches (50 mm) deep. Wire

mesh spacing shall not exceed 2 by 4 inches (50 by 100 mm).

b. Ladder Cable Trays: Nominally 18 inches (455 mm) wide, and a rung spacing of

12 inches (305 mm).

2.11 COMMUNICATION CABLING AND HARDWARE

A. University of Rhode Island IT meeting:

1. Prior to submitting shop drawings, contractor shall arrange a meeting with the University

of Rhode Island IT department and Engineer to review IT standards and ensure

understanding and compliance.

B. Communications Cabling: 100-ohm, 4-pair UTP, formed into 25-pair, binder groups covered

with a blue thermoplastic jacket.

1. Comply with ICEA S-90-661 for mechanical properties.

2. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.1 for performance specifications.

3. Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2, Category 6, except Wireless access points shall be

Category 6A

4. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction as complying

with UL 444 and NFPA 70 for the following types:

a. Communications, Plenum Rated: Type CMP, complying with NFPA 262.

5. Twisted Pair Cable: Superior Essex: Data Gain Category 6 and 6A or equal.

C. General Requirements for Cable Connecting Hardware: Comply with TIA/EIA-568-B.2, IDC

type, with modules designed for punch-down caps or tools. Cables shall be terminated with

connecting hardware of same category or higher.

D. Patch Panel: Provide new patch panels in existing rack in IDF closet. Modular panels housing

multiple-numbered jack units with IDC-type connectors at each jack for permanent termination

of pair groups of installed cables.

1. Number of Jacks per Field: One for each four-pair UTP cable indicated.

E. Jacks and Jack Assemblies: RJ 45, category 6, Modular, color-coded, eight-position modular

receptacle units with integral IDC-type terminals.

F. UTP Patch Cords: Factory-made, Patch cords must be blue Krone Ultim8 patch cords to work

with our campus standard Krone Ultim8 wall mounted patch panels. Provide Patch cords for

75% of all terminated outlets. Lengths shall be: 50%-15’, 25%-20’, 25%-25’.

1. Provide 2, 7ft patch cords for each voice and data jack indicated on the drawings.




2. Patch cords shall have bend-relief-compliant boots and color-coded icons to ensure

Category 6 performance. Patch cords shall have latch guards to protect against snagging.

2.12 GOUNDING REQUIREMENTS

A. Ground all systems and equipment in accordance with best industry practice, the requirements

of NFPA 70 and the following:

B. Establish a ground bonding connection from the effectively grounded structural building steel to

each cold water mains entering the building. Each bonding connection shall consist of insulated

conductors run in conduit.

C. Provide grounding bonds between all metallic conduits of the light and power system which

enter and leave cable chambers or other non metallic cable pulling and splicing boxes.

Accomplish this by equipping the conduits with bushings of the grounding type individually

cross connected.

D. Bond metallic conduits containing grounding electrode conductors and main bonding

conductors to the ground bus service enclosure and/or grounding electrode at both ends of each

run utilizing grounding bushings and jumpers.

E. Provide grounding bonds for all metallic conduits of the light and power system which

terminate in pits below equipment for which a ground bus is specified. Accomplish this by

equipping the conduits with bushings of the grounding type connected individually to the

ground bus.

F. Provide supplementary ground bonding where metallic conduits terminate at metal clad

equipment (or at the metal pull box of equipment) for which a ground bus is specified.

Accomplish this by equipping the conduits with bushings of the grounding type connected

individually by means of jumpers to the ground bus. Exclude the jumpers where directed. This

exclusion will be required where an isolated ground for electronic equipment is to be

maintained.

G. Each grounding type bushing shall have the maximum ground wire accommodation available in

standard manufacture for the particular conduit size. Connection to bushing shall be with wire

of this maximum size.

H. Bonding conductors on the load side of the service device and equipment grounding conductors

shall be sized in relation to the fuses or trip size of the overcurrent device supplying the circuit.

I. The central equipment for the fire protective alarm system and telephone system shall have its

grounding terminal connected to the grounding electrode by means of a No. 6 green coded

insulated conductor, run in 3/4" conduit. Utilize a ground clamp of a type specifically

manufactured for the purpose.

2.13 PHASING AND COLOR CODING

A. The insulation or covering of each wire or cable shall be color coded so as to provide for circuit

identification as specified below.




120/208 V Circuits 277/480V Phase Circuits

Black Brown A

Red Orange B

Blue Yellow C

White Grey Neutral

Green Green with Yellow Tracer Equipment Ground

B. Color coding shall be achieved by one of the following methods:

1. The insulation or covering shall be coded during manufacture by use of one of the

following methods:

a. Colored compounds.

b. Colored coatings.

2. In sizes and insulation types where factory applied colors are not available, wires and

cables shall be color coded by the application of colored plastic tapes in overlapping turns

at all terminal points, and in all boxes in which splices are made.

C. The same colored cable shall be connected to the same phase throughout the project.

D. In general, building load centers and panelboards shall be phased "A", "B", "C", left to right.

The neutral, although it may be in different locations for different equipment, shall be

identified.

2.14 TV STUDIO DIMMING CONTROL PANEL

A. Dimming Control panel shall be ETC Unison Echo relay panel ERP-24R1-24B1 with 120/208V

100A, 3 phase, 4 wire input and 24 single pole relays, and 24 single pole circuit breakers.

System shall be provided with 100A 3 pole main circuit preacher 22,0000AIC interrupting

rating.

B. UL 508, UL 67, UL 924, complies with ANSI DMX 512-A standard

C. Provide with Ethernet interface with advanced control relays streaming ACN (sACN)

transmitting measured energy usage per branch circuit.

D. Ride Thru: Provide with short term power backup of control electronics automatically engaged

upon power loss and recharging during normal power operation.

E. NEMA 1 enclosure, 16 gauge construction surface mounted, tamper proof hardware kit.

F. Graphical display with button interface.

G. Relays: 20amp, latching.

H. Circuit breakers: 10amp, 80% rated.




2.15 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

A. Molded case type circuit breakers shall consist of manually operated quick make quick break

mechanically trip free operating mechanisms for simultaneous operation of all poles, with

contacts, arc interrupters and trip elements for each pole, all enclosed in molded phenolic plastic

cases.

1. Their tripping units shall be of the "thermal magnetic" type having bimetallic elements

for time delay overload protection and magnetic elements for short circuit protection.

2. They shall be manually operable by means of toggle type operating handles having

"tripped" position midway between the "on off" position.

3. They shall each be contained in an individual case enclosing only the number of poles

required for the particular breaker.

4. All panels and individually mounted circuit breakers shall have short circuit ratings

exceeding the available short circuit or the values indicated in the Power System Studies

in this section by a factor of 1.2 with a minimum as follows:

a. 240V class panels/breakers

1) 110 kAIC where shown fed by a 150 kVA or less transformer

2) 222 kAIC where shown fed by a 300 kVA or less transformer

b. 480V Class Panels/Breakers shall be 65 kAIC.

5. They shall be of the "bolted in" type.

6. Where necessary, to accommodate other requirements, their frame sizes shall be

increased to conform to such requirements, frame sizes being indicated only as a

reference to the minimum acceptable interrupting ratings noted above.

7. Where single pole in trip sizes 20 amps or less, they shall be rated for switching duty.

8. They shall be equipped with 5 milliamp sensitivity ground fault interrupting features

where so indicated.

B. They shall be manufactured by Square D, Cutler Hammer, or General Electric.

2.16 PANELBOARDS

A. Provide UL-listed safety dead front lighting and power Panelboards where shown on Drawings

and as scheduled. Panelboards shall meet or exceed requirements of NEMA Standard

Publication PB-1, and UL-50 and 67. Provide cabinets with flush hinges and combination catch

and lock. Provide wiring gutters to accommodate large multiple feeder cables and lugs. Except

as shown otherwise on Drawings, wiring gutters shall be at least 4 inch for 208 V panels. Buses

shall be copper. Short circuit rating of panels shall be 42K amp IC unless otherwise indicated

on the drawings.

B. Where two section panels are required, bolt boxes together to form one unit. Trim shall be

two-piece construction with doors of equal size over each section.

C. Provide molded case, bolt-on, thermal-magnetic trip, single, two or three pole branch circuit

breakers as shown on Drawings. Multiple pole breakers shall be single handle, common-trip,

multi-handles and ties will not be accepted. All circuit breakers shall have short circuit rating

(AIC) of the panel. Series rated are not acceptable.

D. Main buswork of panels shall carry at least full rating of feeder over current device that supplies

panel.




E. Provide separate neutral ground bus for each panelboard. Neutral bus shall be insulated from

panel enclosure. (Provide oversized neutral where indicated).

F. Provide separate equipment ground bus for each panelboard. Ground bus shall be insulated

from panel enclosure.

G. Power and lighting panels shall have heavy-duty continuous, section vertical-hinged to box

section for access to wiring gutters in addition to trim door.

H. Provide surface metal tubs ready for painting mount panels on 5/8” outdoor plywood.

I. Provide bus connections for future overcurrent device with suitable insulation and bracing to

maintain proper short circuit rating and voltage clearances, where required on Drawings.

Provide for ready insertion of future breaker.

J. Provide typed panel directories, secured to inside of panel doors that show use of each circuit

and electrical characteristics of panelboard.

2.17 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM

A. University of Rhode Island Security meeting:

1. Prior to submitting shop drawings, contractor shall arrange a meeting with the University

of Rhode Island Security department and Engineer to review URI standards and ensure

understanding and compliance.

B. Card Redaer: iClass Reader; HID iClass R 40 reader, 13.56 MHz, 12 VDC, and shall include

multi-color LED and beeper which shall state on presentation of a card configured to be

compatible with the reader. All readers shall also perform self-diagnostics test and initialization

on power up.

C. Dual Card Reader Controller: Lenel 1320 with Lenel CTX 6 enclosure.

D. Power supply: UL listed, Lenel AL600ULX with ABT-12 battery kit.

E. Request to exit devices shall be Honeywell IS-320.

F. Composite cable: plenum jacketed consisting of:

1. 2 conductor, 18AWG (door contact)

2. 4 conductor, 18AWG shielded (lock power)

3. 3, twisted shielded pairs, 22AWG (card reader)

4. 2 conductor shielded 22AWG (door power)

5. 4 conductor shielded 22AWG (REX/spare)

G. Door Contacts: Sentrol/GE 1076D double pole, double throw to provide inputs for both card

access and intrusion detection.

2.18 FIRE ALARM

A. General: The building utilizes a Gamewell/FCI E3 series addressable fire alarm and voice

evacuation control panel. All new devices shall be by Gamewell/FCI NO SUBSTITUTIONS.




B. The project includes replacement of one duct smoke detector and addition of fire alarm visual

units in bathrooms. Include a notification appliance circuit (NAC) expander cabinet for

powering of visuals. Provide the services of a factory authorized Gamewell/FCI technician to tie

in devices to the system, reprogram, and test as required.

C. Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) expander cabinet, with standby batteries. Battery charger

shall support either lead acid or nickel cadmium batteries of up to 110 AH. Provide power

supplies to operate system under alarm – full load condition with 25 percent spare capacity.

Battery charger circuit shall be capable of supervising batteries for low charge and disconnected

conditions. Charger circuit shall be automatic and capable of recharging batteries to full

capacity within 12 hour period.

D. System Devices

1. Provide analog/addressable devices where required. Device address shall be

programmed using dip switches located in base of detectors.

2. Analog addressable sensors shall require two wires and be connected to addressable loop

except where noted. Devices shall utilize LED indicators which flash during active

polling cycle, and light steadily when in alarm condition. Common types of analog

sensors shall be interchangeable with common twist-lock bases where applicable.

3. Analog addressable type smoke detectors shall have sensitivity continuously monitored.

Control equipment shall evaluate sensitivity data for determination of sensitivity change

and shall automatically provide environmental compensation to maintain constant

detector sensitivity. It shall be possible to automatically or manually adjust analog

detection sensitivity from any network node.

4. Addressable indicating circuit modules: used to activate indicating appliances connected

to sub-circuit in response to command from control equipment. Module shall interface to

alarm signaling appliances via supervised, Class A sub-circuit and shall be rated for 2

AMP output. Signaling appliances attached to sub-circuit shall report their status and be

activated as single identity. Module shall be UL listed for use with conventional 25 volt

speakers and ADA strobes.

5. Visual units: 24V. Xenon Flasher in clear lens, rectangular dome selectable from 15, 30,

75 or 110 candela. Word "FIRE" shall be imprinted in bold white lettering. Finish of

device shall be Red.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 BASIC REQUIREMENTS

A. Raceways routed on exterior of building, including routed on roof shall be RMC, except

connections at motors shall be with liquid-tight flexible metal conduit.

B. Raceways routed on interior of building shall be EMT, except connections at motors shall be

with liquid-tight flexible metal conduit




C. Adhere to best industry practice and the following.

D. Equip each raceway intended for the future installation of wire or cable with a nylon pulling

cord 3/16 inch in diameter and clearly identify both ends of the raceway.

E. Provide all outlet boxes, junction boxes, and pull boxes for proper wire pulling and device

installation. Include those omitted from the drawings due to symbolic methods of notation.

F. Utilize lugs of the limiter type to make connections at both ends of cables installed on the line

side of main service overcurrent and switching devices. Provide cable limiters for each end of

each service entrance cable.

G. Provide all sleeves through fireproof and waterproof slabs, walls, etc. required for electric work.

1. Provide waterproof sealing for the sleeves through waterproof slabs, walls, etc.

2. Provide fireproof sealing for the sleeves through fireproof walls, slabs, etc.

3. Provide fireproof sealing for the openings in fireproof walls, slabs, etc., resulting from

removal of existing electrical sleeves, conduits, poke-throughs, etc.

H. Bundle wiring passing through pull boxes and panel boards in a neat and orderly manner with

plastic cable ties. Cable ties shall by Ty-Raps as manufactured by Thomas & Betts, Holub

Industries Inc., Quick Wrap, Bundy Unirap or equal.

I. Turn branch circuits and auxiliary system wiring out of wiring gutters at 90 degrees to circuit

breakers and terminal lugs.

3.2 TESTING REQUIREMENTS AND INSTRUCTIONS

A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide supervision, labor, materials, tools, test instruments

and all other equipment or services and expenses required to test, adjust, set, calibrate, and

operationally check work and components of the electrical systems and circuitry throughout the

work.

B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall pay for all tests specified in this Section, including expenses

incident to retests occasioned by defects and failures of equipment to meet specifications, at no

additional cost to Owner. Any defects or deficiencies discovered in any of the electrical work

shall be corrected.

C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall:

1. Replace wiring and equipment found defective (defined as failing to meet specified

requirements) at no additional cost to Owner.

2. Submit three copies of test results to the engineer.

D. Do not void equipment warranties or guarantees by testing and checkout work. Checks and

tests shall be supplemental to and compatible with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

Where deviations are apparent, obtain the manufacturer's approved review of procedure prior to

testing. Where any repairs, modifications, adjustments, tests or checks are to be made, the

Contractor shall contact the engineer to determine if the work should be performed by or with

the manufacturer's representative.




1. All checks and tests specified for proper operating and safety of equipment and personnel

are to be performed concurrent with progression of the work, prior to Final Acceptance

by Owner.

E. Test are to:

1. Provide initial equipment/system acceptance.

2. Provide recorded data for future routine maintenance and trouble shooting.

3. Provide assurance that each system component is installed satisfactorily and can be

expected to perform, and continue to perform, its specified function with reasonable

reliability throughout the life of the facility.

F. At any stage of construction and when observed, any electrical equipment or system determined

to be damaged, or faulty, is to be reported to the engineer. Corrective action by the Contractor

requires prior engineer approval, retesting, and inspection.

G. Prior to testing and start-up, equipment and wiring shall be properly and permanently identified

with nameplates, and other identification as specified in this Section. Check and tighten

terminals and connection points, remove shipping blocks and thoroughly clean equipment,

repair damaged or scratched finishes, inspect for broken and missing parts and review and

collect manufacturer's drawings and instructions for delivery to the engineer. Make routine

checks and tests as the job progresses to ensure that wiring and equipment is properly installed.

H. Testing and checkout work is to be performed with fully qualified personnel skilled in the

particular tests being conducted. Personnel are to have at least five years of experience with

tests of same type and size as specified:

I. Inspections and tests shall be in accordance with the following applicable codes and standards

as amended to date, unless otherwise specified.

1. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association - NEMA.

2. American Society for Testing and Materials - ASTM.

3. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers -IEEE.

4. National Electrical Testing Association - NETA.

5. American National Standards Institute - ANSI.

a. C2: National Electrical Safety Code.

b. Z244-1: American National Standard for Personnel Protection.

6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association - ICEA.

7. Association of Edison Illuminating Companies - AEIC.

8. Occupational Safety and health Administration.

a. OSHA Part 1910; Subpart S, 1910.308.

b. OSHA Part 1926; Subpart V, 1926.950 through 1926.960.

9. National Fire Protection Association - NFPA.

a. 70B: Electrical Equipment Maintenance.

b. 70E: Electrical Safety Requirements for Employer Workplaces.

c. 70: National Electrical Code.

d. 78: Lightning Protection Code.

e. 101: Life Safety Code.

10. Inspections and tests shall utilize the following references:

a. Contract Drawings and Specifications.

b. Contractor's Short Circuit and Coordination Study.




c. Manufacturer's printed test procedures for respective equipment.

J. Test Equipment:

1. Test equipment used by the Contractor is to be inspected and calibrated.

2. Perform calibration and setting checks with calibrated test instruments of at least twice

that of that of the accuracy of the equipment, device, relay or meter under test. Dated

calibration labels shall be visible on test equipment. Calibrations over 6 months old are

not acceptable on field test instruments. Inspect test instruments for proper operation

prior to proceeding with the tests. Record serial and model numbers of the instruments

used on the test forms.

K. Test Procedures:

1. The Electrical Subcontractor is responsible for the preparation of the procedures and

schedules for the work specified herein. This work is to be coordinated and compatible

with both the work and schedule of the other crafts. Sequence the tests and checks so that

the equipment can be energized immediately after the completion of the application tests.

2. Submit proposed testing and check out forms. The procedures shall provide specific

instructions for the checking and testing of each electrical component of each system.

Schedule tests and inspections as the job progresses. Test procedures submitted shall

include job safety rules.

L. After each electrical system installation is complete, perform the tests to determine that the

entire system is in proper working order and in accordance with applicable codes,

manufacturer's instructions, drawings, and specifications. Tests are in addition to shop tests of

individual items at the manufacturer's plant. Perform insulation and ground resistance tests

before operating tests.

M. Perform insulation tests on electrical equipment, apparatus, cables, motors, generators,

transformers, circuit breakers and switches, switchgear, motor control centers, and similar

electrical equipment, at the following times and conditions:

1. Prior to energization and/or placing into service.

2. When damage to the insulation is suspected or known to exist.

3. After repairs or modifications to the equipment affecting the insulation.

4. Where lightning or other surge conditions are known to have existed on the circuit.

N. Make openings in circuits for test instruments and place and connect instruments, equipment,

and devices, required for the tests. Upon completion of tests, remove instruments and

instrument connections and restore circuits to permanent condition.

O. List each circuit and measured resistance as test data. Maintain record of insulation resistance

values. Identify conductor, or equipment, date that value was taken and resistance value.

Arrange information in tabular form and submit to Engineer.

P. Report inspections, tests, and calibrations in writing on engineer-approved reports/forms. The

recorded data form shall have the signatures of the persons conducting the tests, authorized

witnesses, and the engineer. The forms shall serve as the test and inspection checklist.




Q. When the electrical tests and inspections specified or required within this Section are completed

and results reported, reviewed, and approved by the engineer, the Contractor may consider that

portion of the electrical equipment system or installation electrically complete. The Contractor

will then affix appropriate, approved, and dated completion or calibration labels to the tested

equipment and notify the engineer of electrical completion. If the engineer finds completed

work unacceptable, he will notify the Contractor in writing of the unfinished or deficient work,

with the reason for his rejection, to be corrected by the Contractor. The Contractor will notify

the engineer in writing when exceptions have been corrected. The Contractor will prepare a

"Notification of Substantial Electrical Completion" for approval by the engineer following

engineer's acceptance of electrical completion. If later in-service operation or further testing

identifies problems attributable to the Contractor, these will be corrected by the Contractor, at

no additional cost to the Authority.

R. Specific Tests:

1. Perform the following specific tests. De-energize and isolate equipment and cable prior

to performing the tests.

2. Motors:

a. Before energizing any machine, visually inspect for serviceability. Check

manufacturer's instruction manual for correct lubrication and ventilation. Align

motor with driven equipment. Check nameplate for electrical power requirements.

b. Test run motors uncoupled or unloaded, before placing into operation. Check the

motor for rotation, speed, current and temperature rise under normal load and

record the results. Maintain the proper color codes for phase identifications. This

may require swaps at the motor for proper rotation. Use motor phase rotation

meter prior to lead connection at motor in order to minimize later swaps.

3. Wire and Cable: (All conductors originating from main switchboard and distribution

panels).

a. Before energizing any cable or wire, megger the insulation resistance of every

external circuit wire to each other and to ground. Tests shall be conducted at

voltages of 500 volts or lower. Continuity test each wire and cable to verify the

field applied tag per conductor. Minimum insulation resistance valves shall not be

less than two megohms.

b. Take insulation resistance measurements for motor feeders. With motors

disconnected, measure insulation resistance from load side of contactors or circuit

breakers.

c. Check cables and wires for the proper identification numbering and/or color

coding.

d. Inspect cables for physical damage and proper connection in accordance with

single line diagram.

e. Motor Control

1) Inspect for physical damage, proper anchorage and grounding.

2) Compare equipment nameplate data with design plans or starter schedule.

3) Motor Running Protection

a) Compare overload heater rating with motor full load current rating to

verify proper sizing.

b) If motor running protection is provided by fuses, verify proper rating

considering motor characteristics.

c) Check tightness of bolted connections.

4) Measure insulation resistance of each bus section phase-to-phase and phase-

to-ground for one (1) minute.




5) Measure insulation resistance of each starter section phase-to-phase and

phase-to-ground with the starter contacts closed and the protective device

open.

6) Measure insulation resistance of each control circuit with respect to ground.

7) Test motor overload units by injecting primary current through overload unit

and monitoring trip time at three hundred percent (300%) of motor full load

current.

8) Perform operational tests by initiating control devices to affect proper

operation.

9) Bolt torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations.

10) Perform insulation resistance test, 1000 VDC minimum test voltage and 100

megohms minimum insulation resistance.

11) Control wiring insulation test voltage shall be 1000V dc. Manufacturer

shall be consulted for test voltage where solid state control devices are

utilized.

12) Perform overload tests at three hundred percent (300%) of motor full load

current. Trip times shall be in accordance with manufacturer's tolerances.

Investigate values in excess of one hundred twenty (120) seconds.

3.3 BRANCH CIRCUITRY

A. All wiring in interior environment shall be EMT. All wiring in exterior environments and on

roof shall be in rigid galvanized steel.

B. Feeder connections shall be in the phase rotation which establishes proper operation for all

equipment supplied.

C. Reduced size conductors indicated for any feeders shall be taken as their grounding conductors.

D. Feeders consisting of multiple cables and raceways shall be arranged such that each raceway of

the feeder contains one cable for each leg and one neutral cable, if any.

E. For circuitry indicated as being protected at 20 Amps or less, abide by the following:

1. All 20 amp, 120/208 volt, 3 phase, 4 wire combined branch circuit homeruns shall be

provided with a #8 AWG neutral conductor.

2. Minimum conductor size shall be No. 12 A.W.G. copper.

3. Conductors operating at 120 volts extending in excess of 100 Ft., or at 277 volts

extending in excess of 200 ft., or the last outlet or fixture tap shall be No. 10 A.W.G.

copper throughout.

3.4 REQUIREMENTS GOVERNING ELECTRICAL WORK IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS

AND ON ROOF.

A. Outlets and outlet size boxes shall be of galvanized cast ferrous metal only.

B. The finish of threaded steel conduit shall be galvanized only.




C. Wires for pulling into raceways for lighting and appliance branch circuitry shall be limited to

"THWN".

D. Wires for pulling into raceways for feeders shall be limited to "THWN".

E. Plates for toggle switches and receptacles shall have gasketed snap shut covers suitable for wet

locations while in use.

F. Final connections of flexible conduit shall be neoprene sheathed.

G. Apply one layer of half looped plastic electric insulating tape over wire nuts used for joining the

conductors of wires.

H. Enclosures, junction boxes, pull boxes, cabinets, cabinet trims, wiring troughs and the like, shall

be fabricated of galvanized sheet metal, shall conform to the following:

1. They shall be constructed with continuously welded joints and seams.

2. Their edges and weld spots shall be factory treated with cold galvanizing compound.

3. Their connection to circuitry shall be by means of watertight hub connectors with sealing

rings.

I. Enclosures for individually mounted switching and overcurrent devices shall be NEMA Class

IV weatherproof construction.

J. The covers, doors and plates and trims used in conjunction with all enclosures, pull boxes,

outlet boxes, junction boxes, cabinets and the like shall be equipped with gaskets.

K. Panels shall be equipped with doors without exception.

L. The following shall be interpreted as damp or wet locations within building confines:

1. Spaces where any designations indicating weatherproof (WP) or vaporproof appear on

the drawings.

2. Below waterproofing in slabs applied directly on grade.

3. Spaces defined as wet or damp locations by article 100 of the National Electric Code.

3.5 IDENTIFICATION AND TAGGING

A. Identify individually:

1. Each transformer.

2. Each panelboard.

3. Each switch and circuit breaker.

4. Each feeder, wire or cable of all systems.

5. Each switchboard.

6. Each end of nylon pullwire in empty conduit.

B. Each wire or cable in a feeder shall be identified at its terminal points of connection and in each

pullbox, junction box and panel gutter through which it passes.




C. The nomenclature used to identify panelboards or load center shall designate the numbers

assigned to them.

D. The nomenclature used to identify switches or circuit breakers shall:

1. Where they disconnect mains or services designate this fact.

2. Where they control feeders, designate the feeder number and the name of the load

supplied.

3. Where they control lighting and appliance branch circuitry, designate the name of the

space and the load supplied.

E. The nomenclature used to identify feeder wires and cables shall designate the feeder number.

F. Identification for panelboards or load centers shall be by means of engraved lamacoid

nameplates showing 1/4" high white lettering on a black background fastened to the outside

face of the front.

G. Identification for switches or circuit breakers shall be by means of the following:

1. Where individually enclosed engraved lamacoid nameplates showing 1/8" high white

lettering on a black background fastened on the outside front face of the enclosure.

2. Where in panelboards or load centers without doors same as for individually enclosed.

3. Where in panelboards or load centers with doors typewritten directories mounted behind

transparent plastic covers, in metal frames fastened on the inside face of the doors.

H. Identification for wires and cables shall be by means of wrap around "brady" type labels.

I. Device plates for local toggle switches, toggle switch type motor starters, pilot lights and the

like, whose function is not readily apparent shall be engraved with 1/8" high letters suitably

describing the equipment controlled or indicated.

J. Phase identification letters shall be stamped into the metal of the bus bars of each phase of the

main busses of each switchboard and each panelboard. The letters shall be visible from at least

one "normal posture" location without having to demount any current carrying or supporting

elements.

K. Equip the front face of all switchboard pull boxes junction boxes and the like containing cables,

busing or devices operating in excess of 600 volts with enameled sheet metal "red on white"

signs reading "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE."

L. Equip all electric closets and the like with enameled sheet metal "red on white" signs reading

"Electrical Equipment Room No Storage Permitted." Signs shall be mounted at clearly visible

locations within the rooms.

M. Provide a sign at the service entrance equipment room indicating the type and location of all on

site emergency or standby power sources.

N. Identify each outlet box, junction box, and cabinet used in conjunction with empty raceway for

wires of a future system by means of indelible markings on the inside denoting the system.




O. Prior to installing identifying tags and nameplates, submit their nomenclature for approval.

Conform to all revisions issued by the Designer.

3.6 SUPPORTS AND FASTENINGS

A. Support work in accordance with best industry standards, National Electric Code and the

following:

B. Include supporting frames or racks for equipment, intended for vertical surface mounting, which

is required in a free standing position.

C. Supporting frames or racks shall be of standard angle, standard channel or specialty support

system steel members. They shall be rigidly bolted or welded together and adequately braced to

form a substantial structure. Racks shall be of ample size to assure a workmanlike arrangement

of all equipment mounted on them.

D. No work intended for exposed installation shall be mounted directly on any building surface. In

such locations, flat bar members or spacers shall be used to create a minimum of 1/4" air space

between the building surfaces and the work. Provide 3/4" thick exterior grade plywood painted

with two coats of fire-retardant grey paint for mounting of panelboards.

E. Nothing (including outlet, pull and junction boxes and fittings) shall depend on electric

conduits, raceways or cables for support.

F. Nothing shall rest on, or depend for support on, suspended ceiling media.

G. Support less than 2" trade size, vertically run, conduits at intervals no greater than 8 Ft. Support

such conduits, 2-1/2" trade size or larger, at intervals no greater than the story height, or 15 Ft,

whichever is smaller.

H. Where they are not embedded in concrete, support less than 1" trade size, horizontally run,

conduits at intervals no greater than 7 ft.. Support such conduits, 1" trade size or larger, at

intervals no greater than 10 ft.

I. Support all lighting fixtures directly from structural slab, deck or framing member.

J. Where fixtures and ceilings are such as to require fixture support from ceiling openings frames,

include in the electric work the members necessary to tie back the ceiling opening frames to

ceiling suspension members or slabs so as to provide actual support for the fixtures noted above.

K. As a minimum procedure, in suspended ceilings support small runs of circuitry (e.g., conduit

not in excess of 1 inch trade size) from ceiling suspension members as defined above. Support

larger runs of circuitry directly from structural slabs, decks or framing members.

L. Fasten electric work to building structure in accordance with the best industry practice.

M. Floor mounted equipment shall not be held in place solely by its own dead weight. Include

floor anchor fastenings in all cases.




N. For items which are shown as being ceiling mounted at locations where fastenings to the

building construction element above is not possible, provide suitable auxiliary channel or angle

iron bridging tying to building structural elements.

O. As a minimum procedure, where weight applied to the attachment points is 100 lbs. or less,

fasten to concrete and solid masonry with bolts and expansion shields.

P. As a minimum procedure, where weight applied to building attachment points exceeds 100 lbs.,

but is 300 lbs. or less, conform to the following:

1. At field poured concrete slabs, utilize inserts with 20' minimum length slip-through steel

rods, set transverse to reinforcing steel.

3.7 SPLICING AND TERMINATING WIRES AND CABLES

A. Maintain all splices and joints in removable cover boxes or cabinets where they may be easily

inspected.

B. Locate each completed conductor splice or joint in the outlet box, junction box, or pull box

containing it, so that it is accessible from the removal cover side of the box.

C. Join solid conductors No. 8 AWG and smaller by securely twisting them together and soldering,

or by using insulated coiled steel spring "wire nut" type connectors. Exclude "wire nuts"

employing non expandable springs. Terminate conductors No. 8 AWG and smaller by means of

a neat and fast holding application of the conductors directly to the binding screws or terminals

of the equipment or devices to be connected.

D. Join, tap and terminate stranded conductors No. 6 AWG and larger by means of solder sleeves,

taps; and lugs with applied solder or by means of bolted saddle type or pressure indent type

connectors, taps and lugs. Exclude connectors and lugs of the types which apply set screws

directly to conductors. Where equipment or devices are equipped with set screw type terminals

which are impossible to change, replace the factory supplied set screws with a type having a

ball bearing tip. Apply pressure indent type connectors, taps and lugs utilizing tools

manufactured specifically for the purpose and having features preventing their release until the

full pressure has been exerted on the lug or connector.

E. Except where wire nuts are used, build up insulation over conductor joints to a value, equal both

in thickness and dielectric strength, to that of the factory applied conductor insulation.

Insulation of conductor taps and joints shall be by means of half lapped layers of rubber tape,

with an outer layer of friction tape; by means of half lapped layers of approved plastic electric

insulating tape; or by means of split insulating casings manufactured specifically to insulate the

particular connector and conductor, and fastened with stainless steel or non metallic snaps or

clips.

F. Exclude splicing procedures for neutral conductors in lighting and appliance branch circuitry

which utilize device terminals as the splicing points.

G. Exclude joints or terminations utilizing solder in any conductors used for grounding or bonding

purposes.




H. Exclude all but solder or pressure indent type joints in conductors used for signaling or

communications purposes.

I. Lugs for conductors used to make phase leg connections on the line side of the main service

overcurrent and switching device shall be of the limiter type.

3.8 PULLING WIRES INTO CONDUITS AND RACEWAYS

A. Delay pulling wires or cables in until the project has progressed to a point when general

construction procedures are not liable to injure wires and cables, and when moisture is excluded

from raceways.

B. Utilize nylon snakes or metallic fish tapes with ball type heads to set up for pulling. In

raceways 2" trade size and larger, utilize a pulling assembly ahead of wires consisting of a

suitable brush followed by an 3 1/2" diameter ball mandrel.

C. Leave sufficient slack on all runs of wire and cable to permit the secure connection of devices

and equipment.

D. Include circular wedge type cable supports for wires and cables at the top of any vertical

raceway longer than 20 feet. Also include additional supports spaced at intervals which are no

greater than 10'. Supports shall be located in accessible pull boxes. Supports shall be of a

nondeteriorating insulating material manufactured specifically for the purpose.

E. Pulling lubricants shall be used. They shall be products manufactured specifically for the

purpose.

F. Slack on wires and cables located in cabinets and pull boxes shall be formed and set in place in

groupings corresponding to their occupancy of raceways. They shall also be arranged, with

insulators and supports provided where necessary, such that cable shims or other such

temporary expedients do not have to be left permanently in place to prevent the wires and cables

from shifting when covers or trims are removed.

3.9 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES

AND PULL BOXES

A. Flush wall mounted outlet boxes shall not be set back to back but shall be offset at least 12"

horizontally regardless of any indication on the drawings.

B. Locate all boxes so that their removable covers are accessible without necessitating the removal

of parts of permanent building structure, including piping, ductwork, and other permanent

mechanical elements.

C. In conjunction with concealed circuitry, abide by one of the following instructions (as may be

applicable to the conditions) in order to assure the aforementioned accessibility. (Not required

for circuitry concealed by removable suspended ceiling tiles.)

1. For a small (outlet size) box on circuitry concealed in a partition or wall, locate box or

fitting so that its removable cover side (or the face of any applied raised cover) penetrates




through to within 1/8" a of the exposed surface of the building materials concealing the

circuitry and apply a blank or device plate to suit the functional requirements.

2. For a large box on circuitry concealed in a partition, suspended ceiling, or wall, locate

box totally hidden but with its removable cover directly behind an architectural access

door or panel (included for the purpose, separate from the electric work) in the building

construction which conceals the circuitry.

3. For a small (outlet size) box on circuitry concealed above and intended as an outlet for a

surface mounted lighting fixture or other such electrical item, locate box so that its

removable cover side penetrates through to the exposed surface of the building materials

concealing the circuitry. Arrange the mounting of the lighting fixture or other item so

that it completely covers the opening in the building construction caused by the box.

4. For a small (outlet size) box on circuitry concealed in a suspended ceiling, and intended

as an outlet for a non demountable type of recessed lighting fixtures or other such

electrical items, locate box totally hidden but with its removable cover not more than one

foot away from the building construction opening occupied by the demountable items.

D. Apply junction and pull boxes in accordance with the following:

1. Include pull boxes in long straight runs of raceway to assure that cables are not damaged

when they are pulled in.

2. Include junction and pull boxes to assure a neat and workmanlike installation of

raceways.

3. Include junction and pull boxes to fulfill requirements pertaining to the limitations to the

number of bends permitted in raceway between cable access points, the accessibility of

cable joints and splices, and the application of cable supports.

4. Include all required junction and pull boxes regardless of indications on the drawings

(which, due to symbolic methods of notation, may omit to show some of them).

E. Apply outlet boxes in accordance with the following:

1. Unless noted below or otherwise specifically indicated, include a separate outlet box for

each individual wiring device, lighting fixture and signal or communication system outlet

component. Outlet boxes supplied attached to lighting fixtures shall not be used as

replacements for the boxes specified herein.

2. A continuous row of fixtures of the end to end channel type, designed for "through

wiring," and wired in accordance with the specification hereinafter pertaining to circuitry

through a series of lighting fixtures, may be supplied through a single outlet box.

3. A series of separate fixtures, designed for "through wiring," spaced not more than 4'

apart, and inter connected with conduit or raceway and circuitry which is in accordance

with the specifications hereinafter pertaining to circuitry through a series of lighting

fixtures, may be supplied through a single outlet box.

4. Connection to recessed ceiling fixtures supplied with pigtails may be arranged so that

more than one, but not more than four, such fixtures are connected into a single outlet

box. When adopting this procedure:

a. Utilize an outlet box no smaller than 5" square by 2 1/2" deep.

b. Allow no fixture to be supplied from an outlet box in another room.

5. Multiple local switches indicated at a single location shall be gang mounted in a single

outlet box.

6. Include all required outlet boxes regardless of indications on the drawings (which due to

symbolic methods of notation, may omit to show some of them).




F. Install junction boxes, pull boxes and outlet boxes in accordance with the following:

1. Exclude surface mounted outlet boxes in conjunction with concealed circuitry.

2. Exclude unused circuitry openings in junction and pull boxes. In larger boxes each such

opening shall be closed with a galvanized sheet steel plate fastened with a continuous

weld all around. In small outlet type boxes, utilize plugs as specified for such boxes.

3. Close up all unused circuitry openings in outlet boxes. Unused openings in cast boxes

shall be closed with approved cast metal threaded plugs. Unused openings in sheet metal

boxes shall be closed with sheet metal knock out plugs.

4. Outlet boxes for switches shall be located at the strike side of doors. Indicated door

swings are subject to field change. Outlet boxes shall be located on the basis of final

door swing arrangements.

5. Boxes and plaster covers for duplex receptacles shall be arranged for vertical mounting of

the receptacle.

6. Equip outlet boxes used for devices which are connected to wires of systems supplied by

more than one set of voltage characteristics with barriers to separate the different

systems.

G. Barriers in junction and pull boxes of outlet size shall be of the same metal as the box.

H. Barriers in junction and pull boxes which are larger than outlet size shall be of the polyester

resin fiberglass of adequate thickness for mechanical strength, but in no case less than 1/4"

thick. Each barrier shall be mounted, without fastenings, between angle iron guides so that they

may be readily removed.

3.10 LOCATING AND ROUTING OF CIRCUITRY

A. In general, all circuitry shall be run concealed except that it shall be run exposed where the

following conditions occur:

1. Horizontally at the ceiling of permanently unfinished spaces which are not assigned to

mechanical or electrical equipment.

2. Horizontally and vertically in mechanical equipment spaces.

3. Horizontally and vertically in electric equipment rooms.

B. Concealed circuitry shall be so located that building construction materials can be applied over

its thickest elements without being subject to spalling or cracking.

C. Circuitry run exposed shall be routed parallel to building walls and column lines.

D. Exposed circuitry located overhead shall be run in a completely accessible manner on the

underside of all piping and ductwork.

E. Circuitry run in suspended ceilings shall be routed parallel to building walls, column lines, etc.

F. Circuitry shall be routed so as to prevent electric conductors from being subject to high ambient

temperature. Minimum clearances from heated lines or surfaces shall be maintained as follows:

1. Crossing where uninsulated 3"

2. Crossing where insulated 1"




3. Running parallel where uninsulated 36"

4. Running parallel where insulated 6"

G. Circuitry shall not be run in elevator shafts, hoistways, and the like. Where outlets for trail

cables, pit lights, run be level lights, and the like, are involved, only the "final connection"

outlet boxes themselves shall be located within or open into, the confines of the shaft.

H. Circuitry for miscellaneous systems indicated without notation as to location and routing shall

be run as per the requirements and notations governing the adjacent light and power circuitry.

3.11 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

A. Where devices and equipment are called out to be removed, all conduit, wiring and associated

appurtenances, including junction boxes, mounting clips, fasters, strut and the like shall be

removed. Refer to demolition drawings. All material scheduled for demolition shall be

removed from the building/sitework area and disposed of in dumpsters (provided by general

contractor) by this trade subcontractor.

3.12 INSTALLING CIRCUITRY

A. The outside surface of circuitry which is to be embedded in cinder concrete shall be coated with

asphaltum paint.

B. In runs of conduit or raceway including flexible limit the number of bends between cable access

points to a total which does not exceed the maximum specified for the particular system. Where

no such maximum is specified, limit the number to four right angle bends or the equivalent

thereof.

C. In each conduit or raceway assigned for the future pulling in of wires, include a nylon drag

cord. In raceways 2" trade size and larger, the cord shall be pulled in utilizing a suitable brush,

followed by an 85% diameter ball mandrel ahead of the cord in the pulling assembly. In the

event that obstructions are encountered, which will not permit the drag cord to be installed, the

blocked section of raceway shall be replaced and any cutting and patching of the structure

involved in such replacement shall be included as part of the electric work.

D. Circuitry shall be arranged such that conductors of one feeder or circuitry carrying "going"

current are not separated from conductors of the same feeder or circuitry carrying "return"

current by any ferrous or other metal. Where not within raceways, all "going" and "return"

current conductors of one feeder or circuit shall be laces together so as to minimize induction

heating of adjacent metal components.

E. Sleeves used where circuitry is to penetrate waterproof slabs, decks and walls, shall be of a type

selected to suite the water condition encountered in the field.

END OF SECTION




AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS 27 41 00

- 1

SECTION 27 41 00 – AUDIOVISUAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIVISION #1,

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, GOVERN WORK IN THIS SECTION.


A. The work of this Section consists of the provision of equipment and the like necessary and/or

required for the procurement of audiovisual equipment for the future renovation and upgrade of the

university Broadcast Center.

1. Unless otherwise specified, supply only new equipment, parts and material, and deliver to

owner’s storage facility for final acceptance. Operate only as required for testing as part of

installation procedure.

2. The system drawings indicate the general layout of the various items of equipment and their

functional relationships. However, layout of equipment, accessories, and conduit systems are

diagrammatic unless specifically detailed and do not necessarily indicate every item required

for a complete installation. Provide any incidental equipment needed in order to result in a

complete and operable system even if not specified or shown on drawings without claim for

additional payment.

3. Verify correctness of parts lists and equipment model numbers and conformance of each

component with manufacturer's specifications.

4. Installation services are not required at this time. The equipment delivery and storage will

be coordinated with The University of Rhode Island.

B. Functional Requirements of Systems:

1. Studio:

a. Existing pipe grid is used to support new LED lighting fixtures, AC receptacle boxes

and, optical splitters, and DMX connections.

b. Dual-track drapery with grey and black 22 oz. fabric. The drapery track is supported

by wall mounted brackets.

c. 250 Channel lighting control console with 24” LCD touch monitor is installed on a

movable desk in the studio (desk by others).

d. DMX controlled Relay Panel board for LED lighting fixtures (by others).

e. Pull down background screens, Chroma Green, White, and Black for key and

photography work.

f. Chroma flooring for Green Screen production.

g. Customized studio and talk show set.

h. Studio connection panel with:

1) Hybrid Fiber optical camera connections.

2) Production intercom.

3) Six (6) Interruptible Foldback connections.

4) Two (2) SDI outputs from control room.

5) Digital Audio Link for portable stage box (behind set).

6) Teleprompter video.

i. Four (4) grid mounted connections with (1) each, audio XLR and SDI (BNC).

j. Green Room Program Monitor.

k. Two (2)”On-Air” lights (AC power by others).





- 2

l. Owner supplied three (3) 2/3” CCD, studio camera, lens package, 1920 x 1080/59.94i,

rack mounted CCU and hybrid fiber cables,

m. Four (4) 17” On-Camera TelePrompter and software (control PC by owner).

n. Three (3) owner supplied camera pedestals.

o. Owner supplied robotic Pedestal and Camera with controller and software.

p. Studio talkback speaker.

q. Connection panel for Production Communications and IFB systems.

r. Production lighting consisting of Source 4 LED Lustr® Series, Selecon Studio Panel

MkII, Cineo HS2 WAVE 5,600K, Strand Lighting PLCYC1, extension cables and

telescoping hangers.

s. 4” high Master Clock Display.

2. Control Room:

a. GPS Master Timecode Clock system and 4” high remote LED display.

b. Five (5) operator console timecode clock displays.

c. Owner supplied CG computer (Mac).

d. Owner supplied 20 x 20 ATEM Video/Audio router and control surface.

e. 12-G 40 x 40 router.

f. Skype caller interface.

g. Two (2) dual 7” rack mounted camera preview monitors (engineer position).

h. Custom Forecast production console with positions for five production staff, monitor

rail, speaker stands, articulating monitor arms, and recessed area for video and audio

mixing consoles, and camera controllers.

i. One (1) pair of active playback monitor speakers.

j. Two (2) 55” Multiviewer monitors, and four (4) 43” monitors. The monitors are

supported from the ceiling structure.

k. Dual 8” Production monitor with built-in Waveform, histogram, and Vectorscope.

l. Production Intercom system with: 2-channel base station, (10) belt pack receiver and

(11) single-ear headsets, (6) IFB talent receivers and ear sets.

m. Wireless microphone package for TV talent that includes (2) miniature lapel

microphones, bodypacks and digital receivers.

n. Owner supplied four (4) wireless microphone systems.

o. 24 Channel digital audio production mixer with 16 input digital stage box, SDI input

card and MADI card.

p. Four (4) owner AJA KI Pro HDD video recorders.

q. One HDD video recorder for Robotic Camera.

r. RF Assistive Listening System (Control room and studio).

s. Teacher’s Carrel (by others).

t. Owner supplied general purpose microphones.

u. Owner supplied computers, keyboard, and monitors, for editing and storage.

v. Floor standing equipment rack in equipment closet.

C. Functional Requirements of Add-Alternate 1

1. Wall mounted 55” diagonal HD display with SDI input for program feed from Control room.

D. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:

1. Procurement Substitution Procedures (002600).

E. Definitions:





- 3

1. Owner: The University of Rhode Island.

2. Architect: TLB Architecture .

3. Consultant: Acentech Incorporated.

4. Bidder: Audiovisual contractor or other entity generating the response to this set of

audiovisual bid documents.

5. Furnish: procure, and deliver the equipment to the job site, freight prepaid, for receipt, and

storage

6. Provide: Furnish and Install equipment.

7. Provided by Others and Not in Contract (NIC): Work related to this contract, but will be

provided by parties other than the AV Contractor.

8. Owner-Furnished Contractor Installed (OFCI) or Owner-Furnished Equipment (OFE):

Equipment furnished by the Owner for installation by the Audiovisual contractor. The

Audiovisual contractor shall be responsible for installing and integrating this equipment as

detailed herein.

9. Installation Materials: Installed cable, loose cable, terminations, cable management,

voice/data/video patch cords, adapters, I/O panels, cable dressing, lacing bars, copper bus

bars, labels, rack shelves, rack mounts, power strips/distribution, and other materials as

needed to install the systems.

1.03 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. General:

1. Contractor must provide four submissions as described in this specification. Those

submissions include:

a. Bid submission

2. Submittals shall be delivered in electronic format as Excel *.xls or *.xlsx, AutoCAD *.dwg

(with bound XREFs), Revit *.rvt (with imported files), Word *.doc or *.docx, or combined

PDF files via FTP posting, DVD, USB flash drive, or e-mail.

3. Delivery Schedule:

a. Bid submittal package: By date specified, to include:

1) Basis of bid documents, including:

a) Itemized equipment costs for specified equipment or APPROVED

substitutions.

b) Qualifications/References

c) Certifications (including certificate of bonding, if required)

d) Proposed payment terms

b. Bill of material submission: No later than 10 days following award of contract provide

the following as one unified package:

1) Bill of materials

2) Manufacturer product data sheets

4. Unless otherwise directed by contract, do not order equipment until the bill of materials has

been reviewed and approved by the AV consultant.

5. Approval for isolated items will not be considered, except by prior AV consultant

authorization.

6. Rejected items and items requiring correction must be resubmitted together, unless

authorized otherwise.





- 4

1.04 BID SUBMITTALS

A. Instructions to Bidders: To be considered, Bids must be made in accord with the instructions to

Bidders and this Article.

B. Examinations: Carefully examine the contract documents.. Contractors will not be given extra

payments for conditions that can be determined by examining documents, and will not be relieved

of any obligations with respect to bid.

C. Equipment:

1. The equipment lists should not be considered all-inclusive. Only the major equipment items

are provided in the list. The contractor must refer to this specification and addendums in

preparing the bid response.

D. Questions: Submit questions about the contract documents in writing. Replies requiring changes to

the contract documents will be issued to bidders as addenda and will become part of the Contract.

The Architect and Owner may give, but will not be responsible for oral clarifications. Questions

received less than 10 days before bid date cannot be answered in writing.

E. Acceptable Products: Model numbers and manufacturers identified herein indicate a standard of

quality and performance. Other products will be considered, subject to approval of complete

technical data, samples and results of independent testing of proposed equipment, submitted in

accordance with Division 1 requirements and “Substitutions” section below.

F. Substitutions: To obtain approval for substitutions and for items identified as "approved equal",

submit written requests at least 10 days before bid date. Requests received after this time will not

be considered. Requests shall clearly describe the product for which approval is asked, including

data necessary to demonstrate acceptability. If the product is acceptable, an Addendum may be

issued to bidders.

G. Equipment Availability: Verify with manufacturers availability and cost of equipment proposed,

including equipment specified herein. No cost increases will be allowed for manufacturers' cost

increases, or for substitutions required because of unavailability of proposed equipment.

H. Performance Bond: The successful bidder will furnish a Performance Payment Bond and Labor and

Material Bond, underwritten by a surety company approved by the Architect and Owner, for

fulfillment of provisions of the contract.

I. Basis of Bids:

1. Submissions will be provided in electronic format described below. Electronic submissions

must be supplied in Microsoft Excel. *.xls or *.xlsx format.

3. Include a complete itemized list for each base-bid system indicating the manufacturer, model

number, unit cost and total costs for specified items. Itemization of miscellaneous equipment

such as cable, switches, and receptacles is not required.

4. Clearly indicate the total cost, including expenses, for each individual system to allow the

Owner to select any or all systems to be included in the contract. Itemization of

miscellaneous equipment such as cable, switches, and receptacles is not required.

5. Organize each list with the information presented, in the order that it appears in this

specification, in 6 columns from left to right:

a. Paragraph number as it appears in this specification.





- 5

b. Paragraph title as it appears in this specification.

c. Manufacturer and model number.

d. Quantity.

e. Unit Cost.

f. Extension (unit cost times quantity).

g. Example:

Paragraph # Paragraph Title Manufacturer &

Model Number

Qty. Unit Cost Extended Cost

Section 2.1 Microphones

2.1.B Hand-Held

Microphone

xxx # $$ $$$$

6. At the end of each list indicate the cost of other items, such as for miscellaneous equipment,

engineering, installation labor, overhead, taxes, etc.

7. On a separate list, indicate costs of any specified add- or deduct-alternates with the

information presented in the same manner as for the base-bid system.

8. Include a listing of any voluntary alternates proposed by the bidder as substitutions or

additions to the specified systems.

9. Include any notes or comments if necessary to qualify the bid.

10. Identify any sub-contractors and indicate the work they are to do.

11. Provide documentation of ability in installing similar systems. Furnish the names, addresses,

and telephone numbers of the System Designer, Architect, General Contractor, and Owner

on three projects similar in scope, which the Contractor has installed within the last 5 years.

12. Include certification of ownership and full familiarity with the operation of the following

minimum test equipment. Provide a list of the manufacturer, model, and serial number for

each item of test equipment required.

a. Audio Test Equipment:

1) SMAART, EASERA or similar measurement platform that includes a laptop

computer, audio preamp, Type 1 measurement microphone, cables, and

stands, to complete the system test.

2) AC impedance bridge.

3) Sound level meter and octave band filter set.

4) Digital Multimeter.

5) Calibrator with appropriate microphone adapter similar to General Radio,

Norsonic, or Rion calibrators.

6) Random or pseudo-random pink noise generator.

7) Plug and cable tester (suggested: Whirlwind DCT-9 or PylePro PCT40).

8) Loudspeaker polarity indicator (suggested: BSS Audio AR130,).

b. Video Test Equipment:

1) Photometer with luminance and illuminance probes.

2) TriStimulus Color Analyzer with Laptop computer (suggested: Sencor

OTC1000-CM).

3) Multi-frequency computer RGB test pattern generator (suggested: Extron VTG-

300R, VTG-400D or VTG-400DVI).

4) HDMI test pattern generator (suggested: Quantum Data 780BH)

5) HDMI cable test instrument similar to the Quantum Data 780BH.

6) Coaxial cable test kit (for testing whether in-place cable will support SDI

signals): FM Systems CTG-500 kit.

c. Video Studio/Production Test Equipment:





- 6

1) Camera Test & Setup Charts (DSC Labs or equal; Grayscale, Colorbar, Skin

Tone).

2) Handheld Waveform/Vectorscope (suggested Leader LV5333).

3) Handheld HD Generator (Hamlet Axiom or equal).

d. RF Test Equipment:

1) Signal Level Meter (Trilithic M3Plus or equal).

2) Software: Trilithic M3-PLUS-TOOLBOX).

3) Leakage Detector (Trilithic SEEKER LITE2 or equal).

e. Fiber Optic Test Equipment:

1) Optical Loss Test Set (Fluke Networks CertiFiber Pro Optical Loss Test Set).

2) OTDR (Fluke OptiFiber Pro OTDR or equal).

f. LAN Test Equipment:

1) CAT Cable Tester (Fluke DTX-1800 CableAnalyzer or equal).

2) Wi-Fi NetworkTester (Fluke AirCheck or equal).

3) Wi-Fi Analyzer (Fluke AirMagnet or equal).

J. QUALITY ASSURANCE

1. Project Management: Maintain the same person in charge of work throughout installation.

2. Contract Documents: Maintain a complete set of system drawings and specifications at the

site during installation.

3. Fabrication and Installation: Completely fabricate equipment racks and subassemblies in

contractor fabrication shop. Make field connections of audio, video, and control wiring

including microphone, line level, loudspeaker, video, and control system circuits to

equipment, equipment racks, and connection panels. Continuously supervise the installation

and connection of cable and equipment.

4. Contractor Qualifications: To be considered qualified for this work; the contracting firm

must be experienced in the provision of audiovisual systems similar in complexity to those

required for this project, and meet the following:

a. The Contractor’s primary business is the provision, fabrication, and installation of

professional audiovisual and related systems.

b. The Contractor has been regularly engaged in the installation and service of

professional audiovisual presentation systems for a period of at least five years.

c. The Contractor is an authorized dealer for the specified Audiovisual Control System

systems.

d. The contractor employs a Certified programmer for programming Audiovisual

Control System, as required.

e. The Contractor is, at a minimum, Avixa certified solution provider, with at least (1)

CTS-I and (1) CTS-D certified employee on-site for the duration of the installation.

f. The contractor has a Crestron/Extron/AMX/etc.Certified Installer onsite during the

installation and termination of HDBaseT or similar digital transmission systems

(DigitalMedia, XTP, DTP, or DGX) equipment, as required.

g. At the request of the Architect, demonstrate the following capabilities:

1) Adequate plans and equipment to complete the work.

2) Sufficient staff with appropriate technical experience to oversee and execute the

work.

5. Subcontractors: The Contractor may arrange for sub-contract field and special shop work to

be done by others.





- 7

1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS

1. General: The Contractor has the burden of proving, at the Contractor's own cost and expense

and to the satisfaction of the Architect, that the proposed product is similar and equal to the

named product.

2. Basis:

a. Requests for acceptance of proposed equivalents made following the award of bid will

be considered by the Architect only in the following cases:

1) The named products cannot be obtained by the Contractor because of strikes,

lockouts, bankruptcies or discontinuance of manufacturer and the Contractor

makes a written request to the Architect for consideration of the proposed

equivalent.

2) The proposed equivalent, in the opinion of the Architect, is equal or superior to

the named product and its use is to the advantage of the Owner.

b. A formal request must be made for the substitution documenting fully the above

reason. Include complete data on the proposed substitution substantiating compliance

with the Contract Documents including: product identification and description,

performance and test data, references and samples where applicable, and an itemized

comparison of the proposed substitution with the products specified or named by

Addenda, with data relating to Contract time schedule, design and artistic effect where

applicable, and its relationship to separate contracts. Accompany the request by

accurate installed cost data on the proposed substitution in comparison with the

product specified.

3. Consideration:

a. A request for substitution is a representation by the Contractor that:

1) The Contractor has personally investigated the proposed substitution and

determined that it is equal or superior to that specified.

2) The Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that would

be for that specified.

3) The cost data presented are complete and include related costs under this

Contract, but exclude costs under separate contracts and exclude Architect's re-

design costs, and that the Contractor waives claims for additional costs related

to the substitution, which subsequently become apparent.

4) Indicate if there will be any cost impact on work by other trades.

5) The Contractor will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute,

making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete.

b. Change Order modifying the Specifications will document an accepted substitution.

The Contract Price will be changed only if the substitution results in cost savings to

the Owner.

1.06 SHOP DRAWING AND BILL OF MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Coordinate submittals with requirements set forth in the Contract Documents.

B. CAD drawings are not required with the bill of materials submission.

C. Shop Drawings and Bill of Materials Submittals:

1. General:

a. The following is required for approval, prior to ordering product. Submit complete

and at one time. Isolated items will not be considered for approval, except by prior





- 8

authorization. Rejected items and items requiring correction must be resubmitted at

one time, except by prior authorization.

b. Submittals shall be provided as complete electronic PDF files that include the

following:

1) A single collated file of the Bill of Materials for each system, listed in the order

it appears in this specification, configured to print on standard 8-1/2” x 11” or

11” x 17” paper.

2) A single collated file of cut sheets for equipment listed in this specification

configured to print on standard 8-1/2” x 11” paper.

5) Digital signal processing layouts, as identified below.

2. Bill of Materials and Catalog Data Sheets:

a. Bill of Materials and Catalog Data Sheets of manufactured items. At the end of the

Bill of Materials include Catalog Data Sheets (“cut” sheets) for product arranged in

the order listed in the specifications and in the Bill of Materials. Include a cover page

identifying the project and submittal. Organize the Bill of Materials in 6 columns from

left to right:

3. Paragraph number as it appears in this specification.

1) Paragraph title as it appears in this specification.

2) Manufacturer.

3) Model number.

4) Quantity.

5) Comments (if any are needed).

6) Example:

Paragraph # Paragraph Title Manufacturer Model No. Qty. Comments

Section 2.1 Microphones

2.1.B Hand-Held Mic xxx xxx #

4. Shop Drawings:

a. Block diagrams: Provide block diagrams of proposed connections of equipment that

indicate equipment types and model numbers.

b. Room Layouts: Equipment/projection/control room/studios layout(s), and equipment

rack and cabinet details.

c. Video Projectors: Provide plan and section drawings verifying image width, lens-to-

screen distances and mounting methods. Provide detailed drawings of custom-

fabricated or stock mounts and hardware, as well as locations of auxiliary electronic

devices, such as digital media receivers.

d. Projection Screens: Provide elevation drawing for each projection screen showing

floor, ceiling, and screen, with screen size and dimensions for extra drop and image

height above the floor indicated.

e. Flat Panel Displays: Provide drawings showing displays, display mounts, method of

attaching mounts to structure, and locations of auxiliary electronic devices, such as

digital media receivers.

f. Cameras, Antenna, Monitors, and Control Panels: Provide drawings in plans and

section the detail mount arrangements and orientation for video camera, video

monitors, antenna and control panels.

g. Loudspeaker arrays or clusters: Provide drawings showing arrangement of arrayed

loudspeaker components, showing physical arrangement and orientation as well as

structural support and any nearby architectural components affecting the coverage

provided by the arrayed loudspeakers. Provide drawings stamped by a certified

structural engineer indicating review and approval of indicated structural supports.





- 9

h. Others as required by Architect or Consultant.

i. Audiovisual Control System and Digital Signal Processing:

1) Detailed control panel layouts and control logic notes, prepared by the control

system programmer:

a) Provide tree diagrams indicating signal flow for review and approval by

Owner and AV Consultant.

b) Upon approval of the above by AV Consultant, and prior to beginning

control system code development, provide color draft set of control

system touch panel layout diagrams (Graphic User Interface) for review

and approval by Owner and AV consultant, noting comments from prior

review. Include text, buttons, colors, images, and backgrounds as well as

page flips, sub-pages, and overall page logic flow.

c) Upon approval of the above by AV Consultant, provide control system

touch panel programming file for final review and approval by Owner

and AV consultant, noting comments from prior review.

2) Detailed layouts for digital signal processors:

a) Signal flow diagrams.

b) Detail presets and interconnection to audiovisual control system.

D. Samples:

1. Finish for control panels, racks, cabinets, and loudspeaker grilles.

2. Mechanical connectors for use in wiring.

1.07 TEST REPORT SUBMITTALS

A. Test Reports: Upon completion of SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

specified in PART 3 - EXECUTION, submit for approval in writing test results including

numerical values for measurements. Also submit written certification that the installation conforms

to specifications, is complete and operable, and is ready for FINAL ADJUSTMENTS AND

ACCEPTANCE TESTS specified in PART 3 - EXECUTION. Provide three (3) copies unless

otherwise specified.

1.08 AS-BUILT DRAWING AND OPERATION MANUAL SUBMISSIONS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data - Coordinate with Section 01700

1. Draft Copies: At time of FINAL ADJUSTMENTS AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS specified

in PART 3 - EXECUTION, provide draft copies of specified diagrams, schedules, and

manuals for inspection during demonstration and acceptance testing. Submit final copies of

documents within 30 days of project acceptance date. Drawings shall be drawn using the

current version of AutoCAD. For Contractor-prepared drawings, schedules and instructions

provide (1) draft copy and (2) final copies in electronic format for inclusion in the specified

Complete Instruction and Maintenance Manual. For Contractor-prepared drawings,

schedules and instructions, provide three (3) draft printed copies and two (2) final printed

copies and one electronic copy for inclusion in specified Complete Instruction and

Maintenance Manual, unless a different quantity is otherwise specified.

2. Functional Diagrams: Simplified single line block diagram showing interconnection of

major equipment components and functional relationships. Illustrate receptacles, patch panel

jacks, attenuators, transformers, switches, and loudspeakers. Key each patch panel jack to

the patch bay by row and jack number. Diagram shall not illustrate terminal or

interconnection cable number designations The Functional Diagram included with these





- 10

specifications, modified to exclude details, transformer tap designations, etc., and to provide

the information described above and any as-built changes, is suitable for this purpose. Mount

a copy of the functional diagram behind clear plastic adjacent to the equipment rack(s) to

which it applies.

3. As-Built Diagrams:

a. The intent of the diagrams is to provide sufficiently clear and complete information

that a technician of average skill may efficiently troubleshoot and service the system,

even if unfamiliar with the installation.

b. Provide drawings showing terminal blocks, connectors, relays, switches, transformers,

attenuators, equipment components, and wires. Label devices with manufacturer,

model number, and reference number (e.g. "SW 15,” "TB 6"); reference numbers shall

be consistent across drawings with no repetitions. As a minimum, provide an

expanded version of the functional diagrams with cables fanned out at termination

points and labeling as specified above; provide additional drawings where system

complexity does not permit complete information to be shown legibly on an

individual sheet no larger than the project sheet size. Provide labels for cables

continued onto another drawing, indicating termination device, terminal numbers, and

drawing sheet on which the termination is shown.

c. As-built drawings are to include full connection information for each termination of

conductors within a cable, either on the drawing itself via cable breakouts or by

designating the connection type and providing separate details for each connection

type.

d. Provide layout drawings of panels and other custom assemblies containing switches,

relays, terminal blocks, receptacles, etc., using reference numbers to identify physical

locations of devices or label devices with reference numbers in a location visible

while viewing cable terminations. On wiring diagrams, label conductors within cables

for insulation color or other identifier. Label connectors, barrier strips, switches, relay

sockets, etc., for terminal number. If device does not provide terminal designations,

provide key diagram for reference.

4. Receptacle Location Plan: Plan of area showing locations and designations of receptacles.

5. Building Plan: Plan drawing of the building indicating the areas covered by the various zone

volume controls.

6. Patch Panel Assignment Schedule: Mount a typed schedule of patch panel assignments

behind acrylic at the equipment racks.

7. Spare Parts List: List of consumable spare parts (projector lamps, air filters, etc.) with part

numbers.

8. Control Setting Schedule: Fully document the settings of non-user-adjustable controls. This

includes power amplifier gain controls, equalizer settings, etc.

9. Complete Instruction and Maintenance Manual: Prepare in the form of an instructional

manual for use by Owner's personnel. Provide one (1) draft copy and two (2) final copies

unless otherwise specified.

10. Format:

a. Size: 8-1/2" x 11", 20 lb. minimum weight white paper for typed pages, either

manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten.

1) Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND

MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS".

2) Provide indexed tabs and flyleaf for each separate product classification (follow

specification classifications).

3) Original Owner and Maintenance Manuals provided from manufacturer or

high-quality color reproductions.





- 11

b. Drawings: Provide sequenced bound drawings in project standard size.

11. Binders:

a. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers, 1"

minimum, 2" maximum ring size.

b. When multiple binders are used, collate the data into related consistent groupings.

12. Content of Manuals:

a. Provide a table of contents arranged in systematic order. Identify each product by

product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents.

b. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number.

c. Certificate of Warranty for the system as a whole as well as copies of the

manufacturer’s warranty for each equipment item.

d. Service Contract. Include a preliminary schedule for the specified semi-annual site

visits.

e. Complete as-built diagram(s) for systems.

f. Functional Diagram(s).

g. Receptacle Location Plan(s).

h. Patch Panel Assignment Schedule.

i. Building Plan(s).

j. Original copies, high-quality laser printer printouts of PDF files, or high-quality

photocopies of manufacturers' installation, operation, and service manuals, including

schematic diagrams for each equipment item.

k. Shop drawings of custom-fabricated items.

l. Control Setting Schedule.

m. Audiovisual Control System:

1) Color printouts of touch screens control panel graphic layouts, as installed.

2) Listing of system brand, models and associated peripherals.

3) DVD or USB flash drive containing the master program for the system, the

touch screen display program (including macros), programming,

communication, or other project-specific software required for re-programming,

and a limited license agreement for the use and modification of contractor-

generated source code in connection with the maintenance and modification of

the system for which it was written.

n. Software for Programmable Devices: Where a computer has been used in

programming system components, provide DVD or USB flash drive containing the

software, instructions for making interconnections to the programmed devices for the

purpose of modifying the programming, and a limited license agreement for the use

and modification of contractor-generated source code in connection with the

maintenance and modification of the system for which it was written.

o. Applicable software and hardware licenses to be documented and original copies of

the licensed provided to owner.

1.09 WARRANTY

A. Warrant equipment to be free of faulty workmanship and defects, and from damage due to

contamination by construction dust and debris for a minimum period of one year from date of final

acceptance.

B. Emergency service: Within 24 hours of notification, restore the system to operation, replacing

defective materials and repairing faulty workmanship. Make temporary repairs and provide loaner





- 12

equipment at no charge if defective materials cannot be permanently replaced or repaired within

this 24 hour time period.

C. Emergency service: alternate text for 24/7 operations.

D. Paint and exterior finishes, fuses, lamps, and projection lamps excluded from above warranties

except when damage or failure results from defective materials or workmanship covered by

warranty.

E. The minimum warranty provisions specified above shall not diminish the terms of individual

equipment manufacturers' warranties.

1.10 SERVICE CONTRACT

A. Provide a one-year service contract to commence after acceptance of installation without additional

cost. Service to include two semi-annual visits to the site for routine adjustment and maintenance

of equipment. Provide a preliminary schedule for the semiannual visits.

B. Toward the end of each year's Service Contract, provide the owner with a proposal for continued

service during the next year.

1.11 TRAINING

A. The Owner may assign personnel to participate with the contractor during installation. Without

delaying the work, familiarize the Owner's personnel with the installation, equipment, and

maintenance.

B. During tests and adjustments, permit the Owner's personnel to observe. When feasible explain the

significance of each test.

C. Provide sufficient training to personnel selected by the Owner on operation and basic maintenance

of systems and equipment. Explain operation of control systems, set-up, and operation of

individual pieces of equipment and functions of overall systems.

D. Separate from the bid response quotation; provide an hourly cost for additional training.

1.12 INSPECTION

A. Notify the Architect of any defects in work by other trades affecting installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MICROPHONES AND ACCESSORIES

A. Wireless Microphone System:

1. Wireless Microphone Receiver:

a. Predictive switching diversity.

b. Intelligent scanning automatically finds and deploys the cleanest frequencies to

transmitters over IR sync.

c. Front panel gain adjustment buttons.





- 13

d. AES 256-bit encryption-enabled.

e. Front panel LCD menu and controls with lockout feature.

f. Audio and RF LED meters with peak indicator.

g. Built-in limiter circuitry prevents digital audio clipping from excessive signal levels.

h. Remote mounted ½ wave antennas.

i. Minimum Overall Performance Requirements:

1) Frequency Response: 20-20,000 Hz.

2) Working Range: 330 ft, minimum.

j. Acceptable Products:

1) Shure ULX-D series receiver with UA8 half-wave antennas, as required.

Provide channel count, as required.

2) Approved equal.

2. Body-Pack Transmitter:

a. Backlit LCD with easy to navigate menu and controls.

b. Rugged metal construction.

c. Detachable ¼ wave antenna.

d. Frequency and power lockout.

e. Acceptable Products:

1) Shure ULXD1 with SB900 rechargeable battery and SBC200 battery charger.

2) Approved equal.

3. Lavaliere Microphone:

a. Subminiature condenser microphone.

b. Acceptable Products:

1) Shure WL185 with appropriate transmitter connector.

2) Approved equal.

4. In-Line Antenna Amplifier:

a. Acceptable Products:

1) Shure UA834.

2) Approved equal.

5. Antenna Distribution

a. Acceptable Products:

1) Shure UA845UWB.

2) Approved equal.

2.02 AUDIO MIXERS AND PREAMPS

A. Audio Mixing Console and Microphone Stagebox

1. Professional quality audio mixing console designed for live sound reinforcement, recording

and reproduction of multi-channel sound effects, and stereo recording. Includes 16 mic

inputs, 48 mixing channels, 8 aux busses, 4 FX processors, and headset output. All console

assembly, construction, wiring, etc., performed completely by console manufacturer.

2. Features:

a. MIDI control.

b. Computer control and monitoring via software.

c. (2) expansion slots for additional I/O.

3. Mono Inputs:

a. Motorized fader, mic/line switch, gain sensitivity adjustment, and channel On button.

b. High-, mid-, and low-frequency equalizer controls.

c. Level LEDs: Illuminate green at dB below clipping.

- 14

d. Balanced inputs, with 3-pin "XLR"-type connectors (mic) and switchable 48 volt

phantom power.

4. Output:

a. 12x Omni output line outputs.

b. Digital I/O: 2x 2tr in/out.

5. Minimum Performance Requirements:

a. Frequency Response: 20-40,000 Hz, ± 1.5 dB.

b. Hum and Noise: -128 EIN.

c. Latency: <0.8ms.

d. Nominal gain: 60 dB.

e. Sampling rate: 96 kHz.

6. Acceptable Products:

a. Yamaha DM1000 VCM v2 with MY 16-MD64 Dante card and MY8-SDI-ED HD-

SDI Embedder/de-embedder card. Provide with Yamaha Rio 1608-D stage box in

SKB 4U roto molded rack.

b. Approved equal.

2.03 AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AND POWER AMPLIFIERS

A. 40W/70V Audio Amplifier

1. Single-channel power amplifier with continuous average output power of 200 watts

(minimum) at 70-volts with a total harmonic distortion of 0.1% @ 1 kHz.

2. Features:

a. Convection cooled, fanless operation.

b. Mono operating mode.


a. Voltage Gain (dB): 35.

b. Input Sensitivity: +4dBu.

c. Distortion: SMPTE-IM, Less than 0.1%.

d. Frequency Response: 20Hz to 20kHz, +/-1dB.

e. Damping Factor: Greater than 100.

f. Noise (20-20,000 Hz) <-105dB.

g. Input Impedance: 10k ohms unbalanced/balanced.


a. Extron XPA2001.

b. Approved equal.

B. Headphone Amplifier

1. 4-channel headphone amplifier.


a. Noise floor: -98dB.

b. Input Channels: 2.

c. Output Channels: 4.

d. Analog Inputs: 2 x TRS Analog.

e. Outputs: 4 x 1/4" (Headphones), 2 x TRS (Thru).


a. PreSonus HP4.

b. Approved equal.





- 15

2.04 LOUDSPEAKERS

A. Powered Monitor Loudspeaker (Control Room Playback Speakers)

1. Bi-amplified studio monitor with magnetically-shielded 8” low frequency transducer and 1”

soft-dome high frequency transducer.

2. Features:


a. Frequency Response: 37-24,000 Hz.

b. Max Peak SPL: 112 dB SPL C-Weighted

c. LF Driver Power Amp: 56 W Class D.

d. HF Driver Power Amp: 56 W Class D.

e. Input Types: 1 x XLR, 1 x TRS Balanced.


a. JBL LSR308.

b. Approved equal.

B. Studio Announce Speaker

1. Two-way loudspeaker containing separate 5.25” low-frequency driver and 0.75” horn-loaded

high-frequency driver and a passive cross-over network.

2. Features:

a. Adjustable single-point wall-mount with multiple axis rotation, multi-point wall-

mount, available with optional U-bracket.


a. Frequency Response: 60-20,000 Hz, -10 dB.

b. Nominal Impedance: 8 ohms.

c. Sensitivity: 90 dB 1W/1m.

d. Power Handling Capacity: 200 watts continuous program.


a. JBL Control 25-1.

b. Approved equal.

C. Headphones

1. Dynamic stereo headphones with supraural ear pads.

2. Features:

a. Nominal Impedance: 600 ohms.

b. Sensitivity: 0.77V (1 mW) for 94.3 dB SPL.

c. Maximum Continuous Input: 11V (200 mW).

d. Weight: 7.9 ounces without cable.


a. AKG K-240 MKII.

b. Sennheiser HD 280.

c. Beyerdynamic DT 990 PRO.

d. Approved equal.

2.05 PRODUCTION COMMUNICATIONS

A. Production Communications System:

1. General:

2. Full-duplex, wired communication system with multiple, independent channels, master

control station, and various types of remote headset and loudspeaker stations.

- 16

3. System Performance Requirements:

4. Frequency Response: 250-8,000 Hz ±3 dB, worst case.

5. Signal-to-Noise Ratio: 60 dB.

6. Headphone Outputs: 200-1,000 ohm load, capable of driving headphones to min. 100 dB

SPL.

7. Mic Inputs: Nominal 200 ohm source.

8. Operating Voltage: 24 to 28 VDC, nominal.

B. Production Communications Master Station:

1. Features:

a. 2-Channel Headset/Speaker Main Station with Built-in 2-amp Power Supply, Rack

Mount (1RU)

b. Two intercom channels with programmable front-panel buttons.

c. High-capacity, fail-safe power supply supports up to 40 beltpacks or 10 speaker

stations or 12 headset stations; 3 IFB channels, announce button/relay, channel-

linking button and Remote Mic Kill switch.

d. All Channel linking.

e. Program input with individual channel level controls.

f. Remote Mic Kill switch.

g. Stage Announce.


a. Clear-Com MS-702 with additional power supplies as necessary.

b. Approved equal.

C. Production Communications Belt-Pack Unit:

1. Belt-mounted headset station with mic on/off switch, call switch and indicator, headset

receptacle, headset volume control, adjustable side tone, and extension connector for

additional belt-pack units.

2. 2-Channel.


a. Clear-Com RS-702 with cabling as required.

b. Approved equal.

D. Production Communications Headset:

1. Headset with earphone(s), noise-canceling boom microphone and min. 5 ft coiled cord

terminated with connector compatible with Belt-Pack Units.

2. Single-Muff Headset


a. Clear-Com CC-300 Single Muff.

b. Approved equal.

E. IFB Control Panel

1. Control panel with individual access to four talent channels.

2. Features:

a. Front Panel Controls & Indicators: (5) Talk buttons, (1) 1/4 microphone jack socket.


a. Frequency Response: Panel Mic - Talent: 200 - 18KHz ± 3dB, Extension Line -

Talent: 200 - 18KHz ± 3dB.

b. Max Distortion: Panel Mic - Talent: <= 0.5%, Extension Line - Talent: <= 0.1%

c. Noise: Panel Mic – Talent: < -65dBu. Extension Line - Talent: < -85dBu.

- 17

d. Max Gain: Panel Mic - Talent: <= 40dB, Program Input - Talent: <= -45dB.


a. Clear-Com MA-704.

b. Approved equal.

F. IFB Interface

1. IFB router with four Partyline level audio outputs.

2. Features:

a. Front Panel Controls & Indicators: (1) Power indicator LED, (4) Program Output level

controls, (4) Program Select input switches, (4) Attenuation (Atten.) test buttons, (4)

Auto Attenuation (Atten) Adjust level controls, (2) Headset Monitor ports (3.5mm and

XLR), (1) Monitor select switch.


a. PGM Source Adjustable Range: +20dBu.

b. Attenuation Adjustable Range: 50dBu.

c. Frequency Response: Panel Input – Talent: 200 – 18KHz +3dB.

d. Max Distortion: Program Input – Talent: <= 0.1%.

e. Noise: Program Input - Talent: < -85dBu.


a. Clear-Com PIC-4744.

b. Approved equal.

G. IFB Receiver

1. Monaural IFB Talent Receiver.

2. 1/8” mini jack.


a. Clear-Com TR-50, provide with TS-1 monaural talent earphone and cabling as

required.

b. Approved equal.

2.06 ASSISTIVE LISTENING

A. Assistive Listening System

1. General: Locate antenna for ALS no farther than 200 feet from transmitter. Coordinate

location of antenna with Owner, Architect, and Electrical Contractor.

2. Assistive Listening System:

a. Features:

1) Operates on 72MHz.

2) LED indicators for audio level, RF modulation, and RF output power.

3) Tunable to 57 wide and narrow band channels.

4) Minimum Performance Requirements:

5) RF Frequency Range: 72.025 – 75.950 MHz.

6) Transmitter Stability: 50PPM.

7) Output Power: 100mW.

8) Signal to Noise: 44dB.

b. ALS System

1) Acceptable Products:

a) Listen Technologies LS-53-072 with remote antenna kit.

b) Approved equal.





- 18

2.07 VIDEO SOURCE EQUIPMENT

A. HDD Recorder

1. Rackmount HD/SD file-based VTR.

2. Features:

a. HDMI and HD-SDI video input.

b. Resolutions up to 1080p.

c. Balanced audio inputs.

d. Codec support: Apple ProRes 422, Apple ProRes 422 (HQ), Apple ProRes 422 (LT),

Apple ProRes 422 (Proxy), Avid DNxHD HQX (220x), Avid DNxHD SQ (145),

Avid DNxHD LD (36), only provides support for the 1080p format.

e. Timecode in/out.

f. Network interface: 10/100/1000 Ethernet (RJ-45), Embedded web server for remote

control.


a. AJA Ki Pro Rack.

b. Approved equal.

2.08 VIDEO ROUTING AND PROCESSING

A. Composite Video DA (Teleprompter)

1. Analog video distribution amplifier.

2. Features:

a. Supported Video Standards: PAL, NTSC.

b. Terminals: (1) x composite video input – BNC, (6) x composite video output – BNC.


a. AJA C10DA.

b. Approved equal.

B. HDMI-Composite (Teleprompter)

1. HDMI to composite video cross converter.

2. Features:

a. Inputs: 1 x HDMI Type A, 2 x SD/HD/3G-SDI.

b. Outputs: 1 x 3BNC, component/S-video/composite, 1 x DVI-I (supports HDMI and

VGA), 1 x 3.5 mm, stereo analog audio, 1 x SD/HD/3G-SDI loop output.


a. Atomos Connect Convert Scale | SDI/HDMI to Analog

b. Approved equal.

HDMI-HDSDI

4. Converts computer HDMI outputs to baseband video over SDI.

5. Video input: HDMI type A, 2160p30 max.

6. Video output: (HD) 720p50, 720p59.94, 720p60, 1080p23.98, 1080p24, 1080p25,

1080p29.97, 1080p30, 1080p50, 1080p59.94, 1080p60, 1080i50, 1080i59.94, 1080i60.

7. SDI Compliance: SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 296M, SMPTE 372M, SMPTE

424M, SMPTE 425M Level A or Level B, SMPTE ST-2081, ITU-R BT.656 and ITU-R

BT.601.


a. Blackmagic Design Mini Converter HDMI to SDI 6G.

b. Approved equal.





- 19

C. HDSDI DA

1. 3G HD-SDI/HD-SDI/SDI distribution amplifier.

2. Features:

a. Max. Data Rate: 3Gbps.

b. Inputs: 3G/HD/SD-SDI input, auto sensing.

c. Connectors: BNC input, BNC output.


a. (1x6) AJA 3GDA.

b. (1x10) Kramer VM-10HDxL.

c. Approved equal.

D. HDSDI-HDMI

1. Convert SDI in SD, HD and Ultra HD to HDMI 4K with analog and AES audio.

2. Features:

a. Resolution: up to 2160p30.

b. SDI Compliance: SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 296M, SMPTE 372M,

SMPTE 424M, SMPTE 425M, SMPTE ST-2081.

c. SDI Video Sampling: 4:2:2 and 4:4:4


a. Blackmagic Design Mini Converter SDI to HDMI 6G.

b. Approved equal.

E. HDSDI Router

1. 40x40 12G-SDI router.

2. Features:

a. Inputs: (40) 12G HD-SDI on BNC.

b. Outputs: (40) 12G HD-SDI on BNC.

c. Data Rates: 270Mb, 1.5G, 3G, 6G, 12G.

d. Input/output Impedance: 75 Ohm.

e. Control: RS-422.

f. Front panel router control.

g. Reference Inputs: Tri-Sync or Black Burst.

h. Multi Rate Support: Auto detection of SD, HD or 12G-SDI. Simultaneous routing of

4K, HD and SD video.


a. Blackmagic Design Smart Hub 12G 40x40.

b. Approved equal.

F. Skype Interface

1. Skype TX single-caller video calling system.

2. Features:

a. Video Input: 1 x HD-SDI with embedded audio.

b. Hardware Video Output: 1 x HD-SDI with embedded audio.

c. Call Video Configuration: configurable color correction settings, including white

balance, proc amp controls and auto color.

d. IP Networking: Video and audio over IP via NewTek NDI.

e. Video Monitoring: 1 x DVI and 1 x HDMI monitor ports, RGB preview display.

f. Supported Output Formats: 1080i – 25, 29.97, 30, 1080p – 23.98, 24, 720p – 50,

59.94, 60, 576i (16:9 or 4:3) – 25, 480i (16:9 or 4:3) – 29.97.






- 20

a. NewTek TalkShow VS-100.

2.09 VIDEO DISPLAYS

A. 2x7” LCD Monitor

1. (2) 7” Backlit IPS Monitors in 19" Rackmount.

2. Features:

a. Resolution: 1280 x 800.

b. Contrast ratio: 800:1.

c. HDCP Compliant.

d. Brightness: 400 cd/m².

e. 3G-SDI, HDMI, Analog Inputs & Loop Outs.

f. Ethernet software control.


a. Elvid StudioVision .

b. Approved equal.

B. 22” LCD Display on Articulating Arm

1. Features:

a. VESA mount compatible.

b. 1920 x 1080 resolution.

c. Brightness: 250 cd/m².

d. Connectors: D-Sub, HDMI.

e. Panel: IPS.


a. LG Electronics 22MC57HQ-P.

b. Approved equal.

C. 43” LCD Display

1. 43” high definition LCD panel with LED backlight.


a. Resolution: 3840x2160 pixels.

b. Backlight: LED.

c. Inputs: (3) HDMI, DisplayPort, Audio L/R in, line level audio output.

d. Thickness: 1.8”.

e. Bi-directional RS-232 control capability.

f. Brightness: 400 cd/m^2 .


a. NEC C431 with mounting hardware as required.

b. Approved equal.

D. 55” LCD Display

1. 55” high definition LCD panel with LED backlight.


a. Resolution: 3840x2160 pixels.

b. Backlight: LED.

c. Inputs: (3) HDMI, DisplayPort, Audio L/R in, line level audio output.

d. Thickness: 1.8”.

e. Bi-directional RS-232 control capability.

f. Brightness: 400 cd/m^2 .

- 21


a. NEC C551 with mounting hardware as required.

b. Approved equal.

2.10 VIDEO PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT

A. Clock

1. Wall mount remote time code display.

2. Features:

a. Six 4.0" Red LED displays.

b. Reads SMPTE/EBU, ASCII & ESE time code.

c. Automatic code detection.

d. Viewing Distance: 120'.


a. ESE ES-943 with mounting hardware as required.

b. Approved equal.

B. Desktop Clock

1. Rackmount remote time code display.

2. Features:

a. Reads SMPTE/EBU, ASCII & ESE time code.

b. Automatic code detection.

c. Viewing Distance: 20'.


a. ESE ES-361UEP with mounting hardware as required

b. Approved equal.

C. Master Clock

1. GPS master clock / time code generator.

2. Features:

a. IRIG-B, ASCII (RS-232C & USB) & ESE time code outputs.

b. Accuracy: < 500 nano-second.

c. +/- 10 Second offset.

d. Dual 1 PPS output.

e. 9-digit LED display.

f. GPS lock indicator.


a. ESE 103U IRIG.

b. Approved equal.

D. Teleprompter

1. Camera mounted LCD monitor teleprompter..

2. Features:

a. Reversing monitor: 400 nits.

b. Removable camera extrusion allows for tripod mount or free standing use.

c. Tool-less setup and operation.

d. Hood and beam splitter fold down for easy transport and storage.


a. Prompter People Flex Plus 17” with regular monitor and Flip-Q PRO software.

b. Approved equal.





- 22

E. Time Code DA

1. 1x8 distribution amplifier for ASCII time codes.

2. Features:

a. 8 isolated outputs.

b. Female DB-9 output connectors.

c. RxD feed thru on Channel 1 output.


a. ESE ES-249.

b. Approved equal.

F. Tri-Level Sync Generator

1. SD/HD/AES sync generator.

2. Features:

a. HD Tri-level sync generation.

b. SD Color Black or Color Bars.

c. Accuracy: 3 ppm.

d. Formats: 1080i 50, 59.94, 60, 1080PsF 23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 1080p 23.98, 24, 25,

29.97, 30, 720p 23.98, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60, 625i, 525i.

e. AES: AES-11, 48 kHz, silent or 1 KHz tone (-20 or -18 dBFS).


a. AJA GEN 10.

b. Approved equal.

G. Waveform Monitor

1. Dual 8" 3 RU SDI/HD-SDI/3G-SDI/6G-SDI monitoring with built in scopes for technical

waveform monitoring.

2. Features:

a. Scopes: Luminance Waveform, Vectorscope, RGB Parade, YUV Parade, Histogram,

Audio phase and level.

b. SDI Compliance: SMPTE 259M, SMPTE 292M, SMPTE 296M, SMPTE 372M,

SMPTE 424M Level B and SMPTE 425M.

c. Video Sampling: 4:2:2 and 4:4:4.

d. Computer Interface: USB 2.0 for software updates and Ethernet for configuration.

e. Color Precision: 8-bit.


a. Blackmagic Design Smartscope Duo 4K.

b. Approved equal.

2.11 CONTROL SYSTEMS

A. 10” Touch Panel

1. A 10” LCD panel with touch sensitive screen.

2. Features:

a. Color touch-panel.

b. Display Type: TFT active matrix color LCD.

c. Screen Dimensions: 10” diagonal.

d. Resolution: 1280x800 pixels.

e. Contrast: 950:1.

f. Communications protocol compatible with respective integrated control system.

g. Communications:





- 23

h. 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with LAN PoE.


a. Crestron TSW-1060-B-S with TSW-1060-TTK-B-S table top kit in finish as approved

by Architect.

b. Approved equal.

B. Control System

1. Fully integrated, programmable system for control of audiovisual system equipment and

other motorized, electronic or electrical devices that can be remote controlled.

2. Features:

a. Supports 4-wire control network operation for interfacing with outboard, remote

devices including control modules and control panels.

b. Supports 8-wire LAN/Ethernet expansion of the control network.

c. Programmable with high level language via external PC or Apple computer (computer

not provided.)

d. Rack mountable.

3. Control Ports:

a. Ethernet: 8-wire RJ-type connector.

b. Relays: (8) normally opened, isolated relays rated at 1A, 30VAC/DC.

c. Input/Output: (8) programmable input and digital outputs.

d. IR/Serial: (8) serial outputs for IR, or serial interface.

e. COM: (3) bidirectional serial ports for RS-232, RS-422 or RS-485 communication.

f. Net: (1) 4-pin male connector for control network.

4. Listing below indicates the basis of the system. The contractor is responsible to review this

configuration and supply all programming and any additional components required to make

a fully-functional system.


a. Crestron 3-Series System with the following Components:

1) CP3N control processor.

2) Power supplies, cables, and miscellaneous accessories as required.

b. Approved equal.

2.12 EQUIPMENT RACKS AND MOUNTS

A. Ceiling Mounts (Control Room 55” LCD Displays)

1. 2x1 horizontal array LCD display ceiling mount with single support pole.

2. Features:

a. Single support pole.

b. Micro adjustable roll for perfect leveling +/- 3 degrees.

c. 360 degree swivel.

d. Single horizontal extrusion keeps screens aligned.

e. Mounting Pattern Compatibility (Universal Versions): Any width x 100 - 400 mm.


a. Chief LCM2X1U with ceiling plate, extension column, and mounting accessories as

necessary.

b. Approved equal.

B. Ceiling Mounts (Control Room 43” LCD Displays)

1. 1x2 vertical array LCD display ceiling mount with single support pole

2. Features:





- 24

a. Adjustments: Roll, +/- 3°.

b. Tilt: + 5° , - 20°.

c. Certifications: UL Listed

d. Mounting Pattern Compatibility (Universal Versions): 200mm x 100mm - 616 x

400mm.


a. Chief LCM 1X2U with ceiling plate, extension column, and mounting accessories as

necessary.

b. Approved equal.

C. Wall Mounts (Green Room and Studio)

1. Low profile LCD wall mount.

2. Features:

a. Minimum Depth: 0.75" (19.1mm)

b. Mounting Pattern Compatibility (Universal Versions): 200 x 200mm - 800 x 500mm

c. Tilt: + 0° , - 12°.

d. Typical Screen Sizes: 37 - 63".


a. Chief LTTU THINSTALL tilt wall mount.

b. Approved equal.

D. Equipment Rack General:

2. VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS BEFORE

ORDERING.

E. Full Height Equipment Rack:

1. Welded floor rack assembly, fixed side panels, lockable rear door and adjustable mounting

rails.

2. Depth: 31”, height as indicated or required.

3. Power for all rack equipment controlled by single master switch.

4. Vent panels, blank panels and rack mount shelves as shown on drawings.

5. Sides of adjacent racks bolted together and not provided with side panels.


a. Middle Atlantic MRK-4031 with side panels, rear rack rails, lacing bars, vented top

panel/temperature controlled fan unit, and vertical AC power distribution.

b. Approved equal.

F. Rack Mounted AC Power Sequencer:

1. Rack-mounted sequential power controller providing time-sequenced activation and de-

activation of equipment with integrated system power switch.

2. Features:

a. Front panel actuation switch.

b. Alarm interface.

c. Three (minimum) sequencing steps.

d. Status indicator.

e. 8 outlet (5-15 x6, 5-20 x2).


a. SurgeX SEQ-1U.

b. Approved equal.





- 25

G. UPS

1. Features:

a. Output Power Capacity: 670 Watts/1.0 kVA.

b. Nominal Output Voltage: 120V.

c. RS-232 Communication.

d. Surge Energy Rating: 480 Joules.

e. Rack-Mountable.


a. SurgeX UPS-1000-0L.

b. Equivalent.

H. AC Receptacle(s) & Raceway:

1. AC power receptacles for power distribution in equipment racks and cabinets.

2. Features:

a. UL Recognized .

b. Multiple circuit strip.

c. 20 Amp power rating.

d. Isolated Ground.


a. Middle Atlantic MPR series, as required. Provide with compatible power raceway, as

required.

b. Lowell POWERSTAC Series, as required. Provide with compatible power raceway,

as required.

c. Equivalent.

I. Rack Hardware and Panels:

1. Blank Panels:

a. 16-gauge flanged solid steel with black smooth ended for or textured enamel finish.


1) Middle Atlantic SB series.

2) Atlas Sound S19 series.

3) Lowell AFP series.

c. Approved equal.

2. Vent Panels:

a. 16-gauge flanged perforated steel with black smooth or textured enamel finish.


1) Middle Atlantic VTF series.

2) Atlas Sound SVP19 series.

3) Lowell SVP series.

4) Approved equal.

3. Rack Drawer:

a. Lockable rack mount heavy-duty drawer with spring latch to keep drawer closed.


1) Middle Atlantic D series drawers. Size as indicated on drawings.

2) Atlas Sound SD series, size as indicated on contract drawings.

3) Lowell UDE series, size as indicated on contract drawings.

4) Approved equal.

4. Pull Out Rack Shelf:

a. General: Slide out rack-shelf for support of portable equipment, capable of latching in

open position.





- 26


1) Middle Atlantic SS.

2) Lowell SLS.

3) Approved equal.

5. Fixed Rack Shelf:

a. General: Universal rack-shelf for non-rack mount equipment.


1) Middle Atlantic U1.

2) Atlas Sound SH1-10.

3) Lowell US-110.

4) Approved equal.

2.13 NETWORK

A. KVM Extender

1. DVI and USB HDBaseT KVM extender.

2. DVI/USB transmitter/receiver pair.

3. Transmits up to 330 feet (1920 x 1200 @ 60 Hz).

4. USB 2.0 (Transfer Rate: Up to 40Mbps).


a. ATEN CE610a.

b. Approved equal.

B. PoE Switcher

1. Managed Fast Ethernet Switch with PoE, 24 autosensing ports which automatically detect

the speed of the attached device.

2. Features:

a. Front panel has LEDs for each port to show activity.

b. Supports PoE devices.


a. Operates with Fast Ethernet and 2 Gigabit Ethernet.

b. Meets all performance standards for managed Ethernet switching.

c. Connections are RJ-45 for 10/100/1000Mbps connections.

d. Minimum of 4 combo 10/100/1000Mbps SFP slots.

e. Less than 4 microsecond latency (64-byte).

f. Supports IEEE 802.1 Audio Video Bridging.

g. Includes power supply.

h. Configured for QOS requirements for associated AV equipment.


a. Cisco 3650-8X24UQ series.

b. Approved equal.

2.14 FURNITURE

A. Control Room Console

1. 5 person console and monitor rail system.

2. Above countertop equipment turrets and lower front and rear doors to be black polyethylene,

all non-exposed surfaces to be black. Countertop to be laminated w/ (Choice of standard

laminates) w/ black protective t-molding.






- 27

a. Forecast-consoles quote 08253P1 with:

1) Linear 10-Bay MASTERail™ console to be approx. 17'-6" L and include:

a) (4) 9RU rack bases with front / rear rack rail, front / rear doors.

b) (2) elevated 2RU turrets with rear extrusion, vented hinged top and

c) rear doors.

d) (6) 4/2RU turrets with rear extrusion, vented hinged top and rear

e) Doors.

f) (2) countertop extensions with rear extrusion.

g) (1) cut-out / wedge for switcher panel.

h) (1) cut-out / wedge for RCP panels.

i) Continuous integrated under-counter cable management and modesty

panel.

2) (5) Rail Mounted Fully Articulating Arms.

3) (4) Integrated rack-mounted 13 Outlet NEMA 15A PDU.

4) (2) Integrated multi-outlet 14 Outlet NEMA 15A PDU.

5) (2) PDM-1 1RU Filler Panel with:

a) 1 - Power Module (2x Powered USB and 1x 120V with circuit breaker).

b) 1 - Data Module - Choice of 5 Keystones.

7) (2) Foldable Wall Mount Arm with 10" speaker platform.

B. Studio Furniture

1. Studio furniture set and Chroma key set.


a. UNISET quote 829 with:

1) (2) set areas for University of Rhode Island: sit down talk and news desk set,

chroma key/white/black pull down set.

2) Set 1: Sit down talk & news desk area with background covering 10'x27'x10'

area. Includes:

a) Transition panels on wheels.

b) High definition printed graphics with options for laminated and/or

translucent panels.

c) (2) sit down arm chairs and 1 small round coffee table. Style TBD.

d) Marque faux stacked stone finish accent panel with LED lighting, with

monitor mount.

e) (2) UNISET Column free standing columns at 10" square x 8'H finished

in laminate. RGBW LED strip lighting mounted behind. Polycarbonate

white for soft light column background (glow).

f) NUNS 7 Top News/Interview Set finished in standard UNISET finish

(final finish TBD by architect).

g) (5) M6088MU Standard Black- Ergonomic Executive Mesh Chair with

Upholstered Fabric Seat, Adjustable Contoured Backrest With Lumbar

Support, Polished Aluminum Base, All-Purpose Casters H (18.5"- 22.5").

3) Set 2: Chroma key/white/black pull down set 9'W x 10'H. Includes:

a) Manfrotto three roll background rack. Includes brackets, chain drives,

leader bars and three rolls of background paper material. In order front to

back : Chroma key green, white, black.

b) (3) UNI-CYC Super Tuff Floor FX3703 Grn .125"x48.5"x96.5".

2.3. Confirm design with owner and architect before ordering.





- 28

2.15 LIGHTS

A. On-Air Light

1. Illuminated on air sign enclosure.

2. Features:

a. Frame: White powder plate coated aluminum.

b. Face Panel: Polycarbonate face plate.

c. Illumination: 110 x SMD ultra daylight active wafer matrix illumination.

d. Wall mount bracket with mounting hardware.


a. Rekall Dynamics RD1212-AIR with Studio Console BUS Trigger module.

b. Approved equal.

B. Studio Lights

1. Studio production lighting system.


a. 4Wall Entertainment quote NS101627 with:

1) (1) ETC element 40, 250 channels.

2) (2) 24" widescreen LCD touch monitor.

3) (1) 25 FT. ProPlex DMX cable.

4) (5) Pathport Octo rear terminals.

5) (2) Strand Lighting PLCYC1 MKII LED Luminaire.

6) (8) Selecon Studio Panel MKII 5600K.

7) (6) Conn Edison 15A M line hubl.

8) (6) MSE Baby pipe clamp with 5/8" pin

9) (6) Safety cable 30" black.


11) (6) 15 FT. 12/3 SO 15A Edison cable w/labels.

12) (4) SOURCE 4 LED Series 2 lustr w/shutter barrel.

13) (3) 436EDLT 36º enhanced def lens tube.

14) (3) DPA-A: Powercon to Edison 5'




18) (4) CINE HS2 WAVE 5600K integrated kit.

19) (5) MSE Junior pipe clamp.


21) (5) 15 FT. ProPlex DMX cable


23) (12) MSE lightweight telescoping hanger w/stirrup 2'-4'.





28) (12) Power strip surge spprssr 6 outlets.

29) (3) LINE TRICKLINE #4 BLK 600'.

30) (4) Tape gaffers black 2" PRO.

31) (4) Tape gaffers white 2" PRO.





- 29

2.16 CABLING

A. The following tables list the cabling and connectors that have been approved for the project. This is

not an all-inclusive list of the cabling required to complete the installation and fabrication of the

audiovisual systems. The contractor may submit cable part numbers, models, and product data for

cable that is not listed in the table for approval by the consultant

Application Description Manufacturer Model No. Comments

Audio

Microphone 22 AWG STP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

291

8761

22-2C-SH-GRY

Equal

Microphone/Line

Level (Plenum) 22 AWG STP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

25291

88761, 87761

22-2C-PSH-WHT

Equal

Line Level 20 AWG STP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

292

8762

20-2C-SH-GRY

Equal

Intercom 20 AWG STP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

292

8762

20-2C-SH-GRY

Equal

Speaker Low Z -

Mains and

Subwoofers

10 AWG UTP West Penn HA210 Equal

Speaker Mains 12 AWG UTP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

227

8477

10-2C-GRY

Equal

Speaker Mains

(Plenum) 12 AWG UTP

West Penn

Extron

Liberty

25227

SPK-14

12-2C-P-WHT

Equal

Speaker General

Purpose 14 AWG UTP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

226

8473

14-2C-GRY

Equal

Speaker General

Purpose (Plenum) 14 AWG UTP

West Penn

Extron

Liberty

25226

SPK-14 Plenum

14-2C-P-WHT

Equal

Speaker General

Purpose 16 AWG UTP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

225

8471

16-2C-GRY

Equal

Speaker General


West Penn

Extron

Liberty

25225

SPK-16 Plenum

16-2C-P-WHT

Equal

Speaker General

Purpose 18 AWG UTP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

224

8461

18-2C-GRY

Equal

Speaker General


West Penn

Extron

Liberty

25224

SPK-18 Plenum

18-wC-P-WHT

Equal





- 30

Belden 89740

Video

Hybrid Broadcast

2-Single Mode 9µ

Mode Field 125µ

Cladding

2-24 AWG UTP

4-20 AWG UTP

1-16 AWG Steel

Gepco

Belden

HDC920

7804Ex Equal

Precision Video 75 Ohm Coax RG-

6U

West Penn

Belden

Alpha

6350

1694A

6458

Equal

Precision Video 75 Ohm Coax RG-

59U

West Penn

Belden

Alpha

819

8241

9102

Equal

Video In Rack 75 Ohm Coax RG-

59U

West Penn

Belden

Alpha

819

8241

9102

Equal

CATV Trunk

Lines

75 Ohm Coax RG-

11/U

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

821

9064

RG11-CATV-BLK

Equal

CATV Trunk

Lines (Plenum)

75 Ohm Coax RG-

11/U

West Penn

Liberty

25821

RG11-P-CATV-

WHT

Equal

Control and Data

ALS Antenna 50 Ohm Coax RG-

8U

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

810

7733A

RG8-CMP-BLK

Equal

Category 5e 23 AWG UTP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

4245

DataTwist 1200

24-4P-L5-EN

Equal

Category 6 23 AWG UTP

West Penn

Belden

Liberty

4246

DataTwist 2400

24-4P-L6

Equal

Category 6

(Plenum) 24 AWG UTP

Belden

Liberty

DataTwist 7882A

24-4P-P-L6 Equal

RS232/422 24 AWG STP

West Penn

Belden

Black Box

D2404

9925 Series

Extended Distance

Data Cable

Equal

Crestnet/AXLink 2-18 AWG UTP

with 2-22 AWG STP

West Penn

Liberty

Crestron

77350

Cresnet/AXLINK

CRESNET-NP

Equal

Crestron/AXLINK

(Plenum)

2-18 AWG UTP with

2-22 AWG STP Liberty

Cresnet-P

AXLINK-P Equal

Crestron

DigitalMedia

4 pr 24AWG STP

(shielded) Crestron DM-CBL-3G-NP No Equal





- 31

Crestron Fiber

Optic

DigitalMedia

OM3 Type 50/125um

x 4 Multimode Fiber Crestron CRESFIBER8G-NP No Equal

Extron XTP DTP 4 pr 24AWG STP

(shielded) Extron XTP DTP 24/1000 No Equal

Extron Fiber Optic

XTP

OM4 Type 50/125um

x2 Multimode Fiber Extron OM4 MM P No Equal

Interface Cables

HDMI Interface

Cable

High-speed Category

2 HDMI Cable

w/locking

connectors

Crestron

Perfect Path

CBL-HD-LOCK

700 Series Equal

DVI Interface

Cable Dual Link DVI-D Crestron CBL-DVI Equal

Display Port DisplayPort 1.2 cable

25’ Extron 26-657-25 Equal

25' Microphone,

Line, and

Intercom

22 AWG STP Whirlwind

Wireworks

WMKPVC-25

C-25 Equal

50' Microphone

and Intercom 22 AWG STP

Whirlwind

Wireworks

WMKPVC-50

C-50 Equal

25' Monitor

Speaker 12 AWG UTP

Whirlwind

Pro Co

SK525G12

S12NN-25 Equal

Mulit-pin to Fan-

Out

12 Pair Multi-

conductor 23 AWG

STP

Whirlwind FM120NRW1IF12 Equal

2.18 APPROVED CONNECTORS

A. Connectors listed below are suggested for use with the specified cabling. The list may not include

all of the connectors required to complete the installation of the systems. If a different cable is

submitted for approval by the consultant, provide the appropriate connector for the cable as part of

the cable submission.

Application Description Manufacturer Model No. Comments

Audio

Mic/Line/Intercom XLR Male

Panel Mount

Neutrik

Swtichcraft

NC3MX

A3M Equal

Mic/Line/Intercom XLR Female

Panel Mount

Neutrik

Switchcraft

NC3FD

D3F Equal

Combo Line

XLR plus ¼”

Phone Panel

Mount

Neutrik NCJ5FI-S Equal

Mic/Line/Intercom XLR Male

Inline Cable

Neutrik

Switchcraft

NC3MD

A3M Equal





- 32

Mic/Line/Intercom XLR Female

Inline Cable

Neutrik

Switchcraft

NC3FD

A3F Equal

Mic/Line Multipin 12 Pair Female

Panel Mount Whirlwind W1CM Equal

Mic/Line Multipin 12 Pair Male

Inline Cable Whirlwind W1IM Equal

Mic Broadcast DT-12 Male

Inline Cable Whirlwind DT12IM Equal

Mic Broadcast DT-12 Female

Panel Mount Whirlwind DT12CF Equal

Speaker 4-Pole Panel

Mount Neutrik NL4MP Equal

Speaker 8-Pole Panel

Mount Neutrik NL8MPR Equal

Speaker 4-Pole Inline

Cable Neutrik NL4FC Equal

Speaker 8-Pole Inline

Cable Neutrik NL8FC Equal

Video

Hybrid Broadcast Hybrid Panel

Mount Male Lemo FMW.3K.93C.TLMC96Z Equal

Hybrid Broadcast Hybrid Panel

Mount Female Lemo PEW.3K.93C.TLCC96Z Equal

Precision Video 75 Ohm Panel

Mount

Neutrik

Trompeter

Kings

NBB75DFG

UBJ28

KC-99-54

Equal

Precision Video 75 Ohm Inline

Cable RG-6

Neutrik

Trompeter

Kings

NBNC75BTU11

UPL2000 Series

2065-10-9

Equal

Precision Video 75 Ohm Inline

Cable RG-59

Neutrik

Trompeter

Kings

NBNC75BLP9

UPL-220-014 or -023

2025-51-9 or 2025-53-9

Equal

Recessed Video

Receptacle

75 Ohm Pass-

Thru Canare BCJ-JRU Equal

Control and Data

50 Ohm ALS Ant. 50 Ohm BNC

Cable Mount West Penn CN-BM53-13 Equal

Ruggedized RJ-45

Cat 5 Receptacle

Ruggedized

RJ-45 Panel

Mount

Neutrik NE8FDV-YK-B Equal

Ruggedized RJ-45

Cat 5 Connector

Ruggedized

RJ-45 Inline

Cable

Neutrik NE8MC-1 Equal

Ruggedized RJ-45

Cat 6 Receptacle

Ruggedized

RJ-45 Panel

Mount

Neutrik NE8FDY-C6-B Equal





- 33

Ruggedized RJ-45

Cat 6 Connector

Ruggedized

RJ-45 Inline

Cable

Neutrik NE8MC6-M0 Equal

Cat 6a Panel

Connector

D-shape

CAT6A panel

connector,

shielded, IDC

termination,

nickel housing

Neutrik NE8DX-Y6 Equal

Cat 6a Panel

Connector

D-shape

CAT6A panel

connector,

shielded, IDC

termination,

nickel housing

Neutrik NE*FDX-Y6-B Equal

RS232 Receptacle RS232 Panel

Mount Male Amphenol DB9S-SFJ Equal

RS232 Receptacle RS232 Panel

Mount Female Amphenol DB9S-SMJ Equal

RS232 Connector RS232 Inline

Cable Amphenol

DB9S-SFJ or DB9S-SMJ

w/metal backshell Equal

Crestron DM

Connector Shielded RJ45 Crestron DM-Conn No Equal

Crestron DM

Fiber Optic

SC 50um Fiber

Connector Crestron

CRESFIBER-CONN-

SC50UM-12 No Equal

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL

A. Equipment will be installed by competent workers at locations shown on the drawings in strict

accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions.

B. Equipment is to be firmly held in place, with the exception of portable equipment. This shall

include loudspeakers, enclosures, amplifiers, cables, etc. Fastenings and supports adequate to

support their loads with a safety factor of five, unless otherwise stated.

C. Take such precautions as necessary to prevent and guard against electro-magnetic and electro-static

hum and to install the equipment so as to provide safety for the operator.

D. Protect equipment, including patch panels, connectors, receptacles, racks, consoles, and video

projectors, from construction dust and debris until final acceptance of the system.

3.02 SYSTEM DEMONSTRATION AND CHECKOUT (COMMISSIONING)

A. System installation will be certified complete and in fully adjusted working order by contractor.

Fill in and submit the Avixa Audiovisual Systems Performance Verification Checklist form prior to

scheduling formal commissioning.





- 34

B. Fully Adjusted Working Order requires a system to be functional, set for normal operating

conditions, and ready to be demonstrated to the AV consultant and end users for training and

operation. This includes: termination of field and internal equipment rack cabling, cable labels,

equipment labeling, installation of control system code, testing of devices under touch panel or

button panel control, remote control panels, external control sensors, IP and network settings,

image adjustments, audio mixing, level and equalization adjustments, assistive listening tests, and

external sub-system device control. Fully demonstrate spares or pool equipment supplied under the

contract; including auxiliary interconnecting cables and accessories.

C. Confirm test results and data obtained and submitted for review during final commissioning, as

requested.

D. Provide as-built drawings, manuals, and configuration software available to consultant during the

final testing and commissioning. System Demonstration and Testing does not define the entire

scope of proof of performance of the AV systems. Detailed performance requirements are listed in

Section 3.12 below.

3.03 LABELS:

A. Except where otherwise specified, label as shown on drawings and as specified each item of rack-

mounted equipment, switches, controls, and receptacles.

1. Connector and Rack Panels: Constructed of engraved and filled anodized aluminum plates.

Minimum 1/8" plate thickness. Dry transfer or other types of adhesive labels not acceptable.

2. Rack-Mounted Equipment: Labels constructed of engraved and filled plastic laminate

engraving stock. Designate function and input and output line(s) or loudspeaker(s) served by

labeled equipment. Key designations to system functional and patch panel diagrams. Where

possible, mount labels on blank panel directly above corresponding component. For modular

equipment, provide label on inside of mainframe door identifying type of module for each

slot (unless there is only one type) and gain setting as established at final checkout.

3. Identification Panel: Install panel with 1/8"-high engraved characters on the front of the bank

of equipment racks serving each space. Clearly identify the Project, System Installation

Contractor, Architect, and System Designer in the following format:

PROJECT: Owner’s Name

Address

Room or spaces served

Owner’s technical support telephone

SYSTEM DESIGNER: Acentech Incorporated

8 Interplex Drive, Suite 210

Trevose, PA 19053

(215) 245-8244

SYSTEM INSTALLER: Company Name

Address

Telephone

PROJECT ARCHITECT: Company Name

Address

Telephone





- 35

4. Receptacles: Engrave and fill receptacle label directly on mounting plate as indicated on

Contract Drawings.

B. Identify wires and cables at every termination and connection point with the specified cable

markers. The contractor is strongly encouraged to use a numbering scheme that identifies cables

terminating at patch panel jacks with the patch bay row and jack designation; use A, B, and C

suffixes to distinguish multiple cables terminating at the same jack.

C. Identify switches, relays, terminal blocks, etc., with reference numbers keyed to the as-built wiring

diagrams.

D. Room numbers appear on the contract documents for reference only. Labels shall reflect the

Owner's final room designations.

E. Labels and legends shall be as approved on shop drawings.

F. Cable Markers:

1. High-grade PVC clip-on or permanent-type cable markers with permanent markings, or

printed vinyl tape protected by clear shrink tubing or adhesive wrap.


a. Wieland Electrovert Type C or Z.

b. Brady B-702 with Alpha FIT-221 series clear tubing.

c. Brady BMP21-PLUS.

d. Dymo RHINO 6000

3.04 MICROPHONE EQUIPMENT

A. General:

1. Excluding wireless microphones, each portable microphone provided with case, stand

adapter, and min. 15 ft. cable with attached XLR-type connector.

B. FM Wireless Microphone System:

1. Orient antennas as recommended by manufacturer. Locate in positions shown on drawings.

2. Antenna Cables: Use specified low-loss 6/U (75 ohm) or 8/U (50 ohm) cable, impedance as

required.

3. Except for transmitter equipment, equipment including preamps and active combiners

requiring DC power provided with power supplies or powered by receivers (battery

operation is not acceptable).

4. Do not mount antennas or attached preamplifiers directly to any metal structure. Mount at

least 3 ft. from any large metal object.

5. Dual-Antenna Phase/Diversity System (Telex, Shure, Sennheiser): Use 2 antennas, both

vertically oriented, observe manufacturer’s minimum required spacing.

3.05 AMPLIFIERS AND DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSORS

A. Gain Control Security:

1. Amplifiers and Signal Processing Equipment: Power amplifiers and signal processing

equipment with front panel controls or power switches which are to be permanently adjusted

(not normally adjusted by the operator), such as equalizers, distribution amplifiers, limiters,

and audio delays, shall be furnished with lockout of front-panel controls, security panels, or





- 36

be mounted on subpanel behind blank panels. Provide transparent plastic panels for viewing

of indicators such as meters or LED indicators.

B. Audio DSP and Surround Processing:

1. Install all equipment to manufacture specifications and industry standards.

2. Adjust the system gain and equalization to meet specifications. Adjust equalization curves as

required for speech and program audio playback.

3. Record and store all DSP configuration files.

4. Test all functions of each piece of audio DSP equipment, including front panel and remote

controlled functions.

3.06 LOUDSPEAKER EQUIPMENT

A. Loudspeakers:

1. Carefully inspect the site to verify that no obstructions, such as beams, panels, large framing

members, etc. exist between high-frequency horns and any seating area covered by the

horns. Immediately notify Architect of any such obstructions.

2. Provide and install safety cable to secure all loudspeaker components and mountings.

3. Provide all structure and framework as required to properly support the loudspeakers in the

indicated locations.

4. Paint all components and provide cloth grilles for loudspeaker enclosures as required by

Architect.

5. Surface-Mounted Wall Enclosure: Located as indicated on drawings. Coordinate enclosure

colors with the Architect.

3.07 ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM

A. RF Assistive Listening System:

1. Orient external coaxial dipole antenna ground plane in proper direction.

2. Test all receivers with program material for noticeable dropouts in signal.

3. Test all bodypack receiver accessory headphones and neckloops.

4. Provide field strength data and commissioning report to AV consultant.

3.08 VIDEO EQUIPMENT

A. Video Display Panels:

1. Submittals:

a. Provide elevation drawings showing location of video displays for approval. Where

display is part of a larger graphic display, verify exact location of display with

Architect.

2. Mounting:

a. Install display mount and display at location and elevation indicated on approved shop

drawings.

b. For wall –mounted displays, provide mount to support display from blocking, if

provided, or from wall studs. If a recessed box is provided behind display for power

outlets and electronic accessories, provide mount that does not obstruct access to box.

c. Wherever possible, minimize hardware and cables visible from audience seating and

presenter area viewpoints.

d. Where display is mounted in an architectural recess, verify that sufficient clearance

(2” minimum) is provided for ventilation airflow.





- 37

e. Provide display mounts with security provisions to accept owner-provided padlocks.

3.09 CONTROL EQUIPMENT

A. Audiovisual Control System:

1. Do not mount wireless receiver gateways or antennas near large metal objects.

2. Carefully coordinate with manufacturer and with Architect the dimensions and mounting

conditions of all items.

3. Provide all required cable, relays, and miscellaneous hardware to interface the audiovisual

control system with controlled equipment.

4. Install all components so as to use the maximum amount of any tally signals provided by the

controlled equipment, including lighting dimmer systems and video playback and recording

devices.

5. Mount infrared LED emitter probes to face of controlled equipment using thin layer of clear

silicone caulk. Position probe to provide control of device while continuing to allow use of

infrared control supplied with equipment. Secure probe cables to prevent probe from being

accidentally pulled from equipment during normal system operation.

B. Ethernet/IP/Local Area Network Accessibility and Control:

1. Coordinate Ethernet connectivity and IP addressing of control devices with Electrical

Contractor and the Communications/Technology management of the facility. Owner will

provide all required IP addresses to AV contractor.

2. Provide owner with remote control and management software interfacing via Local Area

Network access from PC to any IP addressed control devices.

3. Coordinate with end-user and Communication/Technology management of the facility, on

POP-3 email notification of system service issues where desired and /or where possible. Co-

ordinate with Owner and Communications/Technology management of the facility on POP-3

email of service or security issues in case of failure or disconnection of any bi-directional

(e.g. RS-232 or Cresnet/AXLINK) device.

4. Verify requirements of system control via IP with or Owner and Consultant.

C. Local Area Network Management Programming:

1. General:

a. Verify requirements of room management/scheduling via IP with or Owner and

Consultant.

2. Room AV system control:

a. Use included software and Ethernet connectivity hardware of control systems.

b. Program remote site portal to replicate appearance and function of control touch

panel.

c. Control program can be launched locally from designated AV technician computers as

stand-alone “.exe” Windows-based executable file.

3. Remote System Status Monitoring and Management Programming:

a. Use included software and Ethernet connectivity hardware of control systems.

b. Provide system-wide and room-specific monitoring and management including:

1) Room activity and system shut-down scheduling.

2) Multiple user level password settings, including password change and lock-out

of certain user passwords at certain times.

D. POP-3 Email Notification Programming and Set-up:

1. Via included software and Ethernet connectivity hardware of control systems.





- 38

a. Provide service issue notification via pre-programmed email messages to designated

service accounts ONLY if requested by end-user AV support technicians and ONLY

if control system includes POP-3 mail server.

b. Coordinate with AV Consultant and Owner to determine proper conditions and

destinations for email service.

c. Provide notification of AV system service issues.

E. Audiovisual Control System Programming:

1. All programming to be performed by programmer certified by the manufacturer of the AV

control system equipment provided.

2. Program system or instruct AV Control System Manufacturer to program system as

instructed by the AV Consultant and the Owner, and as indicated on the drawings so that all

devices are controlled in a logical manner, and to take full benefit of the capabilities of the

Control System.

3. Submit for approval changes to programming or control panels required by actual conditions

(e.g. number of dimming system presets).

4. Refine and adjust, as required, programming to operate in a logical and consistent fashion.

Make revisions to program as directed by the AV Consultant at checkout to correct

operational inconsistencies or to properly control devices.

5. Ascertain that the system is optimally programmed for smooth transitions between media

uses and for minimal wear-and-tear on equipment and audiovisual media.

6. Verify that video playback device transports, etc., are stopped when another input source is

selected, unless playback device is routed to a different destination from the selected source.

7. Wherever possible, utilize status feedback of source equipment, dimming systems, etc., to

indicate to the control system and user the actual operating mode of the equipment. When

feedback is not available (e.g. consumer playback equipment) program control system to

issue commands as required to minimize status reporting errors.

8. Provide color electronic drawing files of screen layouts of touchscreen control panels for

approval prior to system programming.

9. Distinguish between primary and secondary control buttons by intensity or color. If

available, use “3D” buttons to indicate button activation as visually “depressed”. Avoid

excessive use of primary or other bold colors.

F. Color Video Touch-Screen Control Panels:

1. Submit panel graphics (including text, buttons, colors, images, backgrounds etc.), as well as

panel flips, sub-panels and overall screen logic flow to the Owner and Consultant for review

and approval.

2. Use Crestron Studio® or AMX TP Design 5 (G5 panel support) for panel logic

programming and design; make software files available directly to the end user upon request,

free of charge.

3. Join numbers (other than those reserved for panel logic), hardware programming and all

other installation requirements including programming software and computers are the

responsibility of the installing contractor.

4. Any adjustments, revisions, modifications, etc. to the panel graphics and control system

required for complete operation are the responsibility of the installing contractor.

G. Control System Functions:

1. Following are general descriptions and guidelines for control system panel functions and

layouts:

a. Turn system power on/off.





- 39

b. Input Source selection.

c. Separate speech and program audio volume controls. Preset microphone and audio

playback levels on startup.

d. Recovery from power outage.

e. Control digital signal processors to provide system presets indicated in this

specification or on the AV drawings or others as required.

f. AC power failure and switchover to UPS.

g. Others as identified elsewhere in the Contract Documents or required.

h. After system shut-down, system will restart with default settings restored.

2. Following are specific descriptions and guidelines for control system panel functions and

layouts:

a. Volume Control (provide separate microphone and program audio volume controls

where applicable).

b. Transport controls for all applicable AV sources.

c. Select which video input is actively displaying and playing audio through the AV

system.

d. Others as identified elsewhere in the Contract Documents or required.

3. Where applicable, configure the audiovisual control system(s) with the following

operation(s):

a. Control system, audio signal processors, and digital video switch equipment will

connect to the UPS where these devices are specified. Control system shall

communicate with UPS device. In the event of a power outage, after one minute has

passed, control system shall instruct the other UPS-connected devices to shut-down

properly in order to protect their programming. After power is restored, user will be

required to restart system from control panel.

4. Interface with Fire Alarm System: The audiovisual system shall connect to the FAS as

identified on the drawings. Systems shall be muted when triggered by the FAS.

3.10 NETWORKED AV & SECURITY

A. All equipment to be configured to prevent unauthorized users from access to the systems and

network and prevent disclosure of confidential information.

B. Default passwords of internet connected audiovisual equipment are readily known and can be used

as a means to access network equipment by unauthorized users. AV networked devices may

include any device with a wireless or wired Ethernet port.

1. Assign role based access control with different levels of access and permissions for each

user type:

a. Admin – Ability to make changes to network, security configurations, and user

accounts.

b. AV Configuration – Ability to make changes to AV Parameters.

c. System User – System operation only.

d. Others as required by the Owner.

2. Change all passwords from default values to project specific passwords. Follow industry

recommended password strength standards when choosing new passwords.

3. Provide new passwords to the Owner.

4. Provide instructions to change passwords.

C. AV Network Switches:

1. Do not connect unauthorized AV network switches to the Owner’s LAN.





- 40

2. Provide logical separation of AV and IT networks through hardware and VLAN’s.

3. Disable unoccupied ports and services on managed switches.

3.11 RACKS, CABLES, CONNECTORS, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT

A. Wiring and Interconnections:

1. General:

a. Exercise care in wiring to avoid damage to cables and equipment.

b. Make all joints and connections with rosin-core solder or approved mechanical

connectors, except mechanical connectors are NOT acceptable on microphone lines.

Connections to transformer leads for distributed loudspeakers may be made using

properly-sized wire nuts or nylon-insulated pigtail crimp connectors such as Waldom

CE series. Wire nuts are not acceptable except at individual loudspeakers.

c. All connections to screw-type terminals shall be made using spade lugs. Bare or

tinned wire is not acceptable.

d. All connections to lugless compression-type screw terminals shall be made using bare

wire only. Do not tin wire.

e. All wiring executed in strict adherence to standard broadcast practices. This includes:

1) Dress cables in conveniently sized bundles, combed into parallel runs, either

laced or banded with sufficient plastic ties.

2) For equipment mounted on glides, or otherwise requiring servicing from the

front of the rack incorporate a cable "service loop" of sufficient length to permit

the equipment to be pulled forward from the rack for servicing.

3) Support cables and bundles with sufficient plastic ties and support bars to

ensure that no strain is placed on any connections or connectors.

4) Organize cables and cable bundles behind patch bays to permit easy access to

the patch panels to add or remove cables.

5) Place cable markers 3"-5" back from video connectors to permit easy viewing.

Do not bind markers into cable bundles.

f. All audio signal lines carried by twisted-pair cable and switched with two poles per

line unless noted otherwise. Do not tie one side of audio line to other audio lines.

2. Grounding:

a. Ground equipment, racks, and audio line shields to independent audio system ground

ONLY as shown on drawings. If not shown on drawings, ground case of power

striplines in equipment racks to the racks and directly to isolated ground buss in the

power panel or to power system ground at the building AC service entry only.

b. Ground all conduits ONLY to power system ground. Insulate all conduits and

electrical boxes from sound system, including equipment racks and audio system

ground.

c. Insulate all conductors in conduit, including shields, from the conduit, back boxes,

and from each other for the entire conduit length.

d. Equipment Racks:

e. Install equipment in racks to permit access to all equipment for service. Transformers,

relays, terminal blocks, etc., mounted in rear of racks behind other equipment shall not

prevent access to equipment connections or shall be mounted on hinged panels to

permit access.

f. Wire all racks completely in the shop. No internal rack wiring to be done on the job

site.

g. Install equipment in racks with ventilating panels as required to provide adequate

ventilation and according to equipment manufacturer's recommendations.





- 41

h. Provide unused panel space with blank or ventilating panels.

i. Locate patch panels at least 30" above floor.

j. Locate free-standing racks as indicated and to provide access to rear without moving

racks.

k. For permanently located racks containing equipment on glides, with desk/control

surfaces, or which may be unsteady from cantilevered devices or personnel, bolt all

racks to the concrete floor slab (through the access flooring if necessary).

l. Bolt adjacent racks together on at least 3 locations along both the front and rear edges.

m. Equip racks not bolted to the floor because of service access with "Anti-tip" bases,

casters and brake.

3. Conduit:

a. Run lines in metallic conduit or wireways unless otherwise indicated. Run

microphone level, line level, loudspeaker level, and DC control wiring each in

separate conduit.

b. Do not locate AC power lines in conduit containing network, audio or video lines.

c. Do not splice lines in conduit.

4. Exposed Cables:

a. Line level or mic level lines exposed above countertops (such as those lines serving

mixing consoles, program source equipment, etc.) shall be rubber-jacketed, AWG #20

two conductor with braided shield such as Belden 8412 or equivalent. Plastic or vinyl

jacketed cables are not acceptable.

5. Receptacles:

a. Wall-mounted receptacles in metal boxes at building standard receptacle height unless


b. Floor-mounted receptacles in flush floor boxes with flush lids.

c. Catwalk-mounted receptacles in metal boxes mounted on catwalk hangers at building

standard receptacle height.

6. Balanced Receptacles:

a. Attach "XLR" type connectors to mounting plates with machine screws unless using

single-hole mounting types with threaded sleeve and mounting index to prevent

rotation.

7. Unbalanced Receptacles:

a. Install 1/4" phone jacks to mounting plates with insulating washer and sleeve to

electrically isolate the jack from the electrical box and conduit.

b. Install isolation/balancing transformers in electrical boxes or wireways adjacent to

each unbalanced receptacle as indicated.

c. Wire input receptacles to short the line except with connector inserted.

8. Video Receptacles: Install feed-through BNC receptacles to mounting plates with insulating

washer and sleeve to electrically isolate the receptacle from the electrical box and conduit.

9. Loudspeaker Wiring:

a. Note that Functional Diagrams or Conduit Drawings indicate required home runs for

loudspeakers and loudspeaker zones. Home run requirements depend on line power

loss as well as functional considerations and shall be strictly adhered to.

b. Loudspeaker lines above ceilings installed using specified UL listed plenum-rated

cable. Lines installed as high as possible, directly to undersides of floor or to roof

decks above, using strain reliefs, cable ties, or other approved method to attach lines

securely and neatly to building structure. Lines installed loosely or otherwise on top of

ceiling tiles, ductwork, etc., are NOT ACCEPTABLE.

c. Floor-to-floor lines installed using specified UL listed plenum-rated cable. Attach

lines securely and neatly to building structure using Owner-approved method.





- 42

10. Fiber Optic Cables:

a. Terminate fiber optic strands with connectors compatible with connectors on

equipment and with fiber optic cables provided.

b. Use of compatible quick-connection system is recommended (e.g. Corning UniCam®

Pretium Installation Tool Kit for Corning fiber cable; Belden FiberExpress System or

West Penn Wire Fiber products with Optimax Installation Tool Kit).

c. Neatly coil surplus fiber cable using bend radius larger than manufacturer’s minimum

bend radius and secure to rack to prevent crimping or damage to cable, or provide

rack-mount fiber management.

3.12 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS

A. Test equipment to verify conformance with manufacturer's performance specifications and with

this specification.

1. Verify systems meet the requirements identified in this section or otherwise within the

contract.

2. Adjust systems as required to conform to testing requirements for any failed tests.

3. Provide results of final, re-calibrated system testing to Architect and AV Consultant for

review and approval prior to scheduling of commissioning testing by AV Consultant or any

user training provided to Owner.

B. Audio Systems:

1. Absolute Impedance:

a. Set any loudspeaker level controls at zero attenuation. Measure absolute impedance

value of each loudspeaker line at 250, l000, and 4000 Hz, without amplifier connected

but with loudspeakers connected. Impedance shall be at least 90% of rated load

impedance of respective amplifier. Check resistance of lines to loudspeaker and

microphone receptacles, with receptacles open and short circuited.

2. Hum and Noise Level:

a. Adjust gain controls for optimum signal-to-noise ratio and full amplifier output with -

55 dBm level at a microphone input and 0 dBm at line-level input.

b. Without changing gain, terminate microphone and line-level inputs with shielded

resistors of l50 and 600 ohms, respectively.

c. Measure overall hum and noise level at each power amplifier output for each input

channel. Level shall be at least 80 dB below rated power output of amplifier over a

bandwidth of 20-20,000 Hz.

3. Electrical Distortion:

a. Load power amplifiers with resistors matching nominal impedance of output terminals

used in system in place of actual loudspeaker loads.

b. Adjust gain controls as for hum and noise level tests.

c. Apply 1000 Hz size-wave signal from an oscillator having less than 0.l% total

harmonic distortion to each microphone and line-level input at level required to

produce measured full amplifier output.

d. Distortion shall measure less than 0.l%.

4. Parasitic Oscillation and RF Pickup:

a. Set up system for each specified mode of operation.

b. Use 50 - 100 MHz bandwidth oscilloscope and loudspeaker monitoring.

c. Check to ensure that system is free of spurious oscillation and RF pickup in the

absence of any input signal and also with system driven momentarily to full output at

l60 Hz.

- 43

5. Buzzes, Rattles, Distortion:

a. Apply a high-quality music signal to the system. Adjust the loudness for frequent

peaks at its specified maximum sound pressure level.

b. Apply sine-wave sweep from 50-50,000 Hz at 6 dB below full amplifier power.

c. In both cases, listen carefully for buzzes, rattles, and objectionable distortion.

d. Correct causes of such defects. If cause is outside the system, promptly notify the

Architect and his Consultant, indicating cause and suggested corrective procedures.

6. Level Balance: Adjust level controls for items of similar equipment for identical measured

voltage gain.

7. Measure system acoustical performance using a sound level meter set for "slow" meter

damping except as otherwise noted, and flat response with random incidence at a height of 4

to 5 feet. Interior finishes and furnishings shall be in place, and system gain shall be adjusted

to provide levels of 70 to 80 dB and at least 10 dB above background noise at the measuring

locations for these tests, except as otherwise noted. Include the following tests and

adjustments:

a. Frequency Response:

1) Measure loudspeaker frequency response with control equalization set for flat

response, using 1/3-octave bands of filtered pink noise centered on ANSI

preferred frequencies, or broadband calibrated pink noise measured in 1/3-

octave bands using a calibrated real-time analyzer.

2) Adjust equalization to provide average system response within ± 3 dB of a

response (0 dB) which is flat from 63-2500 Hz and slopes uniformly from 0 dB

at 2500 Hz to -5 dB at 10,000 Hz.

b. Uniformity of Coverage:

1) Use 4000 Hz octave band of random noise as test signal output to loudspeakers.

2) Lateral Uniformity: ± 2 dB at positions equidistant from front of hall.

3) Front-to-Back Uniformity: Decreasing linearly within ± 2 dB from 0 dB at front

of hall to -6 dB at rear as measured on the hall center line.

c. Maximum Output Level:

1) Measure with standard "fast" meter damping.

2) Loudspeaker Cluster: Capable of providing 95 dB SPL in the audience area on

axis of any high-frequency horn and employing wideband recorded music as a

test signal.

3) Distributed Loudspeaker Systems: Capable of providing 95 dB SPL on axis of

any loudspeaker and using wideband recorded music as a test signal.

d. Speaker Polarity:

C. Video Systems: Test the video system following the approved Proof-of-Performance Test Plan to

verify that it meets these minimum performance requirements. .

1. Video Standards:

a. Frequency Response: ± 0.5 dB, 60 to 4.l8 MHz.

b. Crosstalk: -40 dB at 3.58 MHz.

c. S/N Ratio: 45 dB, DC to 4.l8 MHz, unweighted, peak to RMS.

d. Hum: <10 mV peak to peak.

e. Line and Field Tilt: 2% with 60 Hz square wave.

f. Differential Gain: 1% at 3.58 MHz, l0-90% APL.

g. Differential Phase: ± 1° at 3.58 MHz, l0-90% APL.

h. Envelope Delay: ± 0.l microseconds, 0.2 to 2.1 MHz; ± 0.05 microseconds at 3.58

MHz.





- 44

i. Color Production: Primary and Complementary Colors (R, G, B, Cy, Yl, Mg) at 75%

saturation within inner 50% of the inner boxes (± 2.5°) when viewed on vectorscope.

j. Signal Levels: 1 V p-p, ± l IRE, at 100% peak white color bar.

2. Audio Standards:

a. Frequency Response: ± l dB, 30-l5, 000 Hz.

b. Hum and Noise: -80 dBu, 30-l5,000 Hz, unweighted.

c. Distortion: 0.25% THD, 30-l5,000 Hz.

d. Signal Levels: +4dBu.

D. Video Display Systems: Calibrate each video display system as follows:

1. Allow flat panel display to warm up for a minimum of 30 minutes.

2. Turn off video enhancement circuitry options including image overscan.

3. Set factory color temperature to warm, D65, or other setting to achieve closest

approximation to 6500°K color temperature. Set sharpness control to minimum.

4. Adjust black level and video gain:

a. Reduce ambient light to less than 2 foot-candles of ambient light on screen.

b. Using the PLUGE (Picture Lineup Generating Equipment) pattern from the signal

generator, adjust the brightness (brightness control on most displays) until the

“blacker-than-black” bar is visible on the screen and then decrease brightness until the

bar just disappears.

c. Using the grayscale pattern from the signal generator, adjust the contrast control so

that the highest grayscale transition disappears and then decrease contrast to make the

transition just visible.

d. Repeat steps b and c as required for stabile results. Record control settings.

5. Adjust color level or gain:

a. Display SMPTE color bar test pattern. Shut off red and green channels on display or

use a blue filter to observe the display.

b. Adjust color and tint controls for optimum blue balance.

c. With only red channel operating or with red filter check red balance. Repeat for green

channel. If red and/or green balance is significantly out of balance, make minor

changes to color and tint controls to achieve best compromise for color control

settings.

d. Record control settings.

6. Adjust sharpness:

a. Using the S802B or similar pattern, adjust sharpness control for maximum sharpness

without ringing (duplicate lines).

b. Record control setting.

7. Brightness, Uniformity, and Contrast Ratio:

a. Using the ANSI 9-zone pattern and a spot photometer, measure screen brightness in

each zone. Calculate screen brightness as the average of the nine zones and uniformity

as the maximum variation from the average.

b. Record measurements.

E. Digital Video Systems: Provide the following information for systems employing HDMI and/or

digital media signals:

1. The video timing (e.g. 1080p 30 fps Deep Color or 1366x768 30 Hz), HDCP use, and audio

format of each non-portable digital source when operating.

2. The video timings and supported audio formats for each connected sink.

3. The video timings and supported audio formats presented in the EDID of sinks to each

source – indicate the preferred video timing.





- 45

4. The length of cable used on HDMI or shielded twisted pair cables used for AV distribution.

5. The data rate supported by each shielded twisted pair cable used for AV distribution.

F. Remote Control Systems: Test each function of each control station or touch panel to verify proper

operation and that each illuminated button and indicator operates properly when the associated

function is selected.

G. Test Reports and Certificates: Submit results of tests and adjustments conducted above and

certification that the installation is complete and ready for checkout as specified under

SUBMITTALS in PART l - GENERAL.

3.13 FINAL ADJUSTMENTS AND ACCEPTANCE TESTS

A. Upon approval of the contractor's test report, and at a time set by the Architect, assist the

Consultant(s) in performing final system adjustments and acceptance tests. Provide labor, material,

tools, and measurement equipment necessary for these tests and adjustments, including the test

equipment and material specified in Article 1.1, except as otherwise specified.

B. Supply sufficient representatives who are thoroughly familiar with details of the system to assist in

the performance of these tests, and include the field supervisor in charge during the course of the

installation work.

C. Budget 16 working hours for the performance of these tests and adjustments. If final acceptance is

delayed beyond this period because of installation not in accordance with these specifications, pay

for additional time and expenses of Consultant(s) during any resultant extension of the acceptance

testing period.

D. Acceptance tests may include speech intelligibility surveys and subjective evaluations by observers

listening at various positions under various operating conditions, using speech, music, and live or

recorded effects material.

E. Measurement of frequency response, distortion, noise, or other characteristics may be performed on

any item or group of items deemed necessary to determine conformity with specifications.

F. Adjustments: Adjust the system as instructed by the Consultant. Adjustments may be required to

any portion of the system including:

1. Equalization and level balance.

2. Timing and functioning of the audiovisual control system.

END OF SECTION

PROJECT MANUAL BROADCAST CENTER RENOVATION for … · A 5.1 Interior Elevations 04/27/18 A 6.1...

Documents

Transcript of PROJECT MANUAL BROADCAST CENTER RENOVATION for … · A 5.1 Interior Elevations 04/27/18 A 6.1...